ry TWO-PHASE PADWA bY Pipe th Edition Parla) eh ae ee ae ysTWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES by Dr. James P. Brill Dr. H. Dale Beggs Sixth Edition ‘Third Printing January, 1991 Copyright-© 1978 by Dr. James P. Brill and Dr. H. Dale BeggsFORWARD, ‘The notes included herein were prepared by Dr, James P. Brill ‘and Dr. H. Dale Beggs for use in short courses taught by either or both of them and as a textbook in a graduate level course at The University of Tulsa, Publication of this material in whole or in part Is prohibited without approval from the authors, ‘The notes should not be considered to be a thorough review of all Published works on the subject of two-pha flow in pipes. ‘The authors have attempted to compile, ina concise and uniform format, a collection of information necessary to perform pertinent engineering calculations frequently necessary in designing two-phase flow facilities ‘Mastering material contained in these notes will provide an individial with a firm foundation in the important concepts which differentiate single from two-phase flow, This material is not designed for students to merely ead about a correlation and then use off-the-shelf computer programs to solve ditticult design problems. Competent computer programmers could Program correlations covered after mastering concepts, or modify existing in-house programs to méet specific objectiveTABLE OF CONTENTS PRINCIPLES OF TWO-PHASE FLOW Page 1.1 Introduction. 1-2 1.2. The General Energy Equation. 1-2 1.2, Supplemental Material 1-5a 15a 15a 1-5e Turbulent FLOW enews 1-5 Example $1 Single-Phase Liquid Pressure Drop... 1-5f Non-Newtonian FIWdS someon 15h Power Law Model. 1-58 Generalized Reynolds Numbér. 1-5i Non-Newtonian Friction Factor. 1-5} Frictional Pressure Gradient. rename 1-51 Example $2 Non-Newtonian Oil-Water Mixture Pressure Drop .... 1-51 References.. 1.3 Evaluation of Friction Losses - The Friction Factor CONCEP nnn Laminar Single-Phase Flow. Turbulent Single-Phase Flo ‘Smooth Wall. Rough Wall... 1.4 Single-Phase Flow Elevation Change Component. Friction Loss Component. Acceleration Component. cece 15 Definitions of Variables Used in Two-Phase Flow... sowie 1-5TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont) 1-PRINCIPLES OF TWO-PHASE FLOW 1.6 Modification of the Pressure Gradient Equation 1.8 Calculation of Pressure Traverses Procedure for Iterating on Length Increment Procedure for Iterating on Pressure Increment 1-28 Procedure When Temperature Distribution is Unknown Heat Transfer. Mixture Enthalpy. Effect of Slippage on Composition wien Coupling Algorithm. 1.9 References .... 1.10 Problems.TABLE ‘OF CONTENTS 2-FLUID PROPERTY CORRELATIONS 2.1 Introduction... 2.2 Solution Gas-Oil Rati Lasater Correlation, Standing Correlation 2.3 Oil Formation Volume Factor. Vazquez Correlations. 2.4 Condensate Systems. 2.4 Supplemental Material. Compositional Model. Soave-Redlich-Kwong (SRK). Peng-Robinson (PR) Computer Algorithm. 2.5 Oil Compressibility.. 2.6 Solubility of Natural Gas in Water.. 2.7 Water Formation Volume Factor. 2.8 Water Compressibli 2.9 2.10 Oil Density 2.11 Water Densit Pseudocritical Pressure and Temperature. Compressibility Factor...TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont) 2-FLUID PROPERTY CORRELATIONS Page Effect of Non-hydrocarbon Impurities On Zamannnm 2-40 Calculation Algorithms for z-factor. eveneee 204 Z-Factor Comparison Study mmm 2-458 2.13 Liquid Viscosity. 2-48 Oil Viscosity. 2-48 New Correlations for Oi! Viscosity. 2-538 Water Viscosity... 2-53 Emulsion Viscosity... 2-55 2.14 Gas ViscO8itY mun 2-58 Carret al. Correlation. 2-58 Lee et al. Correlation... 2-60 2.15 Surface Tension. 2-64 GS-0) nr 2-64 Hydrocarbon Surface Tension - Compositional Model non 2-658 Gas-Water. 2-66 2.16 References .... 2-68 2.17 Problems. 2-71TABLE OF CONTENTS 3- VERTICAL FLOW 31 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 Aziz, Govier and Fogarasi cw Chierici, Ciucti and Sclocehi. Beggs and Brill 3.7. Evaluation of Pressure Loss Prediction Methods, 3.8 Flow in Annuli 3.9 3.10 3.11 3.12 3.13 3.14 Temperature Prediction wn. 3.15 References .. 3.16 Problems yeeeey ahooE ee a SSazasssessc ow www a sesasTABLE OF CONTENTS 4-HORIZONTAL FLOW Page 4a 4.2 Eaton et al. Correlation. 4-2 Beggs and Brill Correlation.. 4-8 Dukler et al. Correlation (Case II - Constant Slip). 4-11 Guzhov et al. Correlation umn 417 Lockhart and Martinelli Correlation. 4-22 Yocum Correlation. 4:27 Oliemans Correlation. 4-298 4.3, Other Liquid Holdup Correlatio 4-29 Hughmark and Pressburg Correlation. 4-29 Hughmark Correlation, aes 4-30 4.4 Evaluation of Friction Factor and Ap Correlation: 431 4.5. Evaluation of Liquid Holdup Correlation: 4-38 4.6 Prediction of Horizontal Flow Patterns, 4-42 Taitel-Dukler Dimensionless Momentum Balance Equations. 4540 Taitel-Dukler Flow Regime Determination. 4.7 Use of Panhandle Equations in Two-Phase Flow. 4-54 4.8 Miscellaneous Pipeline Design Problems.. 4-65 Pigging. 4-66 Prediction of Liquid Slug Characteristics 4-70 Design of Slug Catchers. 4-77 Flow in Riser Pipes... 4-81 Condensate Movement in Pipeline Networks.... 4-85 4.9 Use of Gradient Curve 4:94 4.10 References 4-98 4.11 Problems 4-1035. 5.2 5.3 54 5.5 5.6 5.7 5.8 TABLE OF CONTENTS 5-INCLINED FLOW Equation for Inclined Flow... Beggs and Brill Correlation Griffith, Lau, Hon and Pearson Correlation. PIPELINES senmnennnne Flanigan Correlation, Guzhov, Mamyev and Odishariya Correlatio Beggs and Brill Correlation Gregory, Mandhane and Aziz Method. Downhill Flow. Bonnecaze, Erskine and Greskovich Correlation. Gallyamov and Goldzberg Correlation veanu. Greskovich Method. Other Methods. Evaluation of Inclined Flow Correlations. Hilly Terrain Pipelines... References .. Problems.6.1 6.2 6.3 64 6.5 6. FLOW THROUGH RESTRICTIONS Introduction -- ++ Description of Restrictions - Critical vs Suberitical Flow « Single-Phase Subcritical Flow - Liquids Gases ‘Two-Phase Flow..... Introduction Critical Flow Correlations. 19 Suberitical Flow Correlation: 6-32 Evaluation of Correlations sees BAL Prediction of Two-Phase Critical Flow ...... es References. Pan 6-47 Problems... 6-49Ad AD AS Ad AS As At A As A.10 Aa APPENDIX FORTRAN Listings of Pressure Gradient Subroutine FORTRAN Listings of Fluld Physical Property and ‘Related Subroutines ~~ ~ Properties of Saturated Water: temperature table - Properties of Saturated Water: pressure table - = = - Properties of Water: superheated vapor table ~~ - - Properties of Water: compressed liquid table - = = Enthalpy-Log Presmure Diagram for Water and Steam = Vertical Flow Gradient Curves: 1,995 In, LD. = ‘Vertical Flow Gradient Curves: 4.494 in, LD. = Horizontal Flow Gradient Curves: 2.0m, LD, - Horizontal Flow Gradient Curve 401m, LD, =ao area formation volume factor compressibility factor specific heat dtameter depth frtetion factor fraction acceleration of gravity gravitational constant mass flux rate ‘gas or Liquid holdup atlo of specifi heats, ¢,/¢, axtal Length molecular vetghe nolt Reynolds number Froude number Liquid velocity mmber 5 velocity number ianeter number Liquid viscosity mumber ye auyre? wt wea S01 ~epe volumetric flow rate-in-situ conditions volumetric flow rate-standard conditions 2s constant in situ gas-liquid ratio Producing gas-otl ratio solution ges-oil ratio tne temperature velocity volune specific volume sass flow rate Uortzontal Length Presnure ratio across choke, p/P, sole fruction sau compressibiltey factor vertical Length GREEK LETTERS roughness spect tie gravity difference angle slip gas or liquid holdup viscontey density - standard conditions snaity ~ inesitu conditions Anterfactal tension Bre ye Flat afte ad a rrsmipo pr pe air acceleration bubste bubble potne base conditions bean or choke erieteal dtaneter dissolved elevation formation (rock) free friction Froude wae sas velocity tntetat kinetic ene Mute Lqutd velocity mixture no-slip ott Preudo-reduced Peeudo-erkttcal Reynoldssneot a y solution sitp, sonte standard conditions superfietal Mqutd superfietal gas horizontal direction vertical direction 1,2,3, ete. time of Location Je1=upstream, 2 = downstream autCHAPTER 1 PRINCIPLES OF TWO-PHASE FLOWLe 1 = PRINCIPLES OF TWO-PHASE FLOW 1.1 Introduction The prediction of pressure gradients, liquid holdup and flow patterns occurring during the simultaneous flow of gas and Liquid in pipes is neces 7 for design in the petroleum and chenical industries. Petroleum engineers encounter tuo-phase flow most frequently in well tubing and in flovlines, The flow may be vertical, inelined or horizontal and methods must be avail- able for predicting pressure drop in pipes at any inclination angle. Off shore producing has necessitated transporting both gas and Liquid phi over long distances before separation. Besides being able to size these Lines from a pressure loss standpoint, the engineer aust be able to calcu Late Liqutd content in the pipeline at various flow conditions in order to design separation and slug catching facilities. Tworphase flow occurs frequently in the chemical processing Andustry and the design of such fac{lities as condensers, heat exchangers, reactors and process piping requires methods to predict pressure érop, Liguid holdup, and for he: transfer purposes, flow pattern. ‘The purpose of this manual is to present the basic problens Anvolved {n two-phase design, outline the correlations currently available for design purposes, and to denonstrate the application of the various correlations. 1.2 The General Eneray Equation ‘Tne theoretical basis for masy fluid flow equations is the general energy equation, an expression for the balance or conservation of energy. Between evo points ina system. The energy equation is developed first, and using thermodynamic principles, is modified to a pressure gradient equation. The energy balance simply states that the energy of @ fluld entering a control volume, plus any shaft work done on or by the fluid, plus any heat energy added to or taken from the fluid, plus any change of energy with time in the control volune sust equal the energy leaving the control volume. Figure L.1 may used to illustrate this prinetpl13 Figure 1.1 Flow System Control Volume Considering a steady eta written as jaten, the energy balance may be wns, oy Lewes tm tag tah tat ws tay yt vhere: U"= internal energy, pV = energy of expansion or compression, a = kinetic energy, 25, mgt = potential BY, ergy added to fluid,at VE + vork dove on the fluid, and Z = elevation above reference datum Dividing this equation by m to obtain an energy per nit mass balance and writing in differential form gives: vay & a+a(e)+ tatatay so. ‘This form of the energy balance equation is difficult to apply because of the internal energy term, 40 it 18 usually converted to a mechanical ‘energy balance ustng well know thermodynante relations. From thermo- aynantes fonan-e 2) La and ah = tas +2 que mes +22 ae, where hs specific enthalpy, 5 = entropy, and T= temperature, Substituting Eq. 1.3 into Eq. 1.2 gives tas +82 ig 2 \eq Py vev ig ese a eeu Ce ate Sa Heat dW Oe, Ls For an irreversible process, the cla 1s inequality states that as> da, > 28, oTas edatdly» luo to trreversibilities, such as friction. Using this relationship and assuming no work 1s done on or by the fluid, Ee Lb becomes AB EAE Bear 8 a = Oe reece eee oT 8 Té ve consider a pipe inclined at some angle 9 vo wie nortzontal, as in Fig. 1.2, since az = dl ain et a cit at, Be 8. Muteiplying the equation by —E atv pee eer tbh +t paint es sel Fig. 1.2. Flow Geometry15a 1.2, Supplemental Material Conservation of mass Conservation of mass simply means that for a given control volume such as a segment, of pipe, the mass in minus mass out must equal the mass accumulation’, For a constant area duct, B20) For steady state flow, pv = constant, and no mass accumulation can occur. Equation S1 then becomes SL Bev) = 0 ennninnnannin Conservation of Momentum ‘Application of Newton's First Law to fluid flow in pipes requires that the rate of momentum out minus the rate of momentum in plus the rate of momentum accumulation in a given pipe segment must equal the sum of all forces on the fluids’. Figures 1.1 through 1.3 define the control volume and pertinent variables. Conservation of linear momentum can be expressed as a a HOM) + SOV?) = Td ~ 1B pg sino However, the rate of momentum efflux term can be expanded as follows $4 2 @yyay ay OM =v az ov+pvsy Combining Eqs $2, $3 and $4 and assuming steady state flow [8(pv)/at = 0] to eliminate the rate of accumulation of linear momentum gives1-5b Solving for the pressure gradient, one obtains which is also frequently called the mechanical energy balance equation and is identical to Eq. 1.7. Thus, the steady state pressure gradient equation is actually a result of applying the principles of conservation of mass and linear momentum, Eq. S6 clearly shows that the steady state pressure gradient is made up of three components. The first component is due to friction or shear stress at the pipe wall and will be described in greater detail below. Friction losses normally represent 5-20 % of the total pressure drop in wells and nearly all of the pressure drop’ in near-horizontal pipes.. The second term in Eq. S6 is the pressure gradient due to elevation change (often called hydrostatic head or elevation component). It is normally the predominant term in wells and contributes from 80-95% of the pressure gradient. The elevation component is much smaller for pipelines, but is often comparable in magnitude to the friction component in billy terrain pipelines. The final component is due to change in velocity (often called acceleration or kinetic energy component). It is normally negligible and ‘can become significant only if a compressible phase exists at relatively low pressures. For upward flow, pressure always drops in the direction of flow. It is common to adopt a sign convention that pressure drop is positive in the direction of flow. Eq. S6 must then be multiplied by -1 to yield a positive pressure gradient. Evaluation of the wall shear stress or friction losses can be accomplished by defining a dimensionless friction factor that is the ratio of the wall shear stress to the kinetic energy of the fluid per unit volume!. Thus, pv where f is a Fanning friction factor. Throughout this monograph we will adopt a Darcy-Weisbach or Moody? friction factor, which is 4-times larger than the Fanning friction factor. Eq. S7 can then be solved for shear stress. $8 Substituting Eq. S8 into Eq. $6, the frictional component of the pressure gradient equation becomes which is often called the Darcy-Weisbach? equation. Calculation of frictional pressure gradients requires determining Values for friction factors. The procedure first requires evaluating whether the flow is laminar or turbulent. Laminar flow is considered to exist if the Reynolds number is less than approximately 2,000. The Reynolds number is defined as 810 For laminar flow, an analytical expression can be derived for the friction factor. The velocity profile for laminar flow can be integrated to yield the pressure gradient. This was done for flow in horizontal capillary tubes to give Eq. S11 which is the Poiseuillet equation, . SIL Since the pressure gradient in Eq. S11 is due only to wall shear stresses or friction, the pressure gradient is identical to Eq. $9. Combining these equations gives lz f siz en ONRe ev Our ability to predict flow behavior under turbulent flow conditions is a direct result of extensive experimental studies of velocity profiles and Pressure gradients. These studies have shown that both velocity profile and pressure gradient are very sensitive to characteristics of the pipe wall, A logical approach to defining friction factors for turbulent flow is t0 begin 15easa with the simplest case, i.e. the smooth wall pipe, proceed to the partially rough wall and finally to the fully rough wall. Smooth pipe is seldom encountered in the production of oil and gas. However, laboratory studies conducted with glass or plastic pipes often approach smooth pipe. Numerous empirical equations have been proposed for predicting friction factors for smooth pipe. The equations most often used and their suggested ranges of applicability are: Drew, Koo and McAdams: f= 0.0056 + 0.5 Ngo? 3000 3x 10° 1316 x Ne Nge < 10" 84 Although the Blasius equation is considered less accurate, it receives ‘greater use due to its similarity to the laminar friction factor equation. Both can be expressed in the form f= CNR ‘The inside wall of a pipe is not normally smooth In turbulent flow the roughness can have a significant effect on the friction factor, and thus the pressure gradient. Wall roughness is a function of the pipe material, the method of manufacture, the age of the pipe, and the environment to which it is exposed. From a microscopic sense, wall roughness is not uniform. Individual protrusions, indentations, etc. vary in height, width, length, shape and distribution, The absolute roughness of a pipe, €, is the mean protruding height of relatively uniformly distributed and sized, tightly packed sand grains that would give the same pressure gradient behavior as the actual pipe.Dimensional analysis suggests that the effect of roughness is not due to its absolute dimensions, but rather to its dimensions relative to the inside diameter of the pipe, e/d. In turbulent flow, the effect of wall roughness has been found to be dependent on both the relative roughness and on the Reynolds number. If the laminar sublayer that exists within the boundary layer is sufficiently thick, then the behavior is similar to a smooth pipe. The sublayer thickness is directly related to the Reynolds number. Nikuradse's? famous sand grain experiments formed the basis for friction factor data from rough pipes. His correlation for fully rough wall pipe is given as Eq. S15 and is still the best one available. 1 dpa1-210¢(28) S15 The region in which f varies both with Reynolds number and relative roughness is called the transition region or partially rough wall. An empirical equation describing the variation of f in the transition region that is the basis for modern friction factor charts was proposed by Colebrook*. Qe 18.7 ) 2000 the flow is turbulent. The relative roughness for the pipe is § = 200006 - o.o00144 () From Eq. S16, S18 or Fig. 1.4, f = 0.0155. Calculate the pressure gradient from Eqs. $6 and $9, neglecting acceleration effects. sp _ 10.0155)(62.4)(9.531)? _ (62.4)32.2)sin -90") a $)e22 al 32744-62400 = 59.126 FE 00027 + 04889 = o4i06 ‘The pressure change is then ‘4p = (-0.0227 + 0.4333) (8000) 181.9 + 3466.4 = 3284.5 psi ‘Note that the pressure change consists of a loss due to friction of -181.9 psi and a gain due to clevation change of +3,466.4 psi.15h * In the examples in this text, the gravitational conversion constant, &¢ = 52.2 Ibm fillbg s* appears when problems are solved using customary units. Non-Newtonian Fluids Fluids encountered in the petroleum industry often act as non- Newtonian fluids. These include: many of the drilling muds; fluids such as cements, frac fluids and spacers used during well completion acti and, many of the oils and oil-water mixtures that are produced. The material presented previously in this section is valid only for Newtonian fluids. ‘The design of non-Newtonian piping systems becomes complicated since the use of conventional friction factor correlations is not directly applicable. These non-Newtonian fluids may assume any type of theological behavior depending on such factors as shear rate, temperature, and fluid composition. Two methods are commonly used to design piping systems transporting il-water mixtures, The first method treats the mixture as a Newtonian fluid with an apparent viscosity that can vary with water fraction, This method is covered later and involves combining the viscosities of each phase to obtain a mixture viscosity. The second method teats the mixture as a non-Newtonian fluid and is based on the following assumptions'?; 1. The mixture is homogeneous. 2. Slippage between phases is neglected. Thus, in-situ holdups are the same as their respective input volume fractions. 3. The theological behavior of the oil-water dispersion system is suitably described by the power-law (Ostwald-de Waele) model’. Power Law Model ‘The power-law stress-strain relationship can be expressed as xrIf n° is unity, Eq. S19 will describe Newtonian behavior, and K’ will be equal to the constant viscosity, .. For a typical oil-water mixture, n' will usually be less than unity, and Eq. $19 will describe pseudoplastic (shear thinning) behavior. It is also possible for an oil-water mixture to have n’ greater than unity, resulting in dilatant (shear thickening) behavior. The type of behavior that a fluid system will follow is normally unknown and can be determined from laboratory experiments using an appropriate viscometer. These tests must be conducted for a specified set of the following operating conditions: input water fraction, temperature, and droplet size of the dispersed phase (or, indirectly, mixing speed). Once the fluid system is correctly characterized, the prediction of frictional pressure gredients for pipe flow of this particular oil-water dispersed system can be readily determined. Generalized Reynolds Number Metzner and Reed" introduced the concept of a "generalized Reynolds number" into the field of non-Newtonian flow. The usual Reynolds number definition is 64 64 ee wri siz which can also be written as pvd i &y ve (2282 & Ad ) fae Where tw is the laminar wall shear stress, while the quantity ( S¢) is aso the true shear rate at the pipe wall or ($%), for a Newtonian tw fluid. Thus, the ratio ( g Fy ) corresponds to the Newtonian viscosity, pL. For non-Newtonian flow, the relationship between the true shear rate and the apparent shear rate can be expressed as 1si1-5) 8 where n° is the slope of a logarithmic plot of tw vs G2. From the same plot, the equation of the tangential line to the laminar flow curve can be written as : . $22 . $23 and where NRey.p is the generalized Reynolds number, and nm is the apparent viscosity of the mixture. Eqs.S23 and $24 clearly reduce to the normal Reynolds number and the Newtonian viscosity for a Newtonian fluid, when n’= 1 and K’ ‘Non-Newtonian Friction Factor ‘Laminar_Flow: Following Metzner and Reed, the Fanning friction factor for non- Newtonian laminar flow can be written as: . $25Dodge and Metzner'®proposed the following implicit friction factor equation, Govier and Aziz'® suggested the following friction factor for power- Taw pseudoplastic fluids flowing in rough pipes : ral 827 where fy-R = friction factor calculated from Eq. S26, and fy = Fanning friction factor for rough pipe, calculated at the same generalized Reynolds number, f' = Fanning friction factor for smooth pipe, calculated at the same generalized Reynolds number. 16 Torrance'® recommended the following; 14.07, (4 vi log (S)+60 - Eq. S28, for Newtonian fluids, essentially reduces to the von Karman equation, S28 .06 log (4) 3.36 nen $29Frictional Pressure Gradient Once the Fanning friction factor, f', is determined for the particular dispersion system, the frictional’ pressure gradient can be calculated from, (2) 2f onva s30 AL py d Fe As can be seen from the above equations, K’and n’ are the two important parameters which will affect the frictional pressure gradient calculation for a dispersion system. These two parameters can be experimentally determined with an appropriate viscometer. Example _S2_Non-Newtonian Oil-Water Mixture Pressure Drop A horizontal pipe discharges an oil and water mixture at atmospheric pressure. Determine the pressure at the inlet of the pipe required to maintain a constant volumetric flow rate of the dispersion for an input water fraction of 20%. The following are also given: = 30 f3/s d@ = 20 in, ft L 10,000 ft Tbm/ft3 py = 62.23 Ibm/ft3 n= 0.8589 K = 71,475 Ibf st £12 a. Calculate the mixture density, using Pm = Po fo + pw fw = 55.4 Ibm/ft3 b. For the given flow rate and water fraction, calculate the generalized Reynolds’ number Pat Neyo "ST + 99710815m ‘The criterion for turbulent flow is considered to be NRoyy p > 1,500. For this example the flow regime is turbulent. c. Compute the friction factor for turbulent flow of pseudoplastic fluids in rough pipes, using f, f= fur (#) 0.007 (1.006) = 0.00704 where, * fy.r is given by Eq. $26, f, is given by Eq. S14, fr is given by Eq. S16. 4. Calculate the pipe inlet pressure, pj ; L2 PL=P2 +2f pm G Ym = 2059 psia References 1, Knudsen, J. G. and Katz, D. L. : Fluid Dynamics and Heat Transfer. McGraw Hill Book Co., New York (1958). 2. Moody, L. F.: "Friction Factors for Pipe Flow," Trans. ASME (Nov. 1944) 66, No. 8, 671-684. 3. Allen Jr., T. and Ditsworth, R. L. : Fluid Mechanics, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York (1975). 4, Poiseuille, J. L. : Compte Rendus, 11, 961 and 1041 (1840): 12, 112 (1841), 5. Drew, T. B., Koo, E. C. and McAdams, W. H. : Trans, Am, Inst, Chem, Engrs., 28, 56 (1930).Lesa 6. Blasius, H. : Z. Math. Phys., 56, 1-37 (1908) 7. Nikuradse, J.: Forschungsheft, p. 301, (1933). 8. Colebrook, C. F.: J. Inst. Civil Engrs, (London),11:133 (1938). 9. Brill, J. P. & Beggs, H. D.: Two-Phase Flow in Pipes, The University of Tulsa (1978). 10. Zigrang, D. J. and Sylvester, N. D.: "A Review of Explicit Friction Factor Equations,” Trans. ASME, J. Energy Res. Tech. (June 1985) 107, 280- 283. 11, Theory and Practice of the Testing of Gas Wells, 3rd Ed. Energy Resources Conservation Board, Calgary, Alberta (1975). 12, Martinez, A. E., Arirachakaran, S., Shoham, O. and Brill, J. P. : "Prediction of Dispersion Viscosity of Oil-Water Mixture Flow in Horizontal Pipes" SPE 18221, presented at SPE Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition, Houston, TX, Oct. 2-5, 1988. 13, Bird, R. B., Stewart, W. E. and Lightfoot, E. N. : Transport Phenomena. John Wiley & Sons, New York (1960), 14, Metzner, A. B. and Reed, J. C. : "Flow of Non-Newtonian Fluids Correlation of the Laminar, Transition, and Turbulent-Flow Region: AICHE J., ( Dec. 1955) 1, no.4, 434-440. 15, Dodge, D. W. and Metzner, A.B. : "Turbulent Flow of Non-Newtonian Systems,” AICAE J. ( June 1959), 5 , No. 2, 189-203 16. Govier, G. W. and Aziz, K.; The Flow of Complex Mixtures in Pipes, ‘Van Nostrand Reinhold Co,, New York (1972).16 ‘This equation can be solved for pressure gradient, and if ve jure drop ds being positive in the direction of flow seed 4p. a paind+_pvdv + (dp* a "5, gat (Cate where Cae PSHE te th adtent due to viscous sh Cab )p = STE to ene pressure gradient doe to viscous shear oF friction losses. 1,3 Evaluation of Friction Losses - The Friction Factor Concent. In horizontal pipe flow the energy losses or pressure drop 1 caused by change in kinetic energy and friction losses only, Since ‘most of the viscous shear occurs at the pipe wall, the ratio of wall shear stress (*,) to kinetic energy per unit volume (5v7/2 g,) reflects the relative importance of wall shear stress to the total losses. This ratio forms a dimensionless group and defines a friction factor. fe —™ ev/2g, To evaluate the vall shear stress, a force balance between jure forces and vall shear stress can be formed. Referring to Fig. 1.3, Fig. 1.3. Force Balancey(n a aL ok $e ccsseeeeesseeee subectevting Eq. 1.9 tte Eq, 1.8 an eolvag for the prantore gradient tue go frtecion gives Lao hich ta the well fnown Panning equation. In terms of a Darey-Wet! cr Woody friction factor, f= At! and ‘The friction factor for laninar flow can be determined analyti- ‘cally by combining Eq. 1.11 with the Hagen-Potseuille equation for laminar flowita ‘Example 1.1 ‘An oll which has a viscoalty of 50 op (0.05 kg/m-sec) and a density of $0) Cs (oo. sien) flows in a1 in, (25,4 mm) dlanieter pipe at the rate of 0.07 f/aec (0.00198 m°/sec), Determine the proasure drop which will occur over a 100 ft (30.48 m) section of the pipe. Solution: v= q/A=0.01/[0/(h x 12°) = 12, 84 ft/a00 Nae" P¥a/n = (60/12, #4)0,0883)/50/1488 = 1588 Flow is laminar, since Nj. <2000 ‘Therefore f= 64/Np, = 64/1699 = 0,04 ‘Ap = fv" AL/2g, 4 = (0,04)(50)22, 24)"(100)/(2(32.2)(0. 0892) 617 tot/n? = 42,85 pal (295,45 k Pa)The equivalent expression for the Fanning frietion factor ie pea sehae AIA ‘The Darcy-Weisbach or Hoody* friction factor will be used throughout the renainder of this text, so the subscript, m, will be roped. Turbul Single Our ability to predict flow behavior under turbulent flow con- ditions is a direct result of extensive experimental studies of velocity Profiles and pressure gradients. These studies have shown that both velo- city profile and pressure gradient are very sensitive to characteristics of the pipe wall. A logical approach to defining friction factors is to begin with the simplest case, fe, the snooth wall pipe (Sk), proceed to the partially rough wall (PRM) and finally to the fully rough wall (FR). Only the most accurate enpirical equations avatlable for friction factors are presented here. Although studies of velocity profiles are important, thetr use is purely acadenic. Smooth Wall For smooth wall pipes, several equations have been developed, each valid over different ranges of Reynolds numbers. The equation which Ls now used most comonly since it ie explicit in £ and also covers a range of Reynolds numbers 3000 a, * 1.0 bbY/srEw Ay = 6% toa/ee? ty 1.0 ep 4 = 6.0 ta, £0,018, Calculate the dowaerean pressures p, and Py - 1.19 Given the following: = AS byte us 1ep Py = 4 ibstt 4, * 0.01 ep Ya = 6 ft/sec, @ = 2.0 in, Meg 9 ft/sec. © = 0.0006 Ft. a Calculate the no-slip two-phase pressure gradient in psi/ft for vertical flow. Friction factors can be obtained from the daie equation 2.0 Nee | b- Uf the slip velocity ts 3.0 ft/sec, calculate the quid holdup, i LeCHAPTER 2 FLUID PROPERTY CORRELATIONS2. FLUID FROPERTY CORRELATIONS 2.1 Introduction Solution of the pressure gradient equation requires that one be able to calculate values of fluid density, velocity, and viscosity. Also, many of the two-phase flow pressure loss prediction methods require values for surface tension to calculate correlating parameters. Fluids encountered in the production, injection, and transportation phases of the petroleum and natural gas industries are normally water, and hydrocarbons in the gaseous and/or liquid state. Although little emphasis placed on fluid physical properties in this course, this section is included ‘since prediction of these properties is an integral part of pressure loss calculations, Whenever measured laboratory data are available on Mud proper- ‘ies, they should always be used, Even if available at values of pressure and temperature not encountered in the wells or pipelines they can be used to improve predicted values. Empirical correlations are available for predicting ‘every fluid property of interest in multiphase flow operations, However, care must be taken to assure that correlations are not extended beyond thelr ranges of validity, Since required data are frequently not available at pressures and temperatures encountered at flowing conditions, they must be predicted with ‘empirical correlations, ‘The following sections summarize the best correlations available for predicting fluid physical proverties. Lictings of several FOATAAN subroutines for calculating v us properties are given in the Appendix. 2,2 Solution Gas-Oll Ratio Under conditions of increasing pressure, a crude oll will absorb available gas into solution, Conversely, a gas will evolve from a saturated enude oll under conditions of decreasing pressure, The composition of the Mquid and gas phases is a vapor-liquid equilibrium problem, For light oils, such 1s condensate fluids, the amount and composition of exch phase should be predicted by flash vaporization calculations, However, for normal gravity erudes, both of asphalt, paraffin and mixed bases, empirical correlations are23 available, The two most genefal correlations were developed by Lasater”? by Standing. more accurate and was developed from data on black ofl systems produced in Canada, Western and Mid-Continental U, 8,, and South America, ‘The Standing correlation is based only on gas-crude systems from California, Both correlations are ropresented by the following functional relationship. Py oy ty TY) and 9 ‘The Lasater correlation is frequently considered to be the Chierici, et al6 suggest that the Lasater correlation be used for °API>15 and the Standing correlation for "API <15, Lasater Correlation ‘The basis for the Lasater correlation is the following relationship: Bote @ Vg By where: yg = mol fraction of gas = f(R,y M,) , M,= effective molecular weight of tank oll, R,/379.8 350, 7 MLS : “TBs + APT Py pela, R, + sef/STBO. M,, was correlated with tank oll API gravity as in Figure 2.1Bee wee 8 2 3 T My Fig. 2.1, Effective molecular weight related to tank-oll gravity (From Lasater™ ) ‘The empirical correlation was represented by Figure 2.2. RYT “< Fig. 2.2, Lasater's correlation of bubble-point-pressure factor with gas-mole fraction, (From Lasater 21) Frick provides two equations to describe the line in Figure 2.2 but they have been found to create a discontinuity where the two coincide, For performing hand calculations which require a value ofp, or Ry Figure 2,3 can be used and combines Lasater’s work into a convenient nomogram.Fig. 2.8, Chart for determining bubble-point pressure or solution gas-oll ratio. by Lasater's correlation, (From Lasater?1 ) ‘The procedure for using Figures 2.1 and 2.2 to obtain a value of R, {6 as follows, Pe Ye, 1, Calculate? fs.c, where p, is any “saturated” pressure T and ¥, {6 the gravity of the total free gas at standard conditions, 2, Obtain y, from Figure 2.2, 8. Obtain M, for the known API gravity from Figure 2.1.26 4, Calculate (879.3)(850) ¥, L 13g, ‘hn upper Iii for R equal tothe total producing gus-ligtd ratio, Ry must he oeattiched, The ooeficentC vax mropose by Chest ota.° mo tn need to adjust R, to At available data at reservoir conditions, If no measured R, data are avallable, C fs assumed to be 1,0, Correlation Direct ealeulation of solution gas-oil ratio is possible for the Standing correlation using the following equation slimy _aguntarn | 08 ec. [18 110° 90091(7) | where Py Ye» © are the same as for Lasater and T F. ‘When performing hand calculations, it is frequently easier to ‘use the nomograph shown in Figure 2,4 to obtain a value of R, from the Standing correlation.: A fates e Fig. 2.4, Chart for determining bubble-point pressure or solution gas-oil ratio by Standing's correlation. (California Research Corpora~ tion, copyright 1947) 2.8 Oil Formation Volume Factor ‘The ol fors.ation volume factor, B,, is merely a factor used to predict the change in volume of oil as it undergoes a pressure and temperature change, The change in volume is a combination of compressibility ‘effects, thermal expansion and ma: transfer, which Is represented by gas evolv- {ng from or going into solution. Thus B, is the volume of oll at p and T occupied by one stock tank barrel of ofl and the gas in solution, The only empirical correlation frequently used to predict B, was developed by Standing. 2° For a saturated crude, B, = 0.972 + 0.000147 F275 , ¢28 where: B= bbI/STBO R, = s0f/STBO = additive factor similar to that for R,. Hf no measured data are available, C fs assumed to be 0.0, ‘When performing hand calculations, it is frequently easier to use the nomograph of the above equations which is shown in Figure 2.5. Fig. 2.5. Chart for determining ofl-formation volume factor by Standing's correlation, (California Research Corporation, copyright 1947)If all available gas is in solution, so that an increase in pressure results in an undersaturated crude, then Standing's equations cannot be used, For this ease, the compressibility of the oll must be estimated, and B, values can be approximated from: 2,724 Bole.) ppt elie trom the Laer or Sning stn gus corrlatone weg =n By sola fom the Snag crzelaen fo ts ‘Although ¢, i not a constant, it can be considered so for most pipe flow problems and can be estimated from the correlation by Trube ®lwhich is described in the next section, ‘Example 2.1. Estimate the solution gas-oil ratio and oll formation volume factor at a pressure of 2,625 psia and a temperature of 200°F for a gas-crude system having a tank ofl gravity of SO°API and a gas specitic gravity of 0.8, ‘Use both the Lasater and the Standing correlations for estimating R, and the Standing correlation for B,. Lasater Po Ye =_2,625)(0.8) = 9.162 TF "(80+ 200) From Fig. 2.2, = 0.59 *e From Fig. 2.1, M, = 380 Yo" 1.5 _= 0,876 Si, 5 + APT28a New Correlations for R,, B, and ¢, varquez A., M. E.: "Correlations for Fluid Physical Property Prediction, " ‘M.S. ‘Thesis, Tulea University ‘A. Correlation to predict gas gravity at 114.7 pala, Yang n° ,, », 14.7 394 ep \ ort EAN. 03,0 + 0,S0AP Eo 28y9 et) where: ‘T,.. = temperature, op API = API gravity Pggp "PFeAFure, peta B, Correlation for solution gas-oll ratio, R, (aef/STBO) ‘1 APL s 30° 5 3.0987 p= ean® xagth1T2 A . et 2) API> 30° hast nyo TeeD Eagle where A= API here A T + 460 . Correlation for oll formation volume factor below the bubble point pressure, B, (@b1/STBO) 3) API < 30° 1B, =1.0+ 4,677 R, x10 + 0.1751 x10" D ~ 1.8108 x10" R, PD2-9b 2) API> 30° By=10+ 4.67 R, x10 + 0,11 x10 D+ 0,1337 x10" R, D D= (r-60) (——APL ‘git14. 1. Calculation of ol formation volume factor above the bubble point pressure, 2, @2I/ETBO), using new correlation for ofl compressbity, o, pal”) 04-7) Pon Boye where 1) Use Bl or Be above to determine p, for R=. 2) Use Ci or C2 above to determine B,,. 9) Calculate c, from: + 12.61 API2-10 07.905% Jf_%_ Jo Pa nes = [Le70.5.8500.876_ ] [_0.59_] a.0) = 507.12c1/STBO, (630) Checks Prom Fig, 2.2, R= 600 ec{/STBO Standing R ony, c[ Po « 2000125 RD ]1/0.88 oer Lae" oo00er ay a0! 1o 812000 ]3/0.88 = (0.8)(1.0)[ 2625) 18” ~9(0.00083) 200) '=552..9 scf/STBO Check: From Fig. 2.4, R, = 530 scf/STBO Standing B, : (Using 630 for R,) = 756.5 1B, = 0.972 + 0, 000147 1275 = 0.972 + (0, 000147) (756,5)2°2752-11 1,827 bbI/STBO Check: From Fig. 2.5, B, = 1.385 bbI/STBO 2.4 Condensate Systems For condensate systems, R, and B,, laboratory data are seldom available, However, liquid and gas mass fractions and densities are froquently Available from flash vaporization data, It is possible to construct R, and B, data as a function of available flash data, ‘The user should be aware that ‘many times these values take on seemingly impossible values, Jt Is possible for & well to produce single phase gas at the sand- face and at the surface, yet go through a two-phase flow section in the well due to retrograde condensation, When using a "black oll” model based on de~ seribing mass transfer between phases with values of Rand B,, a finite value of qf must be assumed at stock tank conditions to simulate aliquid phase in fhe tubing. Single phase gas canbe simulated using B, values of 0.0 and B, should merely be considered as a "device" to assure that the product q” 2, 4 measure ofthe in-situ volumetrio flow rate, Thus valies of B, less ‘than 1,0 should not concern the user. Ina similar way, retrograde condensation can result ina very ‘strange behavior of the R, data. Here again, the user should realize that a Rp Tepresents the total produced gas, even though q, may be a physically ynon existent variable, Under retrograde condensation, a decrease in Prenoure causes condensation rather than vaporization, Since q/ R, represents the gas in solution, we are faced with an increasing R, with decreasing pressure. ‘An alternate way to express thls is that the free gas, 9, (R ~ R,) decreases 4s pressure declines in the retrograde regio For retrograde systems, it is feasible for R, to take on negative values, To predict pressure losses when condensate fluids flow through pipes, it 1s rccommended that a compositional model be used rather than a black oil" model. Given the total mass flow rate of a well and the composition of the total feed, one can perform flash vaporization calculations at eelected22 Values of presoure and temperature. These calculations will yield values of Li Vs 6, and 9, a8 finctions of pressure and temperature, In situ voli ‘metric flow rates can then be determined from: mE, m,=VM © Wm, / (m, + m,)) L ¥, @,/(m,+m,)) = my 2), % *, @ where: L = moles liquid/mole feed V = moles vapor/mole feed ‘my, = mass of liguid/mole total feed, L m= mass of gas/mole total food, Superficial velocities can then be calculated directly, which in turn will yield Values of Liquid holdup, 2.5 Oil Compressibility Its necessary to estimate a value of off compressibility (or coefficient of isothermal compressibility) to predict ofl formation volume factors of undersaturated crude oils, Normally it is sufficient to estimate 4 value at the bubble point pressure and an average flowing temperature and ‘assume that it {6 a constant, According to the Theorv of Corresponding States, a reduced ‘coefficient of isothermal compressibility can be defined for pure liquids as2128 2.4 Supplemental Material COMPOSITIONAL MODEL A complex mixture of hydrocarbon compounds or components can exist as a single- phase liquid, a single-phase gas, or as a two- phase mixture, depending on the pressure, temperature and composition of the mixture. Unlike a single component or compound, multicomponent mixture will exhibit an envelope rather than a single line on a pressure-temperature diagram when two phases exist simultaneously. A typical phase diagram for a multicomponent hydrocarbon system is given in Fig. 1. Fig.l permits a qualitative classification of the types of Teservoirs that are encountered in oil and gas systems. Typical oil reservoirs have temperatures below the critical temperature of the hydrocarbon mixture. Volatile oil and condensate reservoirs normally have temperatures between the critical temperature and the cricondentherm for the hydrocarbon mixture. Dry gas reservoirs have temperatures above the cricondentherm. Many condensate fluids exhibit retrograde condensation, a Phenomena in which condensation occurs during pressure reduction, This abnormal or retrograde behavior occurs in the shaded region within the two-phase envelope of Fig. 1. ‘When volatile oil and condensate fluids flow through pipes, their phase behavior is best predicted with a variable composition model. The procedure is known as vapor-liquid equilibrium (VLE) or “flash” calculations. YLE_Calculations Given the following definitions: number of moles of feed or mixture number of moles of liquid number of moles of vapor mole fraction of component i in feed mole fraction of component i in liquid ‘mole fraction of component i in vapor2-126. FIGURE 1 TYPICAL PHASE DIAGRAM FOR MULTICOMPONENT HYDROCARBON SYSTEM 3500 ue, PSiA, see RESERVOIR PRESSURE, 8 8 8 8 1000 ‘0 30 100180 00280 RESERVOIR TEMPERATURE, °F2-126 ‘A simple mass balance on the feed and on each component yields: FL Vows ZjF= ult yv Equation 1 can be modified to give L vy FrlcF ‘An equilibrium constant for component i can be defined as: vy Ket ‘Liquid Phase Solving Eq. 2 for xi gives ZF-yv _ 27% oe F Simplifying gives a(0-Peany [xfoud]-s af Fos-ne1] =z Therefore,212d Yapor_Phase Solving Eq. 2 for yi gives gp a a oe Simplifying gives L Weng = SF wu np tgp = % viv af sze(t-3)] =48 af a+Fag-1)] = 23K; Therefore, ne oe pat Ton Solution__Procedure Solving for yi and xj requires a trial and error procedure. Numerous solution algorithms have been proposed to accelerate convergence, especially near the critical point where convergence is difficult and slow. Following is a simple algorithm that is acceptable for most cases and demonstrates the procedure required to perform a VLE calculation.2126 ‘The sum of the mole fractions in the liquid and gas phases must = 1.0. Therefore, Yas Du= 10 1 iat ‘Therefore, combining Eqs. 6 and & yields Yorw= yap TI(Ki-1) E41 Equation 9 is often called the Rachford and Rice equation. A second order Newton convergence scheme can be used to converge the Rachford and Rice equation to nearly zero (0.000001 is sufficient). The procedure requires that the following be known: + the number of components, n + the mole fraction of each component in the mixture, Zi + the equilibrium constant for each component, Kj + a first guess for the mole ratio, (V/F)j Given a first guess, such as 0.5 for (V/F)j, an improved value of (V/F) can be estimated from where the derivative, f(V/F) is obtained by differentiating Eq. 9 with respect to V/F. Kot Fan) oFConvergence is obtained when 1@),-@) lero Once convergence is obtained for V/F, the composition of each phase can be determined from Eqs. 6 and 8. The above procedure requires values for Ki at the pressure and temperature of interest. Several methods exist for determining K values, including use of charts such as given in Fig. 2. The most accepted way to determine K values is from equations of state (EOSs) and will be covered in a later section, Bubble and Dew Point Curves For temperatures less than the critical temperature, the bubble point curve separates single-phase liquid from the two-phase region. Thus a bubble point pressure is the maximum pressure for which gas will be present with the liquid. At a bubble point pressure, y. , and Ze x, Therefore, Eq. 8 simplifies to Ki “= TF0Ka1) or Weak = Qk and 2B =Danet .. a 212t212g FIGURE 2 EQUILIBRIUM RATIOS FOR PROPANE ERESSURE_ Psi, — Ken Kel PRESSURE, PSIA—- > PROPANE,2-12h The dew point curve in Fig. 1 separates the single-phase gas and two-phase regions, At a given temperature, two dew point Pressures can exist. At a dew point pressure, L=0, Vv sand 25 = ys Therefore, Eq. 6 simplifies to z, % TRY ~ KE n= and Bubble and dew point pressures can be calculated with a trial and error procedure in which various pressures are assumed and a Pressure is found that produces K values that satisfy Eqs. 13 or 14. ‘The following suggestions will help in determining if a given Pressure is in a single-phase or the two-phase region. a WS 2K; ant 32» en ps teeen ad a £ be YAK <1 pom oD Te og = BE = $99,9/6, 047 = 49,5515, /1° 7, L Yo" fo = 49,55/62.4 = 0,79 ae2-19 8, From Fig. 2.7 at y= 0.79 and p,= 2,150 peia, 4 = 860°R 20, From Pig 2.9 a7, 860°, Py = 480 pata a PL =p r, Fe = 2150/480 448 12, From Fig, 2.6, ¢, 02 13, =e. P. = 0.04.4 = 2,08x10 pei er 21502.6 Solubility of Natural Gas in Water ‘The solubility of hydrocarbon gua components Is inversely proportional to thelr molecular weight, ‘Thus methane is more soluble than ethane, ethane than propane, etc, McCa tates thatthe solubility of each component is two to three times greater than that ofthe next heavier paraffinic component. ‘The solubility of methane in water can be used to estimate the solubility of natural gas tn pore water with an accuracy of about Sf. Figure 2.10 can be used to estimate this value, ety mane pects, wt Fig. 2.10, Solubility of Methane in Pure Water (After Culberson and MeKetta 7 »221 ‘To account for the effect of water salinity, the result obtained from Fig, 2,10 must be adjusted by the correction factor from Figure 2.11. Fig, 2.21, Effect of salinity on the amount of gas in solution when fully saturated with gas, (After Eichelberger 1°, 2.7 Water Formation Volume Factor It is common practice to neglect the compressibility of water, ‘the thermal expansion of water and the solubility of gas In water. Since these fare the three items that contribute to expansion or shrinkage of oil and water, ‘the net result is to asoume water formation volume factor, B,, 181.0. A typical ‘eraph of B,, ve p appears tn Figure 2.12,Fig, 2,12, Typical graph, formation-volume factor of water vs pressure. (After McCain **,) Note from Fig, 2.12 that B,, always increases with decreasing pressure ‘which memes that, neglecting temperature changes, water will expand pressure drops. Thus the effect of gas evolving from solution only par- ‘ally offeets water expansion with pressure reduction, Normally itis assumed that the gas-oil and gas-water bubble Point pressures are equal, ‘Two methods are commonly used to estimate B,, below the bubble point pressure. Method 1 ‘The formation volume factor for pure, dead (no gas in solution) water at a desired pressure and temperature can be estimated from Figure 2.13. Correction for the effect of gas in solution in the pure water is ob- tained from Figure 2.24, 2-222-23 | a A 4 Fig. 2.18, Formation volume Fig. 2.14, Difference, AB, be- factor of pure water (after tween B,, of gas-saturated pure Keenan and Keyes 20.) water and of pure water (after Keenan and Keyes ”®.) A final value of B,, as a function of pressure snd temperature, gas in solution and dissolved solids 1s calculated from BY=BytYS By where 3B, = value from Fig. 2.18. y= value from Fig. 2,11 Ap, * value from Fig. 2.14 ‘The following approximate relationship based on Figs. 2.19 and 2.14 and assuming y = 1.0 was given by Gould.) A 6 2 6 Bye 1.0 +1.2x10% Ty +1,0x10° Ty - 8.3310" B where =F 60 andT224 Method 2 Mccain raggete at the Katz aetid for etimatingB, can be ued tains By. By G+ 8 Vy) 04 Vyyg) where AV ya isthe change ia volume during pressure reduetion to atmospheric preasire an AV, is the change in volume due to reduction in temperanire to 60°F at atmospheric pressure, These values can be obtained from Figures 2,18 and 2.16. Fig. 2.15. A Vj 88 8 function of temperature (after McCain *%)2-25 Fig. 2.18. AV, a8 a function of temperature and pressure (after McCain 23.) ‘MoCain states that Method 2 is valid for oll-field waters with varying brine concentrations, since effects of brine concentration on A Vi) and AV yp are offsetting. ‘Water formation volume factors above the bubble potnt pressure are calculated the same way as for gas-oil eystems. Thus, oy Anolon)2-26 2,8 Water Compressibility ‘The compressibility of water having natural gas in solution can bbe estimated using Figure 2.17. ‘The top chart yields o, for pure water and ‘the bottom chart yields a multiplicative correction fuctor for dissolved gas, ‘The effect of dissolved solids is neglected, Fig, 2.17, Compressibility of pure water, including effects of gas in solution, (after Dodson and Standing * .ar Example 2.3 ‘The well in example 2.1 (pg. 2-9) 1s also producing water with 10% issolved solids (100,000 ppm), Determine the gas in solution in the water at the bubble point pressure, 2625 peta, and 200°F. Also calculate B,, and estimate o, at the p, of 2625 psia and 200°F, a) From Fig. 2.10: R,, (pure water) = 14 scf/STEW From Fig. 2.11: Correction factor for effect of brine, y= 0.65 Ryy = 14 (0.65) = 9.1 scf/STBW 0) Method: From Fig, 2.18: Bre wales) =1.0292/60BW From Pig. 214 am, =.006 1.020 + 6.68) 6.08 as wero Metod 2: From Fig, 2.15: A gg 2088 From Fig. 2.8 Bittle se By Hd +g) Oye) + 0.000 089 11.085 s/s ° From Fig. 2.17: 0, (pure water) = 3.15 x10°pat"? Correction for Ry, = 1.08 ey * @.18 x 20%) (1.08) = 3,402 x 10° psi?2-28 2,9 Specific Gravity of Free and Dissolved Gas ‘As the pressure in a gas-oil system changes, the composition of ‘each phase also changes, When gas first evolves from a crude oll, the gas composition is primarily Methane, As pressure declines, higher and higher molecular weight hydrocarbons vaporize, tending to increase the gravity of both the free gas and the gravity of the gas in solution, Katz presented Figure 2.18 for predicting the dissolved gas gravity. Solubility - Cuble Feet Per Barrel of, Residual Oil R, (scf/STBO) Fig. 2.18, Prediction of gas gravity from Solubility and crude-oil gravity (After Katz 1%) ‘A practical limit is placed on the above value that Ygp & Yg 0.56, ‘where 0,56 ts the specific gravity of Methane and v,, is the average specific ‘gravity of the total parator gas, all expressed at standard conditions. The specific gravity of the free gas can be obtained from the following material2-29 balance calculation: weg = R, 4, (0764) ¥, gd Ry Go 078) You ge By BY LOMO Yep gt, G60 Wea Wet Mee fins 4.0160 Yq B= 4.0780 ¥g £m, 95 0.078095, ctvaing by 0.016, By gst BRD Ye a ® ‘et solving for ¥4 5 RB, %g) Be (ga? ‘A practical imit se aleo placed on ¥, as follow 2.2 ‘ee ‘er? - Although most engineers tend to neglect the effect of changing 186 composition with pressure and temperature, the effect can be important, If tho preceding ealeulations aro performed, the rosulting values of Ye should be used to caloulate gas physical properties such as density and viscosity,2-0 1h a similar way, values of ¥,.. should be used to ealeulate the effect of solution gas on the ofl density covered in a later section. It 1s also common practice to neglect the effect of any solution gas in water on the composition of the free gas. 2.10 Ol Density Oil specific gravity is defined as the ratio of the density of oil to the density of water, both taken at the same pressure and temperature, Sometimes specific gravity is given as 60°/ 60° which means both ofl and ‘water were measured at standard conditions of 60°F and atmospheric pressure, Tits frequent practice to identify this with a subscript sc. The petroleum industry uses mother gravity term called API gravity which is defined by 141, 5/91.5 + APL, Prediction of ofl density at in-situ conditions 1s vitally important ‘tn two-phase pressure loss predictions, Normally the gas composition and Laud compotion are ot known, but entimates are available for yg ee Yo + md. ‘One method for predicting p, based on edjusting the gus free crude by the apparent liguld density of solution gas was described in section 2.5, This method, proposed by Katz a was stated by MoCain™ to be accurate to within 3% of experimental results. ‘An alternate method fs available for predicting », for saturated crudea which ie similar to the Katz method, Yo, (624) + ¥, (0.0764), 2 Nea OR Po Sot 5,2-81 “Above the bubble point pressure, ofl density must be calculated from 29" Pay Be, =P] where p,, 8 dotermined from one of the previous methods for R = R, and B= Bay 2,11 Water Density Water density can be calculated using the same approach as for ‘ofl, except that the effects of gas in solution are normally neglected. Thus Ty 624) = Neo By ‘The density of the water phase at standard conditions as a function of total tssolved solids can be obtained from Figure 2.19. ge NI Fig. 2.19, Density of brine as a function of total dissolved solids, (After McCain **),282 Example 2.4 Calealate the ofl and water densities at bubble point pressure and 200°F for the fluids of Examples 2.1 and 2.3. (pgs. 2-9, 2-27) ‘From Fig. 2.18: at R, = 520, API= 30 ga Ort (Gince Yigg <068, Use Ya 8) (62.4) + ¥, (0.0764) Ry e972 a 5 (0,876)(62.4) + (0, 0)(0,0764)(530 = 5.614 355) = 40,95~ 4,52 45.07 bt From Fig. 2.19: 9, = 67 1b, /tt° For B,, = 1.085, = 67/1, 085 = 64.18 1b,,/tt°233 2.12 Gas Density Natural gases are complex mixtures of hydrocarbon compounds with various impurities euch as nitrogen, carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide, Laws for ideal gases or mixtures of ideal gases are inadequate for predicting the behavior of natural gases, The literature containe several hundred ‘equations of state for gases depending upon the type of gas, the composition, ‘the conditions of pressure and temperature, and the degree of sophistication, ‘The procedures for calculating the density of natural gas are familiar to ‘most engineers, Perhaps the most frequently used of the equations for predicting density is the "compressibility" or "Engineering" equation of state, ‘Engineering Equation of State In its most common form, the Engineering equation of state s expressed as pVeanRT, ‘The gas constant, R, has a value of 10. 72 if other variables have units of peta, f°, Ib, -moles, °R, The number of moles ca be expressed as Combining these two equations and solving for the density (or m/V): PY, 4(29) 2,70 Pet. 20.72) 27 The free gas gravity y, ,, {8 a function of pressure and temperature since it ‘depends on the composition and amount of gas that has evolved from or gone {nto solution in the ofl, ‘An alternate way to calculate gas density, and one that 1s con= sistent with the procedure for handling ofl and water, is based on the gas formation volume factor, B,. B, can be derived as follows.234 Assuming a constant number of moles, n: = constant aR =_pv_= (pv ar Cer = Pao * Vie Tac? 0 27 (620) p a. = 0,0288_2 7 P ‘The gas density at any pressure and temperature can be obtained from B, and where 9g = Yup (0.0764), The gas compressibility factor accounts for all deviation of a real gas from ideal gas behavior. Thus = Veactual) V (ideal) ‘An exhaustive coverage of the 2~faotor is beyond the scope of this book. The ‘most generally accepted procedure for determining 2 is based on the well-known ‘Theorem of Corresponding States which essentlally states that real gas mixtures will have the same 2-factor for the same values of pseudoreduced pressure, Pq + And pscwdoreduced temperature, T. whore2-95 Pseudooritical Pressure and Temperature For natural gases it is necessary to determine pseudocritical pressure and temperature before one can obtain a z-factor. If gas composition is known, the pseudocritieal values can be estimated from a mole fraction ‘weighted average of eritical values of each component, This approach, known as Kays rule !°, is expressed as follows: Since the composition of the free gas phase in 2 gas-oil system is normally ‘not known, the previous approach can seldom be used, Fortunately, the ‘measurement of gas gravity is much less tedious than measuring composi tion and is usually obtained on natural gases. A correlation by Brown, ct al? for estimating the pseudocritical properties of natural gases from gas ‘gravity is shown in Figure 2.20,2-36 sayy conta amsouny jo omy Ale a i | Fig, 2,20, Pseudocritical properties of natural gases (after 2 a Brown et al For computation purposes, equations for straight lines are 20, ‘The follow- Be froquently used for the miscellaneous gases lines of {ng equations can be used. 5 Ye = 708,75 ~ 87. P Z| a g gl 3 ‘Compressibility factors for natural gases were correlated as . His a funetions of pseudoreduced pressure and temperature by Brown287 correlation covered P_, values up to § but was found to be inaccurate for P.,, Values above 6 hy Standing and Katz $0, standing and Katz extended ‘Brown's correlation to pseudoreduced pressures of 18. Their correlation ‘appears in Figure 2.21. Charts for determining z-factore at low peeudoreduced pressures and for very low pseudoreduced pressures (near atmospheric Pressure) appear in Figures 2,22 and 2.23. Figures 2,21-2,23 are restricted to natural gases containing small amounts (i,e, less than 2%) of carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide,2-38 PSEUDO REOUCED PRESSURE e 1 faa “ ° ede COMPRESSIBILITY FACTOR Z z 2 COMPRESSIBILITY FACTOR eae ea THT sale tates eran 7 ° ° 6 1 a a aE PSEUDO REDUCED PRESSURE h Fig, 2.21. Compressibility factors for natural gases, (after Standing and Katz? .)( g wrong roy) “oanssoxd opsoydsoure oe se wou sabe ywanqeu 40} sxoqouj Antiqisseadwiog “¢2"z “Hz No] We soswd pwanyeH soy sIOqOUy ATIGIBEOIdWOD “22° “Hh 2-89Elfect of Non-Hydrocarbon Im on Carbon dioxide and hydrogen sulfide are the two main non~ hydrocarbon impurities that cause z-factors to deviate from those predicted by Fig. 2.21, Nitrogen can be considered as a hydrocarbon component for purposes of predicting z-factors, When very precise values are desired for the density of gases with many impurities, it is necessary to use equations of state developed specifically for those gases, ‘Two-phase pressure lost prediction methods do not justify more sophisticated equations of state than described here, Robinson et al,?6 developed a method for estimating the effect of the acid gas constituente on z-factors for acid gas content (% Hy $+% CO,) up to 60%, ‘The method involves obtaining a correction ratio, and dividing the ratio into the approximate 2-factor obtained from Figures 2.21-2.23. Thus 2 = _z (approximate) Correction Factor Correction factors for combined CO, and H, $ mole percents appear in Figures 2,24-2.26, ‘This method can be weed for P,_ from Oto 7 and T, from 1.110 2.0, Wichert and Aziz °° suggested three possible methods for de- termining 2-factors of sour gases. The first of these was a modifeation of the Pitzer et al.?4 method and was found to be the most accurate, but was ‘cumbersome for computer use, The most accurate method which is well suited for computer application was found to be a modified Redlick and Kwong?5 equation of state, A computer listing of the modified R-K method was pub- lished by Wichert and Aziz, The final method, which is the simplest to use, uses the Standing-Katz z-factor chart but with pseudoreduced values based ‘on an adjustment to pseudocritical values, An adjustment factor ¢ was de- fied an found tobe a funtion of Yo, AO Yt WA= Yq ty s+ ico, * a,180 WOL PERCENT METHANE PLUS NITROGEN 20 MOL PERCENT CARBON DIOXIDE PLUS HYOROGEN SULPHIDE Fig. 2.24, Compressibility correction ratios for sour natural gases. (after Robinson ures)natural gases. corregtion ratios for sour etal. *°.) ‘Fig. 2.25, Compresatbility (after RobinsonFig. 2.26. Compressthility corrgstion ratios for sour natural gases. (after Robinson et al.2° .)24 Bry, iy" 2120 a? — aS +15 SBI ‘The pseudocritical temperature and pressure are adjusted as follows: tTl=et -¢ Pe” "pe Pig Pot, "pe = pe / Mpg * BOB ©) where primed values are the corrected pseudocritical values and unprimed values are determined from Kay's rule or from Fig, 2,20, Calculation Algorithms for z-factor ‘Several approaches for obtaining z-factors with a computer algorithm are available in the literature, Perhaps the most accurate method 4s to read in a large array of values from Fig, 2,21 and employ some type of, Computer storage limitations may limit this tw fit the curves of Fig. 2.21. Other methods include the works of Hankinson et al,? and Sattor and Campbell "Swnich make use of the acentricity factor originally proposed by Pitzer”. A simple unpublished Fortran subroutine that hae been found to be a fair representation of Fig. 2.21 Je listed in Appendix A as SUBROUTINE ZFACBB. A modification to this subroutine recommended by Standing Is listed in Appendix A as SUBROUTINE ZFACST.2-45 A recent algorithm for determining z-factors based on Fig. 2,21 was presented by Yarborough and Hall *5 , ‘They developed a "hard-sphere" equation of state which resulte? in a nonlinear equation that must be solved with a trial-and-error method such as Newton-Raphson. A sample computer program was also published. Yarborough and Hall recommended use of the Wichert and Aziz method to correct pseudocritical temperature and pressure for CO, and H,8. A subroutine of the Hall and ‘Yarborough method is listed in Appendix A as SUBROUTINE ZFACHY. Example 2,5 Caloulate the gas density of 20. 80 specific gravity gas contain- ing 10% CO, and 10% HS (mol %) at a pressure of 2000 psia and a tempera- ture of 150°F, 1, Determine 2-facto thod 1 Robinson et al 2 From Fig. 2.20: P= 063 pala 1,7 422°R Calculate Pad Ts P= 00/663 = or MAT! Pay = P/P,, = 2000/669 = 9,02 ‘pe nye T/T, = 610/420 = 1.45 or 7750 7 PI From Fig. 2.21: (approximate) = 0,745Dec. 20, 1976, pg. 64-66. Method Range, Comment Gray-sims Tpi1-05-8.0, Py: 0-15.0 20 x20 matrix with interpolation sarem Tp! 1-08-2.95, Pp: 0.1-14.9 Legendre polynomis Carite-cittett ‘Tpt1-2-3.0, Pps 0,0-18.0 Polypomials up to degree 8 Papay simple equation Hall-Yarborough Starling-Carnahan State Eqn. Brill simple equation ‘Dranchuk et al. ‘Tpi1.05-8.0, Py: 0,2-30,0 BWR state eqn. curve fit Dranchuk-Kassom Ty 1.0-8.0 for Pp: 0,2-30,0 Starling-Carnahan State Eqn, Ty! 0.71.0 for Py <1.0246 From Fig, 2.24: Correction ratio = 0,942 Caleulate 2 - factor: 2 = zlapproximate) Correction ratio 745 = 0,791 0.842 ‘Method 2 (Wichert and Aziz °° Determine A and B: A= Hy.g* Yoo, "M30 +0410 = 0.20 Bry 70.10 Calculate = 120 a 9ahS) 4 15(87 5. ph, 120 0.2 0,229) + 15 0.15 - 0.1% 23.8 Calculate P.' and T pe To eT -e ‘pe = 422 -28,8=398,2 Pao” Pao Tyg / (Tye + BAB) €)247 = 65)(098.2)/[ 422 + 0.1)0-0.1)08.8) ] = 622.4 and T Calculate P,, and 7, P, 000/622, 4 = 3.21 ‘Pr cat pe = 610/998,2 = 1,58 From Fig. 2.21: 0,788 2, Calculate B: (Use z = 0,791) B= 0.0283 2 T P = _10,0285)(0,791)(610)_ = 0,00683 _#° (2000) 3, Calculate 9, e Mes 0768) % = 10.80.0764) = 8.949 1b,,/4° (0.00683)248 2,18 Liquid Viscosity ‘The role of viscosity in pipe flow problems is not well understood, It can have an important effect on Reynolds number and this determine if the flow mechanism is laminar, turbulent or transition. It can have little meaning at all f a fluid exhibits non-Newtonian behavior, Its effect is highly un= predictable in gas-liquid, liquid-liquid, gas-solid, or liquid-solid flow problems, Emalsions may form of varying stability whose viscosity can neither be pre- icted or even defined, Nevertheless, it is frequently important to be able to predict the viscosity of an individual phase in most fluid flow problems in pipes. Viscosity is used in predicting friction factors and in determining Mquid holdup for gas-liquid flow, Fortunately, liquid viscosity measurement {s dane routinely as Part of a PVT test, However, these results are either reported at 100°F and 210°F and atmospheric pressure, or at reservoir temperature and a range of pressures, For pipe flow problems, these measurements are essentially useless and em~ pirical correlations are normally used to estimate viscosity, ‘Viscosity, like other physical properties of liquids, is sensitive ‘to changes in pressure and temperature, Increasing temperature always emises a decrease in viscosity, Increasing pressure always increases viscosity above the bubble point, However, below the bubble point, an increase in pressure ‘causes an increase in solution gas which in tun decretses viscosity. Although the role of viscosity in pressure loss prediction is discussed in later chapters, ‘empirical correlations available to estimate values of dynam{e viscosity are siven in the remainder of this section, Of Viscosity ‘The procedure for determining dynaniic viscosity of of! at a siven value of pressure and temperature is to determine 4... (T), the viscosity At one atmomphere and the desired temperature, and then adjust p(T) for the effects of pressure and solution gas. ‘The most commonly used correlation for obtaining 4, (T) was Proposed by Besl® , and is shown in Figure 2.27.j Fig, 2.27, Gas-free crude viscosity as a function of tempera~ ture and API gravity, (after Beal?) ‘The stock tank oil viscosity at the desired temperature can also be obtained by interpolating between two experimentally determined values (normally 100°F and 210°F) using the ASTM standard kinematic viscosity vs ‘temperature charts, An alternate interpolation scheme that an be used is: 400 “hop 00° [( 220 ]2-50 =1.96510] Hop | Hop oo ‘The viscosity of gas free crude atthe desired temperature, 4a, (7) can be used to estimate in-situ live oil viscosity, u, , with the Chew and Comnally correlation © . Chew and Connally found that plot of fo VEHoy™ for a given value of R, would yield a straight line on log-log paper, This is shown in Figure 2,28, I i | } i ? i Fig. 2.28, Viscosity of gas-saturated crude oils at desired temperature and pressure, (after Chew and Connally °.)281 Chew and Connally simplified Fig, 2.28 by determining the slope of each R, curve andthe corresponding 1, for a valve of fgp*1.0ep. These ‘tntercept and slope values were replotted vs R, and spear in Figure 2.29, i. ol bo Ti After obtaining values of A and b from Fig. 2.29, live oil viscosity is ealeu- lated from: Since Beal's data did not include R, values over 1600 sef/STBO, ‘the Chew and Connally correlation should be extrapolated beyond this level with caution. ‘When the live ofl viscosity {e known at reservoir temperature and bubble point pressure, improved predictions of live ofl viscosity variation with P and T can be obtained, ‘The procedure is to solve the Chew and Connally ‘equation for Hig, (T). Values of rigg obtained from Fig, 2.27 are plotted vs ‘T on ASTM paper and the curve is shifted in the y-direction until the curve and the point for the calculated yo,)(T) cotncide, The resulting curve ts then262 ‘used to dotermine 4,7) for use in the Chew and Connally equation, Whon oil is undersaturatod, viscosity values obtained above must be corrected for the influence of pressure, This can be done using Figure 2,30, RATE OF CREASE OF VISCOSITY ABOVE ‘BUBBLE Pour PRESSURE Fig. 2,30, Rate of increase of viscosity above bubble-point pressure, (after Beal?)2-83 To assist in hand calculations Beal also presented Figure 2.31 which was calculated directly from Figure 2,30, 3 Fig, 2.51, Prodiction of crude-oil viscosity above bubble-point pressure, (after Beal? .) Water Viscosity Data on viscosity of oll field waters are very scarce, Water viscosity will increase as pressure is increased, should increase with In- ‘creasing dissolved solids, and should decrease significantly with gas in solution, No d A are available on the effects of gas in solution, However, the effet of temperature on the viscosity of water was roported by Van Wingen 2 and appears in Figure 2,52,vei New Correlations for Oil Viscosity H. D. and Robinson, J. R.: "Estimating the Viscosity of Crude Oil Systems", Jour. Pet. Tech, , Sept. 1975, pg. 1140. Viscosity of oll below the bubble point pressure, 1 (cp) A. Dead Oil Viscosity (p = | atm) aig Hop * ey phi yao 2 = 8.0324 - 0,02028 API where: T = °F sef/STBO B. Live Oil Viscosity B Ho Atop Geek 0,815 0.715 (R, + 100) B= 5.44 (R, + 150) 9998 T. Vazquez A., M. E.: "Correlations for Fluid Physical Property Prediction", M.S. Thesis, Tulsa University. Viscosity of oil above the bubble point pressure, 1, (ep). fp Hy =H ‘o “Hob (Py 2.187 [-0.039 p x 10°*- 5.0] m=2.6p of Z 1 4 where Py ia determined from page 2-4 fOr Rye Ry aad ay 1g dotormined from I above.Pyeme ston Fig, 2.82, Viscosity of water at oil-field temperature and pressure, (after Van Wingen °,) ‘The curves in Fig. 2.92 suggest that effects of pressure and salinity are hegligible, An expression which can be used to approximate an average curve for Fig. 2.92 ts: Exp (1.008 = 1.479 x 107? 4 + 1,982 x30 1°) where T is in °F, 2-54When total dissolved solids are large, Fricl!? provides a correction ratio which can be used to estimate brine viscosity. ‘This ratio is shown in Fig, 2.33, I re Ae [ “ Fig. 2.33, Ratio of brine viseosity to puro-water viscosity vs salinity. (after Prick, ‘The brine viscosity is obtained by multiplying the viscosity from Fig. 2.32 by the correction ratio of Fig. 2,93. For computer use, the following equation ‘can be used which was developed for an average temperature of approximately 0, 20°F, 0.8, \ Ratio = (F755) & TDS + 1.0 Emulsion Viscosity ‘There is little useful information sn the Ktorature on viscosities of crude-oil emulsions, Woelflin®4 presented data which can be used to estimate the viscosity of a brino-in-oll type of emulsion from a known clean-oil viscosity. ‘Most emulsions encountered in the production of ofl and water are of the brine-in-oll type where brine globules aire dispersed in ofl. Emulsions ‘can be characterized as tight, medium, or loose depending primarily upon the size of the brine globules, ‘Tight emulsions are common when well, producing oil and water flows with a high gas-oll ratio and is subjected to extreme conditions of agitation, A loose emulsion would commonly be found {in a pumping well where agitation is minimized, When an emulsion forms, theviscosity of the emulsion can be many times greater than the viscosity of either the dispersed or dispersing phases, Figure 2,94 shows how the ratio of emulsion viscosity to oll viscosity varies with increasing brine %. HE ce per teeag est He 1] ‘Fig. 2.34. Variation in viscosity of emulsions of crude oil and brine with brine content, (after Woelfiin® ) Above a % brine of 60-70%, the emulsion inverts and brine becomes the con- ‘tinuous phase, ‘The viscosity of the emulsion then can be approximated by the brine viscosity, However, near the inversion point, extremely high viscosities can be attained. The liquid viscosity equation provided in section 1.5 cannot be ‘used when emulsions occur, However, Fig, 2.54 can be used to approximate the viscosity of the liquid-liquid mixture,287 Example 2.6 Determine the ofl and water viscosities for Examples 2.1, 2.3 and 2.4 at the p,, of 2625 psia and 200°F, (see pge 2-9, 2-27, 2-45). |. Determine Oil Viscosity: From Fig. 2.27: tgp (200) = 8.0 ep From Fig. 2.28: A= 0,480 b 0.675 Caleulate y,: = Align” hg: By" Atop 0. 0.48902, °° 675 o1 ep Determine Water Viscosity: From Fig. 2.92: yy, =0.92 op Prom Fig. 2.33: Correction Ratio = 1.2 Calculate by = (0.82)0.2)2-58 2.14 Gas Viscosity Laboratory data describing the viscosity of hydrocarbon gas mix- tures at elevated presmures and temperatures are seldom available, Fortunately, the effect of gas viscosity on pressure drop and on liquid holdup is normally considered negligible, The flow of compressible ids is almost always turbulent, and if the single phase flow analogy were considered, friction losse ‘would be independent of gas viscosity, (One notable difference will be discussed later with the Eaton et al® cory elation). ‘When gus composition is Imown, gus mixture viscosities at iow presoures (e.g. 1 stm.) can be ealoulsted to within 2 or 9% accuracy using the ‘Herning and Zipperer!* equation, Teoh Where = viscosity of component i at T ‘This equation provides an excellent simple method to predict gas viscosities ‘at any temperature and at low pressures, ‘The viscosity of gases under pressure can be estinnted using either the Catr et al.4 correlation or the more recent and simpler to use correlation by Lee et al. 22, Carr et al, Correlation The Carr etal correlation is based on first determining pat atmospheric pressure, 14, and the desired temperature, and then applying259 & correction ratio to obtain gat he desired presmure, The correlation fr Hy 4s valid for temperature in the ringe 40. (0.2(8,35) =1,23 5g Yep (Oo O7ER) (52 py - an Zr Ba (0, 0764)(520)(2000)_ = 0,1496 gm/em? 4. 70, 79 (610) (62,4) a x =K.10 ner. 10 ex oc) + 17,28)007 exp [6.29(0.148678 = 0.0177 ep2-64 2.18 Surface Tension ‘The relative importance of surface tension on pressure loss when two-phase flow occurs in a pipe is normally small, Values of gas-liquid surface tension are used to determine flow regimes and Liquid holdup, and even here, the effect is usually minor, Nevertheless it is frequently necessary to predict values of gas-oll surface tension, g, and gas water surface tension, 0... A ‘gas-liquid surface tension is then calculated as described in Section 1.5. Gas-o1 ‘The surface tension between a nstural gas and hydrocarboa liquids normally varies from approximately 35 dynes/em at low pressures and API gravities to 0 dynes/cm at the critical pressure when complete aiectlty ooeurs, An estimate of (yy oF stock tan oll (gat atmoepherte pressure) can be obtained from the empirical work of Baker and Swerdloff, AA plot of thetr correlation appears tn Figure 2,37, a i URFACE TENSION OF CRUDE OILS AT ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE * ~| 40 2 6 Oo (ones PER CENTIMETER) Tr ee ee ‘API GRAVITY AT 60°F Fig, 2.87. Surface tgnston of erude ols at atmogpherle pressure, (ater Baker and ‘Swerdlot2-65 SURFACE TENSION OF CRUDE OIL CONTAINING onSSOiVEb Gas ae rencent OF SUMACE TENSION Since the precise effect of temperature on ¢,,, is not Inows, ‘extrapolation beyond the temperature range of 100°F >T > 68°F is not re~ commended, The effect of pressure (or solution gas) is to decrease the surface tension, The surface tension of crude ol containing dissolved, {08 expressed a8 2% of oo, can be obtained from Figure 2.38, The graph can be extrapolated to higher pressures, provided the % does not be- come negative. 106 9 ee eee eee creeper “SURFACE TENSION OF CRUDE Glis 7 EFFECT OF DISSOLVED GAS IN SOLUTION, |... AT VARIQUS SATURATION PRESSURES § ATMOSPHERIC TEMPERATURE OF GAS FREE OIL AT ATMOSPHERIC PRESS. ° 1,000 2,000 3,000 SATURATION PRESSURE, PSIA fter Baker and Fig. 2.58, Effect of golutton gas on surface tension of erude olls ‘The live ofl surface tension is then obtained from 6" “on (ae ‘An equally valid estimate of gas-oll surface tension can be obtained from the work of Katz et al. }® as shown in Figure 2,99.2-658 Hydrocarbon Surface Tension - Compositional Model = surface tension, dynes/em P = parachor for given component X= mole fraction in liquid phase y= mole fraction in gas phase p= density, em/ec M = molecular weight ‘Component Parachor: Methane 71.0 Ethane 108.0 Propane 150.3 Teobutane 181.5 n-Butane 189.9 Teo pentane 225.0 n-Pentane 281.5, n-Hexane 271.0 n-Heptane 312.5 n-Octoame 351.5 Ethylene 100.1 ‘Acetylene 88.6 Propylene 139. Hydrogen 34 (approx) Nitrogen 41 (approx)2-66 Fig, 2.39, Effect of saturation pressure on surface tension of crude ofls, (after Katz et a2) Katz et al. also state that "In general, one can be fairly sure that a hydrocarbon ligaid, condensate, or erude oil, eaturated with natural gas in the reservoir at pressures of 3,000 psia or more, will have a surface tension of 2 dynes/em or lees." Gas-Water ‘The surface tension of water-gas systems has been investigated by Hocott™® and by Hough et al."°, Their works have been combined into one dia~ gram by Katz et al, and is chown in Figure 2,40,287 fetes ann, een Fig, 2.40, Effect of pressure and temperature on surface tension of water. (after Katz et al."®, ) Although these results suggest that all experiments have been valid, their ‘use to predict o,, as fimetions of such things as salinity of the water and gas ‘composition is highly questionable, Nevertheless, one can linearly inter- polate between the curves of 74°F and 280°F from the Hough et al, work and obtain acceptable estimates of 0, .2-68 8. 1 10, nn. a2, 13. M4, References Baker, 0, and Swerdloff, W.: "Finding Surface Tension of Hydrocarbon Liquids," Oil and Gas Jour. (January 2, 1986)125, Beal, C.: "The Viscosity of Air, Water, Natural Gas, Crude Oil and Its Associated Gases at Oil Ficld Temperatures and Pressures," Trans. AIME (1948), 94. . Brown, G. G,, et al: Natural Gasoline and the Volatile Hydrocarbons, N.G.A.A. (968). Carr, N. L., et al: "Viscosity of Hydrocarbon Gases under Pressure," ‘Trane, AIME (1954), 264, Chew, J, and Connally, C, A, Jr.: "A Viscosity Correlation for Gas~ Saturated Crude Oils," Trans. AME (1959), 23, Chiericl, G. L., et al: "Two-Phase Vertical Flow in Oil Wells-Prediction of Prescure Drop," Trans, AIME (1974), 927. Culbertson, 0. L, and MeKetta, J, J.: "Solubility of Methane in Water at Pressures to 10,000 Psia," Trans, ADME (1951), 223. Dodson, C. R, and Standing, M, B.: "Pressure-Volume-Temperature ‘and Solubility Relations for Natural Gas Water Mixtures", Drill, and Prod, Prac. API (1944), 173. Eaton, B A., et al: "The Prediction of Flow Patterns, Liguld Holdup and Pressure Losses Occurring During Continuous Two-Phase Flow In Hori~ zontal Pipelines," Trans, AIME (1967), 615. Eichelberger, W. C.1 Ind. and Engr. Chem., Vol. 47 (1955), 2223, Frick, T, C.+ Petroleum Production Handbook, Millet the Printer, Inc. , Dallas, Texas, Vol. 1 1962). Gould, T. L.; "Vertical Two-Phase Steam-Water Flow in Geothermal Wells," Trans, AIME (1974), 893, Hankinson, R, W., et al: "Predict Natural Gas Properties," Hydrocarbon Proc, (April 1969) 108. Herning, F. and Zipperer, L.: "Calculation of the Viscosity of Technical Gas Mixtures from the Viscosity of the Individual Gases," Gas und ‘Wasserfoch (1936), 49.2-69 15. Hocott, C, R.:"Interfactal Tension Between Water and Oil Under Reservoir Conditions," ‘Trans, AIME (1999), 184, 16, Hough, E. W., et al:"Interfacial Tensions at Reservoir Pressures and ‘Temperatures; Apparatus and the Water-Methane System," Trans, AIME 951), 57. Drill, 17. Katz, D, L.: "Prediction of the Shrinkage of Crude Oils and Prod, Prac., API (1942), 197. 18, Katz, D. L., et al, Handbook of Natural Gas Engineering, McGraw Hill Book Co,, Ihe. , New York (1959). 49, Kay, W. B.: "Density of Hydrocarbon Gas and Vapors," Ind, and Eng. Chem., Vol. 28 (1936), 1014. 20, Keenan, J, H, and Keyes, F, G.: Thermodynamic Properties of Steam, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1936). 21, Lasater, J. A.; "Bubble Point Pressure Correlation, " Trans, AIME (1958), 379. 22, Lee, A. La, et al: "The Viscosity of Natural Gases," Trans. AIME. (1968), 997. 28, McCain, W. D, Jr.: The Properties of Petroleum Fluids, Petroleum ‘Publishing Co,, Tulsa, Oklahoma (1973), 24, Pitzer, K. &, et al: "The Volumetric and Thermodynamic Properties of ‘Fluids, Part I, Compressibility Factor, Vapor Pressure and Entropy of Vaporization," Jour. of A.C.8, (July'1985), 2493, 25, Redlich, O, and Kwong, J, N. S.: "The Thermodynamics of Solutions, V, An Equation of State, Fugacities of Gaseous Solutions," Chem. Rev. 949), 233, 26. Robinson, R. L. Jr. and Jacoby, R. H.: "Better Compressibility Factors,"" Hydrocarbon Proc, (April 1965), 141. 27, Sarem, A. M,:"Z-factor Equation Developed for Use in Digital Com= puters, "Oil and Gas Jour, (September 18, 1961), 118, 26, Saiter, A., and Campbell, J. M,+ "Non-Ideal Behavior of Gases and ‘Their Mixtures," Trans, AIME (1963) Pt, 2, 393,2-70 29, Standing, M, B.:"A General Pressure-Volume-Temperature Correlation ~ = for Mixtures of California Olls and Greases," Drill, and Prod. Prac., API 947), 275, 80, Standing, M, B. and Katz, D. L.: "Density of Natural Gases (1942), 140, ‘Trans, AIME 31, Trube, A. S.: "Compressibility of Undersaturated Hydrocarbon Reservotr Fluids," Trans, AIME (1957), 841, 82, Van Wingen: Secondary Recovery of Oil in the United States, API (1950), 127. 33, Wichert, E, and Aziz, K,: "Calculate 2's for Sour Gases," Hydrocarbon Proc. (May, 1972), 119, 34, Woolflin, W.: "The Viscosity of Crude-Oil Emulsions," Drill, and Prod. Prac., API (942), 148, 35. Yarborough, L. and Hall, K, R.: "How to Solve Equation of State for Z-factors," Ol and Gas Jour, (February 18, 1974), 86,an Probl 2.2 Given the following information, determine the fluld properties indicated at p= 765 pela and T = 187 °F. Yj 0.05 at p= 14.7 pola, T= 60°F; APT 2°, pyr £00 eh /ora0 4) Solution gas-oll ratio using the Lasater, Standing, and Vazquer-Beggs correlations ) Ol formation volume factor using the Standing and Vazquez-Beggs correlations 2,2 For the results of problem 2.1 for the Standing correlations, ‘calculate the ofl density, Also calculate the gas density. 2.9 For the results of problems 2.1 and 2.2 calculate the following 4) Saturated oll viscosity using the Beal-Chew and Connally and the Beggs- Robinson correlations by Gas viscosity using the Carr ot al and the Lee et al correlations ©) Saturated ofl surface tension using the Baker & Swerdloff correlation. 2.4 Given the following information, determine the required fluld properties at 11700 psla and 160 °F using the designated empirical correlations. YgrO-75.@ p= 14.T pala, T= 60°R API = 33° R= 1000 sef/sTDO Eluld Property Correlationts) Solution Gas-Oil Ratio, R, (sef/STBO) Lasater, Standing, Vazquez” il Formation Volume Factor, B(DbI/STBO) Standing, Vazquez Specific Gravity of Dissolved Gas, Ygy Katz Specific Gravity of Free Gas, Yg¢ Equation ll Density, (Ib, /) Equation Pseudocritical Temperature, To (°R) Brown Peeudo Critical Pressure, P(psia) Brown‘Fluid Property Gorrelation(s) Gas Compressibllity factor, x Standing & Katz Gas Density, 94 (b,,/t8) Equation Beal-Chew & Connally, Beggs & Robinson Lee et al. Ol Viscosity, 1, (er) Gas viscosity, Hg (6) Surface Tension ¢, (dynes/cr) Baker & Swerdloff ‘Use results from this correlation when determining a variable for which this variable is required. 2.5 Solve problem 2,4 by writing a computer program that calls the various subroutines in the Appendix. 2,6 Gas, ofl and water are flowing through a pipe. The following fluld propertiec, flow rates and other data are known, Yy 72-000 API gravity = 30°API T= 200°F p= 1000 psia = 0.0006 ft. 4 = 2,441 inches P 5 = $00 STBO/D ay, = 100 STBW/D R,, = 600 scf/STBO 0.9 Yet ‘Write a computer program that calculates the following at the given T and p using subroutines giver: in the Appendix.2,10 211 213 a ty torts OTL Hee) =H fo * ta A » Bo Yea fe Vazquez. and Beggs correlations for Rand Ry By Yeg ree (Use Vazau EES 3 ©) By Pg Pot Py D Naen f © 9544, 1) Meg + % If the quality-of a saturated steam-water mixture is 0,01, calculate the following at 1 atm, (see Appendix for steam tables) 1) No-elip mixture density ' No-slip liquid holdup 9 Mixture specific enthalpy If the mixture specific enthalpy of a saturated steam-water system at 100 psia is 350 BIU/Ib,,, calculate the steam quality. Water at 100 °F and 2500 pata undergoes an Isenthalpic pressure reduction to 2000 psia. Calculate the final temperature. ‘Superheated steam at 600 °F and 200 psia undergoes an isenthalpie pressure reduction to 100 psia. Caloulate the final temperature, Dry steam is injected Into a woll with 3 in, diameter tubing at a rate of 100,000 1b,,/D. Wellhead (surface) conditions are 600 °F and 100 psia. Useful relation ships are: henge thy (ox) y= 1/p = specific volume ya vy Oo ty214 242 Values of specific volume in ft"/Ib,, and enthalpy in BTU/Ib,, are given 1m the Appendix for superheated vapor (all steam) and for saturation conditions (two-phase): 4, The heat loss in the well for this rato 18 70 BTU/Ib,,. If the bottombole pressure Ls 120 pala, estimate the bottombole temperature, », I the heat loss were 400 BTU/Ib,, and the bottombhole pressure ‘were 200 pala, determine the bottombole temperature, quality, no-slip Liquid holdup, and supertictal gas and liquid velocities. ‘A ‘wot gas" Is flowing in a pipeline with a diameter of 40,0 tn, at a mass flow rate of 10°1b,,/D. A flash calculation is performed at 1000 psia and 115 °F romulting in the following: (see pg. 2-12) L= 0,02 moles Liguid/mole food V = 0,98 moles vapor/mole feed M, = 75.01b,,/b,, ~ mole L M, = 28.016, /ib,, ~ mole From the vapor and liquid compositions, gas and liquid denaitites were calculated to be 3 6 = 45.0 1b, /tt 3 = 4.01, /t % a! ‘4, Calculate the gas mass fraction (quality), , Caloulate the no-slip Liquid holdup, e. Caloulate the superficial gas and liquid velocities.CHAPTER 3 VERTICAL FLOW3-2 3. VERTICAL FLOW 3.1 Introduction The general pressure gradient equation was derived previously and given 2 ¥_ ay, = 3. where Pe Lt oe Ry and the definition for p¢ and the density tem used in the acceleration component vary with different investigators. For vertical flow, 0 = 90°, sin P= 1, dL = az, and the equation can be written The pressure drop caused by elevation change depends on the density of che two-phase mixture and is usually calculated using @ Liquid holdup value. Except for conditions of high velocity, most of the pressure drop in vertical flow is caused by this component. The pressure drop caused by friction losses requires evaluation of tvo-phase friction factor. The pressure Arop caused by accelerating the fluide is eometines considered negligible and is usually calculated only for cases of high flow velocities. Many correlations have been developed for predicting two-phase floving pressure gradients which differ in the manner used to calculete these ehree components of the total pressure gradient. Sone investigators chose to assume that che gas and Liquid phases travel at the same velocity (no slip- page between phases) for evaluating the mixture density and evaluate only ¢ frtetion factor empirically. Othere developed methods for calculating both Liquid holdup and friction factor and some chose to divide che flov conditions Anto patterns or regimes and develop separate correlations for each flow regime. ‘The correlations discussed in this section are firet classified according to their complexity and the methods used to evaluate each of the three pressure gradient components are given.33 3.2 Classification of Correlations ‘The vertical flow correlations discu: din this section can be pla 4n one of essentially three categories. These categories are! ‘4, No clip, no flow regine consideration, In correlations which fit into this category, the mixture density 1s calculated b Anput gas-liquid ratio. Thet 4s, the gas end Liquid are essuned to be traveling at the seme velocity in the pipe. The only cor relation required te for two-phase friction factor. No distinetion is made for different flow regines, don the b. Slip considered, no flow regize consideration, Methods in this category require correlations for both Liquid holdup and friction factor, Since it 1s considered that the Liquid and gi ay travel thod must be provided for predicting the portion of the pipe occupied by Liquid at any location. The some correlations for liquid holdup and friction fector are used for all flov regines. at different velocities, « cs Slip considered, flov regine considered. Not only are correlations required to predict liquid holdup and friction factor, but sethods to predict vhich defined flow regine extats are necessary. Once the correct flow regine 1s established, the sppropriate holdup and Erfetion factor correlations are determined, which are usually different for each flow regime. The nethod for calculating the acceleration pressure gradient a! ‘The vertical flow correlations discussed end che category in which they belong are Listed below. 10 depends on flow regine. ical Flow Correlation Catesory Poettmenn and Carpenter! a Baxendell and Thomas” . Fancher and Brovn® * Hagedora and Brova® be Duns and Ros® e Orktezewskt!? e ‘Aste, Govier end Fogarasi! e Chiertet, Ciuect,and Sclocens * e Beggs and Brii1? e4 3.3. Flow Regines Flow patterns or regimes frequently encountered in vertical evo-phase flow are shown in Fig. 3.1. Most tnvestigators who consider flow regines define four regines which nay occur in a vertical pipe. Although different names are given these regines, most of the methods discussed in this tion use essentially the sane descriptions for these four flow regine The nanes and descriptions given by Orkiazevskt vill be used in this dis- cussion. A brief description of the manner {n which the fluids are dis ‘tributed in the pipe for each flow regine 1a given. BUBBLE FLOW ‘The pipe is almost completely filled vith liquid and the free gas Phase {9 present in enall bubbles, The bubbles move at different velocities and except for their density, have Little effect on the pressure gradient. The wall of the pipe ts alvays contacted by the Liquid phase, SLUG FLOW ‘The gas phase {s nore pronounced. Although the liquid phase 1s still continuous, the gas bubbles coalesce and form plugs of slugs vhich almost 4411 the pipe cross section, The gas bubble velocity ts greater than that of the Liquid. The Liquid tn the flim around the bubble my move dovevard at low velocities. Both the gas and Ifquid have significant effects on the pressure gradient. [TRANSITION FLOW The change from a continous Liquid phase to a continuous gas phase occurs. The gas bubbles may join and Liquid may be entrained in the bubbles. ‘Although the Liquid effects are signtticant, the gas phase effects are predoainant. Mist FLOW The gas phase te continuous and the bulk of the Liquid ts entrained 45 droplets in the gas phase. The pipe wall is coated with a Liquid film, but the gas phase predomtnantly controls the pressure gradient. Boundaries for the various flow regines may be defined differently for ateferent tnvestigators.A typical vertical tvo-phase flow regine map 1a shown in Tig. 3.2.Fig.3.2- Flow Regime Map6 34 Category g Correlations The three correlations considered in this category are based on the sane approach and differ only in the correlation presented for frtetion factor. The basic equation for calculating « pressure gradient at given conditions of pressure and teaperature ts 2 le ,,— Seerereeeece aa Te8 for any consistent set of units. Poettmann and Carpenter preferred to base the equation on « total mass flow rate. The equation and units given below are identical to their original equation except for the constant in the denominator, vhich has been modified to a Darcy-Wetsbach or Moody equation rather than « Fanning equation for friction loss. de tle ny 22 \. aaa where = pressure gradient; psi/tt. fy = no-alip density, Iba/te? v = total mass flow rate, Iba/day 4 = 1D. of tubing, fe. £ = two-phase friction factor, dimensionless Im each method the friction factor was correlated eupirically with the numerator cf the Reynolds aumber. The frietion factor correlations for the methods ef Poettmann and Carpenter, Baxendell and Thomas and Fancher ‘and Brown are shown in Figures,3,3, 3.4 and 3.5. Since the numerator of the Reynolds umber {s not dimensionless, units must be epecified for the abscissa in the graphs. For the graphs presented in Figures 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5, the units for the abscissa are lbm/ft-sec. In the Fancher and Brown correlation the three curves for gas-liquid ratto can be considered to represent gas-liquid ratios for 1500, 2250 and 3000 for interpolation purposes.Pad Fig.3.3-Poettmann Carpenter Friction Factor Correlation“10. os Toa feo iction Factor Correlation . evd Fig..4-Baxendell & Thomas asher « Brown, : Friction Factor Correlation p nc! Fig.3.5~ Fa30 Example Problem by Poettmenn ~ Carpenter Method Give Vyg 7 4209 ft/sec 9, 7 56.6 Iba/eu fe vgp 7 2665 ft/sec Py 7 2.04 Iba/eu fe d= 269 te wg 7 787 Ibe/ace P= 720 peta Calculate the flowing pressure gradient at these conditions. 1. Determine no-slip density sh BBS AL gOS FAO” B74” O97 = 0.607 fy = Oth, + Bghy = (5646)(.393) + (2.84) (.607) = 23.97 Iba/eu fe 2. Deternine friction factor vd = (23.97) (6.76) (4269) = 40.23 From Fig. 3.3, £ © .021 Determine totel pressure gradient 2 2 a te! 23.97 + Cada 07.87) (86400) 2,9652x 10 p a? 2.9652 1043.97) (.249) ae a 2.97 + 1.43 = 25.40 BE = 0.176 paste ©3-11 3.5. Category b Correlation The only correlation discussed in this category 18 that of Hagedora ond Brova, This correlation vas developed froa date obtained from # 1500-fe experimental vell. The Liquid holdup w. ‘Satisfy che measured pressure gradient after the pressure gra not measured but wan esleuleted co jenta dus to friction snd acceleration were sccounted for. The Liquid holdup 1s not a true measure of the portion of the pipe occupied by Liquid but 1s merely « correlating parameter. In order to calculate the pr jure gradient couponent due to elevation change 9 value of liquid holdup must be determined. Calculation of holdup invelves three correlations, tvo of which are correction factors for liquid viscosity. Several dimensionless correlsting parameters vhich must be used are given belov. These equations include constants Which make then disension- common “oil field" units are us ally consistent wh 4 b ty 7 1938-¥,, fhe Liquid Velocity Number 4 138%, fie, Gas Velocity Number s 10.8724 fe, Pipe Disneter Nuaber Mm, 7 0.15725, fil, o> Ltquta Viscostey Mumber = ft/sec = fel = Teaver? ©, = dynes/en or antea2 when the Liquid stream includes both of! and vater, the Liquid properties are weighted in the folloving manner, vhere > fw =e, FH These dinensionless numbers for any set of consistent units vere defined by Ro wv Mow "Yen Je ‘The correlation for liquid holdup divided by a secondary correction factor 4s shown in Fig. 3.6 i, = TL 4). the correlating funetion requires @ 7 value of GH, which te correlated vith H, in Fig. 3.7. The secondary correction factor correlation is shown in Fig. 3.8. Once a value for Liquid holdup has been determined fron Figures 3.6, 3.7 and 3.8, the pressure grad- Aent caused by elevation change 1a calculated tron . (2), PTA to] Eeietion Pac ‘he prossure gradient component due to friction is given by3-13 “NOILVTSNNOD YOLIVI-dNGIOH-9'E' 94 "N dN lit 19 O11 — 49 98°0 = $31LISOOSIA an 2b | *S3ZIS ONIGNL : ‘nolaasva NOILV13y409 | BL | oat huitia p Iito th / YOLIVS dNdIOHa4 9 1N310153309 ol TTT T_T YFGLAN ALISOISIA UOI NOLLVTIUYOI-L'E'914 an) or 10° 100° tT TIIT TTT TT T 1003-15 YOLIVI NOILITUYOD AUVGNODTS NOI NOILV139UU0I-8'E' 914 wre NZ (ogg: ™N “PN ) or 60 80 20 90 SO 0 co zo 10° Oo v1 9" sl oe346 (ae) RPE a eeecseeeeeeneenerstes Vaz V6 Tae here at te ans this equation can be writeen in coms of mae flov rate by multiplying end dividing by the square of the pipe area. This gives 3.7 ‘The expression given by Hagedorn and Brovn vas -_1¥ 2.9682 x 1014p, a? vhere ws mass flow ri e, Lin/day, = density based on Liquid holdup, 1ba/tt?, d= pipe inside diameter, ft, and f= tvorphase friction factor ‘The two-phase frletion factor {s corre using a standard Moody dtagran, Fi ved with a two-phase Reynolds number 3.9. The Reynolds number is calculated from vherea wes6e1g Apoow-6'€ 614 tos0000- PAT ‘uequiny spjoudey ieee sv ¢ (orn 95 ¥ € Gone soleacgs + € Gone greaca sy C (yore o16RL9 s pas twco00 r ‘toca 0 «a0 si oo svoo00 000 roo 0001 |si00 0 $2000 eon 0 2 i stoo i oo ve sat wo orto KE rectt ons ome Nog C=, roe s on 00s: ro 37/0 009 4318 Tf we define Ey, 3a “3 2... 28, & the total pre ure gradient can be calculated from . wat Be Spee saaeadaeAe. Example Problem by Hagedorn ~ Brovn Method Givens Vag "4:00 fe/aee p= 720 pais es view 2165 st/see reer = 0.249 f+ 2,00 in, = 18 ep = 018 « " ° PL = 56.6 Iba/ew fe Py * 2-84 Iba/eu fe e/a = 0006 jecation, calculate the floving pressure gradient at these conditions,3.19 1. Determine Liquid holdup and tvo- Detersine CN, from Fig. 3.7 for K, = 0.08 to be 0.0055 To determine & » caloulate (255 ) (:) “G) 4 yw re (__6.02_\/720_ 20055), (ote) Bs) (2 o-masrncoran = 0,00032 From Fig. 3.6, G+ 0.520 wee amuse et ieee et ci : ‘a aad w1.34) 24 panne Pg = OyH +P, Ch = Hy) = (56.5)(6520) + 2.86 (1 - .520) = 29.03 + 1.36 P, = 30.79 1b/eu ft = 30,79 tbe/eu fe 2, Determine frictional tera. 1488 9,%_¢ 1 a Me” ata Matt a) = 74l C369 BA 6B)42. 86) 4.099) 9, 7 23:98 Iba/eu. ft oy ww Ham, Fo 10°92 x 010 165 op gg = MEE OI202(4.09 + 206526219) srrns From Fig. 3.9, £, = 0.021 for ¢/4 = .0006 fig). fae Yor _ (0.020 02,29740.09 + 2.6597 @),- See Sea ERI « snttie t 3. Calculate totel pressure gradient ) = 20m + rae an.9 Bh eos BE iE a3-20 3.6 Category © Correlations ALL of the methods in this category essentially used the three flow regimes discussed in section 3.3, except for the Begge and Brill method. Soue of the studies involved only a change in calculation procedure in one oF more flow regimes fron previously published methods. For example the Orkiszewsk{ method presente new correlations for the slug flow regine only. The correlations used in the other flov regimes vere taken from previously published work, Each method {s discussed separately and the correlations for Liquid holdup or mixture density, friction factor and acceleration term are given for each flow regine, The Limits for determining which flow Fegine exists are given also. Duns and Ros ‘The Duns and Ros correlation is a result of an extensive laboratory study in which Liquid holdup and pressure gradients were measured, Correle- tions were developed for slip velocity (from which holdup can be calculated) land friction factor for each of three flov regines (Fig. 3.1), The flow regines are defined as functions of the dimension 2 quantities Me, My, Lyy Lys Lys Igy and My vhere L750 436m. 75 + 86 5° 7 L and Ly are functions of Ny correlations for # dimensionles shown in Fig. 3.11, Dune and Ros presented alip velocity from which actual slip velocity fand Liquid holdup can be calculated using the following equations: 3s where3-21 sJaquiny ew!Bey Mos -LE SlySolution of Eq. 3.16 for Liquid holdup yields ee om seers BT ‘The procedure for calculating the pressure gradient due to elevation change 14 1, Calculate the dimensionless #l{p velocity S, using the appro- priate correlation. The correlation for $ te different for each flow regine. Solve Eq. 3.15 for the slip velocity, v, Calculate the Lqutd holdup, Hy using Bq, 3.17. Calculate the mixture density, 9, = 6, B + p(B). Calculate the pr (ao) te cere az a “, jure gradient due to Levation change, 23.18 BUBBLE FLow Limite: 0 < Hy, SL, +1, My, Two-Phase Density T+F, : senor a) > ¥ and F, are given in Fig. 3.12, They are functions of the Liquid viacosity number N,. F, ean be obtained from: : ,, Roto Gt. 3.20 ‘3 where F, and F, are also obtained from Fig. 3.12. Friction Factor . fay, (22. . ‘a "ou “a ,. vee sone Bessaquiny Ayoojeq dig eqqng-zre ‘B14 ayy3-28 w01}9e1409 UO!IO114 e[qqng-er'e BY Way gwen3-25 From experimental data Duns and Ros arrived at the folloving equation for a fee hy blfy £, As obtained fros a Moody diagram (Fig. 3.9) a8 a function of the Reynolds number of the Liquid: Nyy, = Ae Yan BS ceerrtternnnn aoe 3.23 The factor f, 18 a correction for the in-situ gas liquid ratio, and is given 23 tn Fig. 3.13 as 4 function of the group f (,,/¥4,) Ny /?. The factor fy te considered by Duns and Ros as an additional correction factor for both Ligutd Viscosity and in-situ gas-liquid ratio and becomes important for viscosities greater than approximately 50 centistokes, It is calculated from 3.26 feet | Tee _ + 30 Acceleration Tern ‘The acceleration term was considered to be negligible in the bubble flow regine. ‘SLUG FLOW Lines: by + by My SMpy Shy Two-Phase Density 0.982," 0982p. £. Wy a+ FM) ceeeeee B25 sate) Fy » Bg and F, are found to Fig. 3.14 as a function of the Liquid viscosity number, Ny, and 203.28 Fy = 0.029 Ny + Fe.3-26 4 ssaquiny Aisoja,, dt} Bnig-rre-Bi43-27 Exietion Factor ‘The pressure gradient due to friction in this flow regime is calcu- lated using the procedure given for bubble flow. Acceleration Tere ‘The acceleration term was considered to be negligible in the slug flow regine. wast Limtes: HL >t, te ‘Two-Phase Density Dans and Ros assumed that vith the high gas flow rates in the mist flow region the slip velocity was zero. Therefore, the mixture density is the novslip density and ts calculated from sat hg AL 3.27 Eriction Factor In this region, the friction term ts based on the ¢¢ @),- fe Ya a ae phase only. Thus: 2 3.28 Since there is no slip, the friction factor 1s that given in @ Moody diagram, but as a function of a Reynolds number of the gas Duns and Ros noted that the wall roughness for mist flow is affected by the Lm of Liquid on the wall of the pipe. The ripples of the wall film cause a drag on the gas. This process Le governed by a form of the Weber number:3-28 and {s also affected by Liquid viscosity. This influence was accounted for by aking N,, a function of a dimensionless number containing liquid viscosity, x* 4 oF ‘The functional relationship is shown in Fig. 3.15 vhere the coordinates are We Ve By ‘The value of roughness may be very ensll but e/d never becomes smaller than the value for the pipe itself. At the transition zone to slug proach 0.5, Between these limits, ¢/d can be ed from Fig. 3.15. 3.1 flow, €/4 may eatned from the folloving equations which vere devel 20749 retreat aaa Wwe Na < .005 + Pg ‘as 2873.9, OH, HO? Nye > 9.005 : $= ——G# seeeeereeeeeees 233 Liquid interfactal tension, dynes/ca, gas density, Iba/fe?, superfictal ne velocity, ft/sec, and 4 = pipe dtaneter, ft Values of £ for the €/4>0.05 from ist flow regine may be found for £ o|—— 1 4 0.067 (e/ay'*79} x4 U4 tog, 9(0.276/4))? seeee33h ‘As the wave height on the pipe walle increase, the actual area through which the gas can flow is decre flow of &¢ sd, ince the diameter open to f+ €€ Duns and Rox suggested that the prediction of friction Joss could be refined Ly substitution of é-€ for d and Yer d? for v, @or throughout the calculation of friction gradient. In this case the determine- tion of roughness, €, is iterative,3-29 ssauxdIYy) Wily MO}4 ISIW-Sst'e614 7N“N3-30 Acceleration Bs tas tag ag Be “ae a i ve detine aletaetaag a it tt acc isa a chen the cota preanre gradient can be etlclated from G#) ge ed ie 3.37 -—th masini! nov ine: 1, So coast + arte’ a, > fet3-37 sions depend tng upon the continuous Liquid phase and the value of the mixture velocity. Value continous YalU* nquation Liguid Phase °f “a “for water <10 3.50 water >10 3.5L ott <1 3.52 ont > 353 Orkiszevaki did not define criteria for establishing which Liquid phase is che continuous phase, Data from the literature indicate that « phase inversion from ofl continuous to water continuous occurs a vater ‘cut of approximately 75% in emulsion flov. b= (0.013 10g pyp/at 3 - 0,681 + 0.232 tog v, ~ 06428 10g d exeeee 8 = (0.045 10g 1,)/40"7% ~ 0.709 ~ 0,162 10g yy - 0-888 10K d soreee f= 0.0127 top Gay + 1/4415 - 0.204 + 0.167 10g v, + 04113 JOE a + $= 0.0274 tog Gy, + 19/4197 + 0,261 + 0.569 tog d+ X + X= = top vy [10.01 tog G, + 19/8197!) + 0.397 + 0.63 ToK dl where uy + Maguid viscosity, ¢p = pipe diameter, ft Yq = ntxture velocity, ft/s ‘The value of 6 ts constrained by the following limite: 51 23.52 3.533-98 @ ify, <10 8 > -0,065 v. @) If v,> 10 _ sera, ep wey a The constraints are supposed to eliminate pressure discontinuities between ‘equations for 8 since tho equation pairs do not necessarlly meet at v,_= 10 ft/aec. Exiceion Factor (a), Sak [Fes +]. e by whe: £ ts obtained from the Moody diagram using the Reynolds number aoa S8) Acceleration Tera The acceleration term vas considered to be negligtb! regine, ‘TRAUSTTION FLOW ta the slug, flow Himtes: Ig >My > 1, 1m the transition flow regine the total pre: ation Setveen the jure gradient 1s obtained by lug and mist flow toundaries, as descrited method. Limite: Ry, >Iy ‘The method of Duns and Ros was used to calculate the pressure sradient when flow falls into the mist flow regine.Tate, oF obtain 4, 6,,| wera >? ‘ssw bs a Keo { Calculate cate, alae | by MIST fl nethod Tnterpolare [between SLOG Je MIST for ‘TRANSITION FLOW CHART FOR CALCULATING PRESSURE GRADIENT ‘BY ORKISZEWSKI METHOD340 Example Problem by Orktszevskt Method civen: gg 7 A:09 flees p= 720 a8 Win 2665 fe/eee tener a= 0.249 fe vs en my, + 6.02 wy = 0.018 ep af = 9.28 PE = 56.6 tba/en fe Si = 7.07 tta/see bg = 2.06 Ialen fe o/h « 0006 Naplecting sccelerstion, celeulate the floving pressure gradient 4 chen conditions. 1. Celeolace flow repine Hates L, = 50+ 36m, = 50+ 36(6.02) = 266.72 1+ 75 + Ban, |°75 = 75 + 86(6,029°7 » 397.8 2 0.2218 € 2 _ 22218 (4.09 + 2.65)? | . Lon a0 1.071 = 41.99 Lom 40.42 but Ly ts restricted to be 2 0.13, therefore Ly * 0.13 Mam. 4202. ee” G76 7 O82 +. Determine flov regine Stace AE > Ly and Hy, <4, flow repine Le slog. + Determine euo-phase density a= Tat tee a 8 Sereavarwgciet Need v, and & Determine v, Muay, 7 2688 mrt, + 1488 (5606906. 2899/1 = 7850son Since this exceeds Litt of graph for Cp, (Pig. 3.16), v, must be enleulaced uelog extrapolation equations Guess vy = 1.75 Muab = 1688 p,yyd/in, = 1488(56.6) (1.75) (.268)/18 = 2060 Since Noy < 3000, fats #0962 10 my Ge = ost) = Determine & Since off {s continuous phase end v,, <10, use 4.3.52 b= .0127 tog, + 19/4415 - 206 + .167 Log y, + 113 Tes 4 = = 097 8 te constrained by 82-1065 v, = --065(6.74) = 21097 > =.438 Therefore, 8 = -.097 = 3s iy + 2.886 6 Bie + (0979656.6) = 25.15 ab/eu f eteraine friction gradtent row Pigs 369 5 £08 Ny, * 7850 sad e/d = .0006, f= 036 counsssence.r0)? fasts +1028 - 097] « (ig), DaBeOS ARGS - or] - seca (2), = 2.29 petite342 2. = 2 BE , $= 25.15 + 2.29 = 27.46 BEE = ono petite349 Aziz, Govler and Fogarast ‘Acts, st, al. proposed a method in 1972 vhich was flov regina ations for the bubble and alug resizes, ‘The Duns and Ros method was used for mist flow and the Duns and Roe inter~ polation method vas used in the transition flov regime. The Asts flow regime map te show in Fig 3.17. ‘The flow regines are defined using the folloving vertables dependent, and presented new corr usa ve 6, n wee (ear) Getie) vee 13.56 Yas (over) Cee na ve 3.57 Ny ae 13.58 iy 7 9651 (100 w Hy 86 +3.0N, 0.152 100 7 canvel seceeeeeeee 60 290 4, wee where v,, © superfictal Liquid velocity, fe/see Vog 7 f0Perftetal gee velocity, ft/eee og = ee density, Iba/eu fe Py = Mquid density, Iba/eu fe Oy, = ges-Liquid interfactel tension, dynes/em ‘BUBBLE FLO Lintes: Ny 250 10 aor n> 1s 69 HOF <8 25 Friction Factor 3.70 where £ {0 obtained from # Moody dtagra using the Reynolds number Acceleration Term ‘The acceleration term was considered to be negligtble in the slug flow regine. TION Lantts: 8, <8, 4. men the flow falls into the transition regime, the pressure gradients must be calculated using both the slug flow equations and the mist flow equations. Linear interpolation is then performed, similar to the3-4 procedure desertbed in the Duns and Ror Aiscussion, co obtain the prascure gradient. 2. rae 2 tug t® CE datee « seeeecneeneenes BTR here ae Ss pe SM ak 3 we mast row Limits: 3 >N, for <6. PMs for By NL >26.5 for ¥ >4. x Le The Duns and Hos method ts used for the mist flow regin Exeuple Problen by Aziz Method Given: Vgg 7 4:08 Selanne hyo 18 ep vy 7 2665 ft/aee By 7 0-018 ep d= 209 fe Py, * 5606 Tba/eu fe p= 720 psa 9, 7 2-84 Iba/eu fe ree F aq = 30 dynes/en Astune flow regine is slug since this is the same exemple worked by Orktszeuski method. 1. Determine evorphase density 24? ©, - 9.) * 4 For our units this becones 2 wss10 «(oy = 2) 2, z 2). 14510) 6.269)7156.6 = 2688) % z 4 1623 (25 @, =P) oI? 3, wa wo LEE Oy QD PLN 1488 16.249)" (52-2) (5606 = 2686) (56.61 . v o = 321538 c= 0.305 = ear (-.om9nsy)| [f= exe 222; 163] G = 0.365 @ = 0) = 0) = 0,345, 2 aeee [32.2(.249) (56.6 = 2.84) u 2 fog 7 00365 i; a 0.345 (2.76) = 0.952 ta Yat t Vag 7 4:09 + 2065 = 6.76 Vp "12 (6.74) + 0.952 = 9.04 wt. he wv Gio 1 = 5h 0.sa7 a Z (oui, + bg = HD) = 56.6(.547) + 2.86 (0453) af 32.25 BEL 0.206 pete 2. Determine friction gradient ues oy ted ow —— LB ,, 1488656.6) (6.74) 6.249) . 7959 teres bo rom Fig. 3.19 for e/4 = .0006, £ = .024 £0, Rv? 2 ao) SPL ML Ya | (034) (5626)(5479 6.0) «> og nse /e iz} 28.4 64.4(.249) peered 2s Determine total pressure grattent Sm 32.25 + 2.98 = 35.23 pst/te = 0.246 pst/te a349 Ghieriet, Clucet and Scloccht Chierict, et. al, used the sane approach as Orkiszeveki for cal- culating two-phase pressure gradients, but they presented a modification which is used in the slug flow ragine only. They also used different flow regime definitions, The flow regines are mapped in Fig. 3.18. The follovis variables are used in defining the various flow regines. Nyy and Ny, as defined previously v2 Ty = 1.071-7.35 3 fe eter BTD vith the Mate ty > 0.18 L504 36m, Lyn 75 + 86H O75 BUBBLE FLOW nee: Go a,

40. The value for C can be obtained from Fig. 3.19, oF for Np41> 6000 from 1 eee o-—h}—- 2 OTe, THOR, Reb’ Bubble Bubble” for Stug Froth ’ (Homogeneous) , Fig.3.18-Flow Regimes-Chierici Correlation3-51 New Fig.3.19-Chierichi C, Function3-32 where oon seeeenee B76 =~ Ate Mpep * Lb : seeeeeeseeeesBeTD oh Substituting Eq, 3.75 into Eq. 3.14 given v,= o,\F4'+ 0.2 v,.. Chieril's C, function 1s compared with Orkiszewski extrapolatio® in Pig. 3.19. FRICTION ractoR a ee where f ts obtained from a Moody diagram as a function of TRANSITION FLOW Beet Limits: L Sus 3 Ney Sty ‘The interpolation method used by Orkiszewsk Is used to determine the pressure ‘gradient in the transition flow regime, ‘This requires calculation of pressure gradients for both the slug and mist flow regimes, MIST FLOW Lintte: ¥) > es: Wy > 1 ‘The Duns and Ros method 18 used in the mist flow regine. ‘EWID PROPERTY CORRELATIONS Chierici found that the fluid physical properties used had a considerable effect on the accuracy of a pressure drop calculation. He therefore specified which correlations were to be used with his method. These are tabulated below. Hiutd Property relation Dissolved ges (API < 15) Standing Dissolved gas (API > 15) Lasater Formation Volune Factor Standing O11 Viscosity Chew and Connally with Beal Gas Viscosity Lae ot al. Ges Conpressibility Factor Standing and Katz Surface Tension These correlations may be found in Chapter 2 of thi3-53 ‘Beggs and Brill ‘The Beggs and Brill correlation was developed from experimental data obtained in a small scale test facility, ‘The facility consisted of 1-in, and 1,5-in. ‘sections of acrylic pipe 90 ft, long. ‘The pipe could be inclined at any angle. The parameters studied and their range of variation were (1) gas flow rate (0 to 300 Mscf/D); (2) uid flow rate (0 to 30 gal /min; (8) average system pressure (35 to ‘95 psia); (4) pipe diameter (1 and 1, 5~in.); (5) Hquid holdup (0 to 0. 870); (6) pressure gradient (0 t0 0,8 psi/f0; (7) inclination angle (-90° to +90°); and (8) horizontal flow pattern, Fluids used were air and water. For each pipe size, liquid and gas rates were varied eo that all flow patterns were observed when the pipe was horizontal. ‘After a particular set of flow rates was set, the angle of the pipe was varied through the range of angles so that the effect of angle on holdup and pressure gradient could be observed, Liguid holdup and pressure gradient were measured af angles from horizontal of 0, plus and minus 5, 10, 15, 20, 35, 85, 75 and 90 degrees, The correlations were developed from 564 measured tests Different correlations for Liquid holdup are presented for each of three horizontal flow regimes. The liquid holdup which would exist ifthe pipe were horizontal is first calculated and then corrected for the actual pipe inclination ‘angle, The horizontal flow patterns are illustrated in Fig. 3.20, The variation of Liquid holdup with pipe inclination is shown in Fig. 9,21 for three of the tests. ‘The holdup was found to be a maximum at approximately +50 degrees from hori- zontal and a minimum at approximately -50 degrees. The original flow pattern map has been slightly modified to include a transition zone between the segregated ‘and intermittent flow regimes. ‘The modified flow pattern map is superimpesed ‘on the original in Fig. 9.22. A two-phase friction factor is calculated using equations which are independent of flow regime but a. ‘on holdup. A graph ‘of a normalized friction factor as a function of liquid holdup and input liquid content 4s shown in Fig. 9.29. Flow Regime Determination ‘The following variables are used to determine which flow regime wouldSEGREGATED FIG. 3.20- HORIZONTAL FLOW PATTERNS 3-54STONY SA dNGIOH GINDIT LZ°E Sl WLNOZINOH WOUS Adid JO FIONV 06 OL os og Ol_O Ol- Of- OS- OL- 06- 3685 —dNQIOH GINdIT NOILOWYSdVW NUBLIVd MOT TWLNOZINOH 22°C ‘old ‘1 ~ INZENOO aIndIT LAdNT to" 1000" T 1 4 wopisuea, AL poransia = wommuame, If powatos oT Tar ROE | TORUS dew pasyaex — dou peuj3}30 or oor N - UgaWAN anos 4g,S87 YOLOWS NOLS SSVHd-OML ET Y= LN3LNOD Gino LNdNI | lo" €'Old too |3-58 ‘exist if the pipe were in a horizontal position, ‘This flow regime is a correlating parameter and gives no information about the actual flow regime unless the pipe 4s horizontal. Neg? rn" 4 ote 1g =0.10 6.738 147 0.595° ‘The horizontal flow regime limits are: ‘SEGREGATED Limite: 1 <0.01 and Nop <2y or 4, 20,01 and Neg Moy 7 2 3.81 Where a, b, and ¢ are determined for each flow pattern from the table: Flow pattero a » © Sogcegated oss | o.4s46 | o,0868 Intermietent | 0.843 | 0.5351_| 0.0173 Distributed 1.06: 0.5624 | 0.0609 with the constraint that FL? L3-60 ‘The factor for correcting the holdup for the effect of pipe inclination 1s given by fete [ein (1.09) - 333 sin? C.09)) where f ts the cual angle of the pipe from horizontal. For vertical upward flov, 6 = 90° and § becomes sitose. rpeege gues where He Ape IE Hyg E Hyg) ecssceee 13.8 where d, ¢, £, and g are determined for each flow condition from the table: Horizontal Flow Pattern al 2 £ 5 Segregated uphill o.o1 | -3.768 3.539 =1.614 Interaittent uphiit | 2.96 0.305 -0,4473 0.0978 Distributed uphill Wo correction 0, LH FEO) ‘i Flow patteme dowah {11 -0.3692 0.1264 | -0.5056 with the restriction that ¢ > 0. jctton Factor eae eee 3. 85 where36 ‘The no-slip friction factor is determined from the snooth pipe curve on a Moody diagram or from 3.87 fp 2 [P08 gl 529 18 Hyg 3.80395]. stag che foscing Neos wat 3.88 where yo Mt iy Oy ‘The ratio of the two-phase to no-slip friction factor is calculated from fe fy eee 89 = fan on ]/ {0.09 + a.a2 18 6 cn +0,01853 [in (| f- and 23.92 the value of § becones unbounded at a point in the interval 1 . 01855 (405) Tas = _.046 23.97) 6.74)" 64.4 (249) . Calculate total pressure gradient de = (doy) + dp y = 20,96 + 9,12 = 99.49 pat/ft = 0.292 pal/ft Caz)” Caz) a t3-65 3.7 Evaluation of Pressure Loss Prediction Methods ‘The only meaningful sethod of evaluating various pressure gradient prediction methods {s comparison of predicted pressure gradients with tho actually measured in field vells, Evaluation studies have been undertaken by several investigators but in almost all of these studies the evaluation was performed primarily to demonstrate the supertor performance of the author's oun proposed correlation. Lawson and Brill? and Vohra et. al 1d for estimating multiphase pressure Arops in vertical pipes. The six correlations compared by Lavion and Brill are those of Hagedorn and Brown, Fancher and Brown, Duns and Ros, Ft and Carpenter,Baxondell and Thomas, and Orktsrevskt. Vohra ec, al. evaluated three new correlations published by Beggs and Brill, Guiertet ‘and Aziz et. al, All nine schenes vere tested against a data bank of 726 well cases using {dentical flu{d physical property routines. Test data in the above tvo studies vere selected from eight different 13 presented results obtained from nine correlations oman sources to provide a data bank covering broad ranges of pertinent flov paranecers, The wean percent error and standard deviation were computed for the nine correlations, Moreover, the performance of each prediction schene was evaluated within pre-deternined ranges of five selected variabl ‘These variables were tubing diameter, of} API gravity, producing gas-liquid ratio, producing vater-oil ratio and superficial mixture velocity. Results are shown in graphical form in Figures 3.24 and 3.25. These graphs can be used to determine the best correlation to use for certain well conditions. ‘The average percent error and standard deviation for all tests are given in Table 1. On the basis of lovest average percent error, the 3 best methods are those of Hagedorn and Brown, Fancher and Brom and Ariz, et. al. On the basis of lovest standard deviation, the 3 best methods are those of Hagedorn and Brown, Beggs and Brill, and Orkiszewski. Te should be pointed out that sone bias exists in these evaluations. Of che 726 vell cases, 346 were from data used to develop the Hagedorn and Brown method. Also, these data vere used by Orkiszewski {n developing his Liquid diseribution coefficient. Other data which would tend to favor par Poettaann and Carpenter, 49 tests: ticular methods and their sources are Fancher and Brom, 83 tests; Orkiszeveki, 22 tests; and Baxendell and Thomas,3-66 25 tests. To perform a strictly unbiaseil comparison, the comparison test ‘should be made using strictly field data which vere not used in the develop ment of any of the correlations. Another factor vhich will influence the accuracy of any method is the fluid property correlations used to estimate PT and flow property data, Although the same fluid property correlations were used in all methods for the comparison tests reported here, Chierici, et. al. specified vhtch flutd propérty correlations should be used vith their method. Im order to improve the accuracy of two-phase flowing pressure gradients efforts should be made to improve fluid property correlations and increase the nuaber of field teste for use in comparison tests. ‘A couparisoa study was perforned by Brovn'’ in which the methods of Beggs and Brill, Ork{ezeuski, Aziz, et a1 and 2 no-sltp model vere used to predict che pr of 44 in., 2-7/8 in. and 7 in. and several flow rat The resulte of this study are shovn in Table 2. sure loss in three field velle. The vells had flow rube diameters were run for each well, ‘TABLE 1 = STATISTICAL RESULTS FOR ALL WELL, TESTS sence Percent stasDaRD {CORRELATION DiFrERzice BEVIATION Poettnnn & carpenter = 1073 195.7 oxendell 6 Thomas = 108.3 195.1 Fancher & Brovn +38 36a suns & Ros + 15.4 50.2 Magedorn & Brova - 43 2.1 Orkt ezevekt + 86 38.7 Beggs & Brill =e 27.6 datz, ot al, + 82 3.7 Gutertet, et al, ae 09 ‘Mtagulte for the 427 vell tests {nthe range of the tdrrelation.307 TABLE 2 - PRESSURE LOSS DATA FOR WELL TUBING FLOW TESTS Percentage Differences from Measured Pres- Sure Loss as Computed by Specified Method 25a Fraction of the Measured Pressure Loss Measured O11 Flow Pressure Flow Rate Loss, Beggs & — Orki- aziz Period (stb/day} psi Brit szewski et al No slip WELL A (4-1/2" tubing) ] 7950 2552 “12.15 13.87 -13.09 2 7250 2560 “125 10.98 =11:29 3 6200 2559 39.96 7.899142 4 4925 2575 1021-5148 7196 5 2900 2607 61 32003476 6 44300 2592 814 3109529 7 5800 2548 59:28 36.85 8.37 a 6950 2519 W262 122-1417 9 6740 2523 10:86 -9.71 10:68 10 2400 2615 149-119 23.75 u 6225 2076 “Mae 1260 «882 1 7800 2072 “23.91 325.32 722133 3 8150 2483 32834-3025 24.28 4 8550 2510 27 30.72 24126 15 3350 2531 29:20 331-6108 16 6425 2700 52-888 9.63, v 11675 2888 -0:59 © -16.69— -10:60 18 19375 3282 3088-2815 8.17 Average “1.390 12.72 -11.68 Std, Dev. 7a 9.48 612 WELL B (2-7/8" tubing) 2100 2684 -0.87 57.98 2 2665 2685 4.67 -28:33 3 3560 2768 7.62 30,42 4 5050 3323 12:58 23145 5 5130 3568 465 739.38 6 2500 2981 0:07 38.02, 7 4450 3251 2.25 -26.98 Average Std. Dev. 4.42 310.93 -24.65 —-8.88 4:29 Tae NS 4:86 WELL _C (7* casing) ] 580 2816 5.75 26.95 5.08 7.63 2 5300 2053 5.60 18.20 11.98 9.69 3 3300 2238 5.94 31991238 9.92WELL ¢ (7" casing) cont. 4 Average Std. Dev. TOTAL Average Std. Dev. 5540 1875 $150 2900 5400 7850 3350 2502 2720 2333 2628 242 2150 2534 2641 0.12 0.07 “12077 3.65 on? 3:33 0.31 33.45, 7:39 -9.90 13.95 3-68 2.80 33 11.05 0:50 2.44 475 anFig.3.24-Comparison Study Resultssyjnsay Apnys uos!sedwog-sz'e BlyComparison of Vertical Pressure Traverse ‘The following table iste the pressure versus depth traverse ealeulated by four of the vertical two-phase flow correlations. The follow- {ng input data were used in the calculations: (Oil production rate = 48 stb/D Water production rate = 192 stb/D Gas production rate = 680 Mscf/D Depth - Ft ° 383 766 1150 1533 1916 2300 2683 13066 3450 3833 4216 4600 4983 5366 5750 6133 6516 8500 283 1666 2050 43: 8816 9200 9583 9966 10350 10733, ae 11500 (ll gravity = 29° API Duns-Ros 2514 2608 2703 2799 2804 2990 3085 3180 3274 3367 3460 3582 3645 3137 3828 3920 4012 4104 4196 4288 4380 4473 4566 4659 4152 4845 4940 5036 5132 522 5326 Pressure ~ psta Beggs-Brill Hagedorn-Brown Orkiszewski 2514 2608 2708 2800 2900 +3000 3101 3202 3303 2403 3502 3601 3701 ‘3800 3899 3998 4097 4196 4295, 4393 4492 4501 4590 4789 4888 4988 5088 5169 5201 5303 5496 Gas gravity = 0,61 ‘Tubing I, D. = 1,995 in, ‘Total Depth = 11,500 ft Flowing tubing pressure= 2500 psig 2514 2594 2674 2154 2834 2913 2901 3069 316 3222 3207 3372 3447 3521. 3595 3669 2143 3817 3890 3963 4036 4109 182 4255 4328 4401 4415 4549 4623 4698 ams 25d 2592 2672 2182 2834 2915 2997 3080 3162 3245 3327 3410 3493 3577 3662 3747 3832 3018 4004 4091 4179 4267 4355 444 4534 4624 ant 4810 4904 4999 5098 3123-73 3,8 Flow tn Annultt None of the correlations discussed in this chapter was developed apectflcally for flow in a casing-tubing annulus. The correlations are usually applied to annular flow by utilizing the hydraulic radius concey:. ‘According to this concept, the dianeter of a conduit of circular crot section 1s equal to four times the hydraulic radius, where the hydraulic radius {e defined as the ero: vetted perineter. Jectional: area open to flow divided by the 1p stoss-sectional area. 22/4. ‘wetted peri xd Applied to an annulus, this becomes 2.42 wae = BG ay ne Fay where 4, = casing inside diameter, 4, * tubing outside dtaneter ‘This implies that the correct diameter to use for an annulus ts: ayn ag = dy The area, for use in calculating velocities, would then be calculated by A comparison test using four of the vertical flow correlations to predict the measured pressure drop data from 67 field vells was conducted by Sanchez!? in 1972, The correlations tested were those of Baxondell ‘and Thomas, Hagedorn and Brown, Duns and Ros and Orktszeveki, The con~ clusions of this study, along with recommended areas of application, are Listed below. The definitions of "high" and "Low" are not given. Sonclustons: 1, No method is suffictently accurate and precise to cover all flow regions and conditions for annular multiphase flow.gett 2, The results shown in Table 3 can be used as a guide to select the best method to use for a particular set of conditions. 3. The Baxendell method is the most precise for the over-all ranges of pipe diancters and flow regines studied. Hovever, the other methods were better in certain ranges. The determination of the hydraulic diameter to be used requires data that are not alvays available from field dat 4, The Hagedorn and Brow method was found to be the second most accurate and offers a better basis to find a general correlation for annular flow than do the other correlations. 5. The Duns and Ros and Orkiszevski correlations should be used with discretion; hovever, for bubble flow and large flow rates thetr accuracy is excellent. ‘It ls generally conceaed for single-phaee flow In annulii that the hydraulic diameter concept is valld for d,/d, <0,8, No such inequality has been published for ‘two-phase flow but a Uimlting value no doubt exists, ‘The hydraulic diameter concept should be used with eaution for directional wells since the tubing probably touches the ‘casing at many locations resulting in an eccentric annulus, Cornish? postulated that the absolute roughness of the annulus should ‘be determined from3-15 ANIULAR SPACE Se1/2" x 207/8" 7 x 27/8" 9-5/8" x 2-7/8 BoD High High gh igh Low High High mE 3 High High High High Low High High METHOD Baxendelt Orkiszeuskt Duns & Ros Baxendell Hagedorn & ‘Brown Baxendell Hagedorn & Brown Baxendell Orkiszevskt Duns & Ros. xendell Hagedorn & Brown Baxendell Duns & Ros Orkiszevekt Baxendell Hagedorn & ‘Brown Baxendell Hagedorn & Brown3.9 ‘Three-Phase Flow (Ol1-Gas-Water) ‘The total effects of the inclusion of vater in the flow stream of a well producing gas and ofl are not fully understood. Most of the present. correlations concentrate on two-phase flow and the properties which are changed by the presence of the vater are handled by a weighted averaging technique. The three principal fluid properties affected are liquid density, Liguid viscosity, and Liquid surface tension, The density presents no problem as long as the water-ofl ratio 1s knovn and no slippage occurs between the water and ofl. The equations coumonly used are: PL Pofe + Pay > BET egy t Hyty > vhere Considerable res oil emulsions, but Little is known about the viscosity of a mixture of of! and water which is not fully enulsified. A typical graph of liquid viscosity versus water concentration is shown in Fig, 3,26, AE a water concentration ich has been performed regarding the viscosity of water-in- of approximately 75 percent, an inversion to an oil-in-water emulsion occurs and the vixcosity decreases greatly. Even if the viscosity of a liquid Uquid mixture could be accurately described, the viscosity of a gas-otl- water mixture is very nebulous. Different investigators use different expressions for gas-liquid viscosity. Equations which have been used are a + at MHL tg He TMA Hehe 7317 ent thy where AL * Amput Liquid content, agri aLy : , x," fraction of Liquid mess flow rate = artes, [A graph showing the behavior of the firet end third expressio in Fig. 3.27. ta given3-78 Fig. 3.26-cenenaL CURVE Fon ViscOSTTY OF AN EMALSION WiTH 93-26 Figo rece Gane Teo e lO T a uP YC) pm ayy t (1x) abe s inn [UV ams ate = = 50 a) 4 u 3 > is a 8 8 3 = 0 = oO 50 1.0 CONCENTRATION, x FIG.3.27-COMPARISON OF RELATIONSHIPS PREDICTING VISCOSITIES OF MIXTURES.3-19 3.10 Downward Vertical Two-Phase Flow In the case of downward flow, the hydrostatic pressure increases in the fe in pressure in the direction of flow. Since the angle of flow froa horizontal 1s -90°, the sine of the angle 4s -1 and the equation becones #~(@)..° (8),-@ ‘The usual elgorithns for calculating » pressure traverse consist of the dlzection of flow while the frictional losses cause @ decr seve see e396 following steps: 1, Select 0 Ap 2. Estimate a corresponding Az 3. Cateutate $2 at F and T= £ (2) b. Caleutate a2 © ar/ 5. Conpere estinaced and calculated 62 6. IE these are suffictently close, set 2 = faz. If not sufficiently close, estimate another Az ‘This procedure ts continued until Laz = TD. If the flow conditions ‘ere such that for any increment the elevation pressure increase is greater id return to step 3+ than or equal to the sua of the frictional and acceleration pressure drops, 4 pegecive or on infinite Az ould be calculated in step 4. To preclude this developaent, the folloving procedure 1s suggested: 1. Divide well depeh into equal Length increments, AZ 2. Eseinat 3+ Coleulece $2 ot F and F By az 5. Coupore estinsted and calculated ap 6. TE the 4, set p= Tap. If not, estimate ‘another Ap and return to step 3. ‘The Liquid holdup in dovnvard flow 1s such lover then in upward flow In woe ‘a pressure change, AP, corresponding co this depth chang 4. Coleutace Sp» a2 x are sufficiently clot because of the tendency of the 1iquid to travel faster than the ga! cases the Liquid holdup ts Ls 1p holdup. Consequently, none of the vertical flov correlations developed spectfically for upvard the no. flow can be used for dovnvard flov, since the holdup correlations vere developed for upward flow only.3-00 ‘The only wethod presently avatlatle for predicting vereteal dounverd se flow is chat of Beggs and Brill, Thetr holdup correlation iso function of angle and includes vertical downward flow. For, the case of vertical dovmvard flov, thetr holdup inclination correction factor becomes VE 10036 ceeeeeeeeeeee eeee3.97 where C 1s calculated according to the procedure given in the discussion Of the Begge and Brill method. Ir should be pointed out that this correlation hes not yet been tested with field date for domward flow, Although dovmward vertical evo-ph flow is much less coanon then upvard flow, the folloving situations require method for predicting p for this condition: 1, Steam injection velli 2. Enriched g: increase; and sure chi tnjection wells vhere Liquid condenses with pressure 3. Riser pipes from offshore production platforms to the ses floor. 3.11. Use of Gradient Curver ‘When estimates of two-phase pressure losses in vertical plpes are needed ‘and circumstances do not permit computer solutions, a common approach is to us ‘generalized gradient curves. Gradient curves are available from several sources ‘and more recent publications are based on the more accurate pressure gradient correlations. Early gradient curves were generated using the Poettmann and Carpenter correlation, More recently published curves have been based on the Hagedorn and , Puns and Ros or Orkiszewskl correlations. In addition to selecting a correlation, the authors must specify the following information: surface pressure and temperature, fluld temperature gradient, API gravity, gus specific gravity, ‘water-oll ratlo, water epecific gravity and maximum depth. Authors must also ‘select the ranges of tubing and annulus sizes, ol and water flow rates and producing ‘gas/ligald ratios,3-81 ‘When using gradient curves, caution must be exercised since results will become less accurate as the user's flow and fluid properties diverge from those used to generate the curves, Current research suggests that existing methods for caleu- lating pressure gradients under three-phase gas-oll-water flow can be very inaccurate, Caution should be uséd when input volumetric water fractions are between 25% and 18 Example vertical gradient curves for tubing with a 1,995 in, diameter and casing with a 4,494 in, dlameter are included In the Appendix. ‘These curves were developed for Amoco Production Co.!” and were based on a modified Hagedorn and Brown correlation. The major modification was to use the Griffith correlation for bubble flow (see Orkiszewski correlation). A revised definition for kinetic energy leo used. The curves were based on the following variable pressure losses ws ‘Stock tank oll gravity = 35 CAPT Produced gas gravity = 0,65 Produced water gravity = 1.07 Wellhead temperature = 100 OF Fluid temperature gradient = 1.5 °F/100 ft Wellhead pressure = 50 pala ‘The curves are included in the Appendix for the purpose of demonstrating their use and not for solving a wide range of production problems, ‘The following summary and example problem shows how gradient curves are used, and inchide’ a page of gradient curves from Brown!® ‘Applications of vertical gradient curves Determining flowing botton-hole pressure, Py Determining flowing surface pressure, Pry Determining tubing size required for a particular production rate and pressure drop Determining gas-liquid ratio (GLR) required for a particular pressure drop and ofl production rate3-82 Procedure for determining an unknown pressure for a given tubing size, production rate, water cut and GLR Select the graph corresponding to the given conditions Locate the Known pressure on the pressure axis (this 1s either Par OF Peg) From this point draw a vertical line to intersect with the appropriate GLR curve Fron this intersection draw a horizontal line to intersect the depth axis If the known pressure fs the surface pressure (Py¢), this point represents the top of the well If the known pressure 4s the bottos-hole pressure (Pye)s this represents the Botton of the well Find the point on the depth axis which represents the other end of the well If the known pressure is the surface pressure (Py¢), add’ the well depth from the nunber found in the previous steps If the known pressure is the botton-hole pressure (Pye)s subtract the well depth from the nunber found in the Previous steps From the point on the depth axis Tocated fn the above, draw a horizontal Tine to intersect with the appropriate GA curve From this intersection draw 9 vertical Vine to intersect the Pressure axis which gives the unknown pressureExample problem for flow in tubing Given: Find: Tubing 1.0. - 2.5" Of1 production rate = 500 stb/day Water production rate = 500 stb/day Gas-liquid ratio = 300 sef/stb Botton-hole flowing pressure (Py) = 2200 pstg Tubing Tength = 7000 feet Surface flowing pressure (Py) Select (Fig. #2) to correspond to given condi tions Locate 2200 on the pressure axis Draw a vertical Tine to intersect the 300 GLR Tine From this intersection, draw a horizontal line to intersect the depth axis at about 9230 feet Subtract the well depth (7000 feet) from 9230 to btein 2290 feet. This represents the top of the Draw 2 horizontal line from 2230 feet to intersect ‘the 300 GLR line Draw a vertical line from this intersection to to intersect the pressure axis at 290 psig. This represents the unknown surface pressure, Pog240 2200 3-84 1 8 12 6 20 24 PRESSURE In 100 PSIG (PAPAL TTA VERTICAL FLOWING PRESSURE GRADIENTS (60% oll —50% WATER) Tubing Size 125 in 1. Producing Rate 1000. Bbls./Day ‘it APL Gravity | ast art Water Specific Gravity 1974 Gas Specific Gravity | 065 Average Flowing Temp. u0'F 28 103685 3,12 Use of Computer Programs ‘The complexity of multiphase flow In pipes makes It almost imperative ‘that design calculations be performed on computers, Computing algorithms for known temperature distributions and when incorporating a heat balance were given {n Section 1.8, Two boxes in the flow charts on pgs. 1-27, 1-29 and 1-99 require evaluating pertinent fluid physical properties or calculating a pressure gradient. ‘Two sections In the Appendix contain Fortran listings of subroutines that ‘can be used to perform these calculations, All subroutines contain uniform nomen- clature and a summary is provided for each section, Persons using the subroutines must write thelr specific main programs to call the subroutines. Several problems requiring computer solution are Included at the end of thie chapter. ‘When performing calculations with a computer, several problems can arise, Although every attempt has been made to assure the accuracy of the subroutines, the correlations can fall to converge to solutions for some ranges of variables. ‘This Is especially true of the flow pattern dependent correlations. Correlations that contain kinetic energy calculations require special care since the pressure gradient becomes indeterminate when E, approaches 1.0, ‘This 1s analagous to sonic or choked flow and the subroutines terminate calculations when F, exceeds 0,95, Normally this occure for high gas velocities at low pressures, When calcu- lations fail to converge due to flow pattern changes, it may be necessary to Increase the convergence tolerance. Convergetice tolerances of 1 psl and 10 ft, are normally adequate for wellbore problems, 8,13 Coupling Wellbore Hydraulics to Reservoir Behavior ‘When performing pressure loss calculations In wells, one must ultimately ‘couple these calculations to the reservoir, Normally one assumes that the flowing bottombole pressure is the common boundary condition, However, use of boitombole chokes or accounting for pressure loas across perforations, sand packs, slotted Liners ete. can alter this choice, No attempt 1s made here to present a thorough analyals of how the reservoir reamure at the well is calculated, Two approaches have been used. By far the ‘most sophisticated approach is to make use of reservoir simulation calculations to3-85 obtain "sand face" pressures. A far simpler method is to make use of Input Performance Relations (IPR), which describe bow productivity indices for wells ‘change with production rate and time. Productivity index, J, 1s a measure of the ability of a reservoir to give up guide, It is defined by 4° 8 Prva” Pt as 3.98 where q; and g," are expressed in ST/D, and py #04 Py 40 sate (oF average) reservoir or drainage area pressure and lowing bottombole pressure, respectively. ‘Thus if 3 and p,, are known, one can calculate the flowing bottombole pressure for any Lguld production rate, Productivity index behavior also depends upon the mechantem of reservoir For reservoirs with strong aqulfere, Uttle pressure change occurs sentially constant. For solution gas drive reservoirs, significant pressure loss and saturation changes occur as fluids are produced. vogel!® showed thatthe change in productivity for solution gus drive reservoirs was pre- 2000, flow is turbulent.3-871 Prandtl Number'® = (6:72. x 10*600)(0.65; ©.08) en Tk ott = (0.023) (8.259 x 104) 29.66)93 = 482.3 fag = 182:320.08) 94.6 Brute a2 oR (4.892/12) b) Determine Reservoir Time Fuuction, f(t): Since x <0.0025, then £09 = -E (in 0.0021) +0.5772) = 2.7943-87) ¢) Determine Heat Transfer Coefficient Te tw fis) lS) it, Mtoe) , £0, ky Keem Kem 2780) ( 4.0 ) 2.750) 4, (_4.0° ea Rueer 4 12.750) 2.794 (2.446) (94.6) 25.0 0.42 1.4 0519 +0.0047 +0.8921 + 1.9957 = 2.9444 hr ft °F/BTU a 12 Us Gas een = 1.482 BTU/hr ft? °F 4) Determine A w, = pvAp = (54.7) (2.489) 11(2.446/12)? = 11.77 Ibis = 6.398 x 104 Iba /hr Ramey (Eq. $19): (6.398 x 10° Ibq/ht) (0.65 BTU/Iby °F) 2.750 is) 2 ee fi an(2230 (1.482 BTU/hr £1? °F = 19,488 ft3-87 Shiu-Beggs (Eq. S21): ‘A= (0.0149) (17.77)°5%3 (4,892)-029% (30)?.2608 (0.8y8446 ¢54,7)29308 = (0.0149) (4.534) (0.631) (2.428) (0.373) (123,829) = 4,783 ft e) Determine Twh Modified Ramey (Eqs. $18, S19): TL) = Typ =200.0 ~ (0.015) (10,000) (sin 75°) + (0.015) (19,488) (sin 75°) [1.0 ~_(-10%19.488) = 200.0 - 144.9 + 113.3 = 168.4 °F Shiu-Beggs (Eqs. $18, S21): THY Ty = 200.0 ~ (0.015) (10,000) (sin 75°) + (0.015) (4,783) (sin 75°) [1.0 ~ e 10°78 9} = 200.0 -144.9 + 60.7 = 1158 F3-871 Modified Ramey (Eqs. 318, $20): TLY=Tyn= 200.0 — (0.015) (10,000) (sin 75°) 32.2 2D 778) 0.65) + (19,488) tain 759 ~ 0.015 | fect9488) 19) 200.0 ~ 144.9 + (18,824) (-0.013) (-0.401) 00.0 ~ 144.9 +98.1 153.2 °F References 1 Bird, R. B., Stewart, W. E. and Lightfoot, E. N. : Transport Phenomena. John Wiley & Sons, New York (1960). Mathews C. S. and Russell, D. G. : Pressure Buildup and Flow Tests in Wells, Monograph Series, Society of Petroleum Engineers of AIME, Dallas (1967) 1. Ramey, H. J.: "Wellbore Heat Transmission," J. Pet. Tech. (April 1962). Shiu, K. C. aand Beggs, H. D.: "Predicting Temperatures if Flowing Wells,” J. Energy Res, Tech., (March 1980); Trans. ASME. Dittus, F. W. and Boelter, L. M. K.: Univ. Calif. (Berkeley) Pub. Eng., vol 2, p. 443, (1930).4 10. u. 12. 13. 1. REFERENCES Aziz, K., Govier, G. W. and Fogarasi, M.: "Pressure Drop tn elle Producing OL1 and Gas," J. Gdn. Pet. Tech. (July-Sepe., 1972) 38-48. Baxendell, P. 8. and Thomas, X,: "The Calculation of Pressure Gradi in High-Rate Floving Wells," J. Pet. Tech. (Oct., 1961) 1023-1028. Beggs, B.D. and Brill, J. P.: "A Study of Two-Phase Flow in Inclined Pipes," J. Pet. Tech. May, 1973) 607-617. Ghierict, G. L., Ciuect, G. M. and Scloccht, G.: "Two-Phase Flow £0 OL1 Wells, Prediction of Pressure Drop," Antual European Meeting, April 2-3, 1973. Duns, H., Je. and Ros, N.C. J.: "Vertteal Flow of Gas and Liquid Mixtures in Wells," Proc., 6th World Pet. Congress (1963), 451. Fancher, G. H., Jr. and Brown, K. E.: "Prediction of Pressure Gradients for Multiphase Flow in Tubing," Soc. Pet. Eng. J. (arch, 1963) 59-69, Griffith, P. and Wallis, 6. B.: "Two-Phase Slug Flow", J, Heat Transfer; Teans., ASME (Aug. 1961), 307-320. Hagedorn, A. R. and Brova, K. E.: "Experimental Study of Pressure Gradients Occurring During Continuous Two-Phase Flow in Saall-Dianeter Vertical Conduits," J. Pet. Tech. (April, 1965) 475-484. Lawson, J. D. and Brill, J. P.: "A Statistical Evaluation of Methods Used to Predict Pressure Losses for Multiphase Flow in Vertical Ol1 Well Tubing," Paper SPE 4267 to be presented at 48th Annual SPE Fall Meeting, Las Vegas, Nev., Sept. 30 = Oct. 3, 1973, Orkiszewski, J.: "Predicting Two-Phase Pressure Drops in Vertical Pipes," J Pet. Tech. (June, 1967) 629-838, Poettnan, F. H. and Carpenter, P. C.: "The Multiphase Flow of Cas, O41 and ater Through Vertical Flow Strings with Application to the Design of Gas-Lift Installations," Drill, and Prod. Prac., API. (1952) 257-317. Sanchez, M. J.: “Comparison of Correlations for Predicting Pressure Losses in Vertical Multiphase Annular Flov,"" M.S. Thesis, The University of Tulsa, 1972. Vohra, I. R., Robinson, J. R, and Brill, J..P.: "Evaluation of Three New Methods for Predicting Pressure Losses in Vertical 0i1 Well Tubing,” Paper SPE 4689, presented at 48th Annual SPE Fall Mesting, Las Vegas, Nev., 1973. Brovne, E. J. P.: "Practical Aspects of Predicting Errors in Two-Phase Pressure Loss Caleulations", Paper SPE 5000, presented st 49th Annuel ‘SPE Fall Meeting, Houston, Texas, 1974.3-89 REFERENCES (Continued) 15, Cornish, R. E.: "The Vertical Multiphase Flow of Oil and Gas at High Rates", 3. Pet. Tech, (July, 1976) 625-851. 16, Brown, K. E.: "Gas Lift Theory and Practice Including a Review of Petroleum Engineering Fundamentals", Petroleum Publishing Co. , 1975. 27, Lawson, J. D. and Brill, J. P.: "Pressure Gradient Curves for Producing and Injection Wells", Amoco Production Co. Research Dept. Report, Oct, 6, 1971. 18, "Inflow Performance Relationship for Solution Gas Drive Wells", (Jan, 1968) 83-93. 19, Standing, Mf. B.: "inflow Performance Relationships for Damaged Wells Pro- ducing by Solution Gas Drive", J. Pet. Tech. , (Nov. 1970) 1999-1400,3.2 3.8 3-80 PROBLEMS Given the following information, determine the flow regime as predicted by ‘Duns and Ros. Nyy 76-02 Nyn 35 a4 ve = 4.09 ft/a00 Nyy 7445 i / Ny, 70.09 a7 2-85 ft/nee Given the following information, calculate the flowing pressure gradients ‘using the correlations of Poettmann and Carpenter, Baxendell and Thomas, od Fancher and Brown, Vg 72:5 f/a0e 9, = 50/1 3 vy = 6.2 ft/sec = 9.116 /tt og "2 a pyr ody! d= 0,204 ft Wy 497, 000 1b, /D = 1000 pela R, 1500 scf/TB Given the following information, calculate the flowing pressure gradients uuaing the Hagedorn and Brown (neglecting kinetic energy effects), ‘Orkdszewald, and Beggs and Brill correlations Vg” Tt B00 p= 765 pals Voy, 7 1-28 ft/sec T=197 °F = 1,095 In. Awe Nyy= 827 1,7 9-019 op Nyy n 445 oy = Herth, /t = 0.00 og 725A Ny=35 e/a = 0.0006 18 dynes/ema4 3.8. 3.6 Using the results of fluid properties from problem 2.4, calculate flowing pressure gradients for the Pootimann & Carpenter, Fancher & Brown, Baxendell & Thomas, Hagedorn & Brown, Duns & Ros, Orkiszewslei and Beggs & Brill correlations for the following known in~ formation: 0 MM sef/D P= 1700 psla a T= 190 °F d= 6.0m, = 0.0006 ft Steam is injected down the annulus of a well. 2) Calculate the average pressure gradient in the well using a no-alip model. ‘The following quantities are Inown or have been determined at average conditions. = 6,969 in, a= 2.375 Ygp TBO Meee Yq 7 9:0 /s00 se hy, 9.9 0 = 0.01 H, p 2 = 63.91, Bal o =2.51b Mn 6 en © = 0.0006 ft 1) If the surface pressure is 500 pela and the steam is injected into a reservoir at a depth of 3000 ft., estimate the reservoir injection pressure, ‘An Interesting two-phase flow phenomenon 1s a waterfall, ‘The fluids are totally unconfined and energy is exchangod from one form to another. Discuss the various energy conversions that occur from the top to the bottom of a water fall, Why should evaluation studies of vertical two-phase flow correlations in- volvo calculating pressure traverses from bottom to top rather than from top to bottom?Most prossure loss correlations were developed from data obtained in ‘small diameter pipes, Why are we probably juatified in applying these correlations in larger pipes? 2.9 A wall fe producing from one zone through the tubing-casing annulus. The following is mown, 6» 90° (vertical Depth= aooa ft 4, 72.875. @.D.) 6,8 4.484 te, 1.0.) Ale 0.0794 (annua) plsexface) = 500 psta ‘The following has also been determined at surface conditions (600 pela, 100 °F): 51.8 09 s2f/STBO 1,082 BBI/STEO. By 70.0209 set 28 = 0,012 ®, P Xe ? rrmine the flowing preasure gradient In pal/ft at surface conlitions ualng the Regge and Brill correlation. ) Repest port (s) using the Fancher and Brown correlation.3-93 3.10 Write a computer program which calculates a pressure traverse from either top to bottom or bottom to top using the calculation algorithm on pgs. 1-28 and 1-29. Using the subroutines in the Appendix, solve the following problem: . Calculate the flowing wellhead pressure with the Poettmann and Carpenter and with the Fancher and Brown correlations using 10 length Iner for the following well: 443 = 500 STBO/D € = 0.0006 ft qy,= 200 STBW/D R,,* 1000 aet/STBO 4 = 1,995 in, Depth = 4000 ft, p= 8000 psta at Depth Fluid Properties = Use same correlations end properties as designated in problem 2.4 ‘T (Top) = 100 °F T Bottom) = 160 °F , Caloulate the flowing bottombole pressure with the Fancher and Brown and with the ‘Baxendell and Thomas correlations using 20 length increments for the following well: 4, = 2000 sTBO/D 4 = 200 sTBW/D + = 10° a= 10° et/D Depth = 5000 ft, ‘T¢rop) = 120 °F ‘Tottom) = 200 °F PVT properties same as part a, = 500 pata at surface 4 =2,992 In,3-98 aaa Write a computer program which uses subroutines in the Appendix to caleulate two-phase pressure gradients in wella, The program shauld be capable of coupling weir bore tydrauiice with reservoir performance through the use of a reservoir Mectvity index. Use the program to calculate the volumetric flow rates of oll veer and gus that can be produced from wells with characteristics described below. wate Ses iome using the following four pressure gradient correlations: Duns and Sei rpgcioea and Brown; Orkisrewski; Beggs and Brill, Use a pressure gradient Rot ution convergence tolerance of |p,~Ap,, |< 0-1 pal, Use a surface or bottom- {ie pressure convergence tolerance of [§, ~ Bi] <1-0 pal a Rp = 1000 sot/STBO Pg” 5000 Pats ‘J = 0.5 STBL/D/pst F,, = 0.5 STBW/STBL Ploy = 1271-8 pote Tout 15° F bisa a Depth = 5000 ft eae te My 7120 ‘ge ha > nyriovefstoo Pag HD F,, = 0-1 STBW/STBL ‘J = 20 STBL/D/pat desea reg pl ‘T,, = 200 oF ‘Angle = 0° Tout 7 1580 °F 920. ~ ft besten 8 anew 3.12 Eotimate the surface pressure In problem 3.10a using the gradient curves in the Appendix 3.18 Write a computer program for calculating pressure gradient curves in welle to that it will solve the "flowing well problem". ‘The "flowing well problem" involves fetting the wellhead pressure and the static reservoir pressure and calculating the gas, ofl and water flow rates for a given tubing diameter. Assume that the Inflow Performance Relationship of a well can be described with a constant Productivity Index, J(STBL/D/psl Drawdown). a. For productivity Indices of 0,5, 1.0 and 2.0 and a wellhead pressure of 500 psia calculate q,, @» 4, for each of the vertical flow subroutines In the Appendix. ‘The followhe 1s3-95 GLR = 400 sof/STBL WOR = 1 STBW/STBO d= 2.442 in, Depth = 10,000 ft € = 0.00015 API = 95,0° Ygp 70-88 Yy Th 07 Py ™ 5+000 pata Pressure increment tolerance = 0.1 pal Solution tolerance = 0,1 pal Tyyet "100 °F Ty = 250 °F n = 20 Increments Db, Calculate the flow rates possible Ifthe tubing or casing diameter can be changed. Use only the Orkiszewaki correlation and plot q, v8 d, using dlameters of 1.049, 1.980, 1.610, 1.995, 2.441, 2.99%, 3.446, 3,958, §.012 and 6.049 Inches, J = 2.0, py 250 pala.CHAPTER 4 HORIZONTAL FLOW 414. SORIONTAL Flow 4.1 Introduction According to the definition of flow geonetry given in Chapter 1, when the pipe is in the horizontal position the angle, and therefore the sine of the angle, are sero. This means that there is no Pressure drop and the pressure gradient equation becomes jevarion 2 feet | omy, get tete , Svat te +6 8- Ait te soeeeeeeee oa = 2 + GP). Prediction of liquid holdup in less critical for pressure logs calculations in hori- zontal flow than for inclined or vertical flow, but several of the correlations discussed 4m this chapter require a holdup value for calculating the density terms used in the friction and acceleration pressure drop components, The acceleration pressure drop 1s usually minor and 1s often ignored in design calculations. ‘The procedures for calculating friction loss, acceleration loss and liquid holdup ‘are outlined for several of the most widely accepted horizontal correlations. 4.2 Wortzontal Pressure Loss Prediction Methods Eaton et al Correlation The Baton et at."Scorretation was developed fran experinentel data obtained fron & flow system consisting of 2 - in. and 4 - in. horizontal Lines approxinately 1700 fe, long. Correlations vere developed for Liquid holdup and two-phase friction factor.43 ‘The tvorphase friction factor is correlated with the group Ge My Pee Take group is dimensionless for the units of 1b, , ft, a ton ts shown in Fig. 4.1, Vote the sbscissa Linear dependence on Hg. Also, my 0 the sbactene has unten of 1b,/ft~ Eaton Liquid Holdup Eaton's analysis of acceleration loss requires a value of Liquid holdup since the acceleration term 1s based on change in actual gas and Liquid velocities, Liquid holdup was correlated with the follow ing dimensionless group, 0.087 (wy ] ee ‘The correle- 0.575 = 186 4! The dimensionless nunbers N,,, 8.) Ny and N, are defined in Ghapter 3. ‘The pressure is represented by p and p, 1s a base pressure, vhich vas taken as 16.65 pet. The tvo values of pressure cust of course be in the sane units to form a dimensionless ratio. The correlation ts shown graphically in Fig. 4.2, 1, 19 needed only for calculating the acceleration term below. pradient due to acceleration is given by 2 2 wove ty Oy, War Peetesr 2 where be? ett) > yy? est) and 2 4 siatlarly vg) te simtlarly defined. Tf we defineoS 10.0 Fan rot 95 Hig. 4.1 - Energy Lose Factor Correlation With Data (After Eaton et 21.26.) 48 0.0574, v,)°> aesLOp rpm een 9.9 WATER-GAS DATA : 0.8 2 PIPE - 50-00 BPD a7. a" PIPE - 50-5500 BPD 4 a 7 0 - 10 MM SCFIDAY = 0.6 4 Boost 4 2 o4p 4 “03h + 0.2 4 oe 4 0.0 Ceuta pedal a .0r 0.0) Ot 1.0 10 see m2 orn 9,04 oat u Fig. 4.2 = Eaton Liquid Holdup Correlation(After Eaton et ol. 6. >4-6 Example 4.1 Given the following information for a wet gas pipeline, caleu- da the pressure gradient using the Eaton et al. correlation but slecting kinetic energy effects. 4g 7 400 Ht ac/ 4000 sT30/D 4 = 16.0 in, = 1.333 ft Y_ "0670 = constant arr = 40? 2500 psta 60 °F 0.0006 fr (w/a = 0.00045) 1, Preliminary Caleulations: tp * 4/4 * 100,000 sef/sT20 % i$ = 0.825, TSS + APE aan ase = 1.396 ec? Eapirical Correlations: R, = 919 scf/STBO 1.619 bb1/s7B0 0.666 1.389 ep He oe 10" sec tg 7 0.0233 ep = 1.566 x 10°*1bg/ a, * 4-608 dynes/ ca4 Using Fluid Physical Property Values: = 42.45 1b,/ fe? = 9, (00 pg. 2-20) fg "13:66 1/80? (600 pg 2-83) 0.003916 £e'/scf (see pg 2-34) 4, 3, (51614) /86,400 = 0.269 £8°/s0e 3 (R, ~ Ry) B/86,400 = 17.963 £t°/sec. (, ~ &) 3,786,600 = 17 2 ag/A = 0.266 ft/sec Gg/4 = 12.867 tt/s0c Fy 7 Py A, + Hg UK) = 16,296 thy ee? Hy nHy At Hy OHA) = 0.05 ep 2, Determine friction factor MTL a, + 15.666 1b fee 245.375 I, /aee 261,039 1b, /see Absctasa of Pig. 4.1: 0.5, 0.5: 2087 Og Hed” = _c0,057 (245.375) 251.039) ] ay ars (1,566 x 1079) (1.333)2-25 = 4.822 x 10% From Pig. 4.1, Ordinate = 0,011, £ = ordinate/ (w,/u,)°") = 0.01457 3, Determine Liquid holdup (ote - this is not required since kinetic energy effects are neglected.)y Nyy 21-938 vr] ao, (1.938) (0.264) “/42.65/4.608 = 0.891 1.938 v5 4 ajo, = 43.439 ‘vt eg PLM, © 43 My = 120.872 4 [ayer = 489.05 4 3 N= 0.15726 H “h/(e, 0,3) = 0.0266 Abscissa of Fig. 6.2: dias x, 96575 0.05 = 1 2 0.03 Gir) x, v 0.0277 ‘a Fron Fig. 6,2 = 0.09 4, Determine pressure gradient 2 a -£%, f asa 01457) (261.039)? 2) 32. 7h) (1.333) 396) “CG, 236) = 0.617 petite = 0.0029 psi/tt jon, which {s described in chapter plied to horizontal flov. Since the pipe angle # ts zero,no correction is required on the horizontal holdup. This correlation also provides a flow pattern prediction method for horizontal flow. Beample 4.2 Calculate the pressure gradient for the problem of Example 4,1 using the Beggs and Brill correlation. (see pg. 4-6) 1, Determine Flow Regine 2 tm "Yq / et = 4.02 302 2, = 316 220% = 96.96 4684 1,» -0008252 17 16.45 Since 4y2 0.01 end Rpp Lp Bs (Ae Tea ‘The friction factor £,,, and Liquid holdup H, , are obteined using the equations described in the Stratified Flow discussion. The acceleration term is also equivalent to chat given in Eq. 4.17.Lo IN SITU VOLUME FRACTION GAS, 1 ~ 0 02 0.4 0.6 08 To INPUT VOLUME FRACTION GAS, 1-, Fig. 4.6 - Gushov Correlation for, Tn-Situ Volune Fraction Gas (Aster Gushov at al. %*.)421 Beemple 4.4 Calculate the pr using the Guzhov et al effects. (S00 pg. 4-6) 1, Determine flow pattern sure gredient for the problen of Example 4.1 correlation and neglecting kinetic energy 0,2 EXP(-2. = 00 4H, = 0.2 EXP(-2.5 2)/d, = 0.063 Ny > Up » therefore plug flow exts 2. Determine LigetdHelaup ayo 10 oa, [1.0 = axre2.2/] +10 ene [10 +r 62.260] = 0.216 3. Determine Friction Factor May 7 188 0 My Alig 2 2 = uh, nea Me + 162.45) .02)? + _ 13.66) (.98)? © 16.812 1,/#0? 0.216 0.784 Nggy 7 8-738 x 10° Fron Fig. 3.9, = 0.0166 From Fig. 4.5, Tq "4:5 (Questtonable)where and 4-22 fap 7 Nc Fa 7 (Or01640(4.5) = 0.0738 Determine Pressure Gradient For Flug Flow: f 2 2 oe nl ee Oe +0. 254)? (42.65) (00 @) G2.174) 1.333) = 1.526 pst/te = 0.0106 pat/ze Lockhs Martinelli Cor ‘The Lockhart and Martinell{°Zeorrelation does not follow the friction factor anslogy abut presents the tvo-phase pressure gradient in ingle-phase gradient multiplied by # correction factor. ase gradients are calculated as {f each phase floved in the Although s correlation ts given for Liquid holdup, it 1s not Acceleration vas tgnored in terms of @ ‘The single: pipe alone. required for pressure drop calculations. the Lockhert and Martinelli method. ‘Lockhart and Martinelli Friction Pressure Gradient 4.2423 The friction factors £, and f, are determined froa Pig. 3.9 for ves of the Reynolds numbers, Pe ag 4 wet gy i Seg os Shen, 1.22 The correlation {s shown graphically in Fig. 4.7. They found that differ- fent curves existed for each 8 depending on the Reynolds number of each phase. They considered that laminar flov exteted in a phase 1f the Reynolds number for that phase wat less than 1000. The subscripts on the Fepresent turbulent or laninar flow, with the first subscript representing the Liquid phase. For exanple, 9,., 1s the correction factor applied to tthe single-phase Liquid pressure gradient vhen the Liquid phase ts curbu- Lent and the gas phase is Lantnar. Lockhart ond Martinelli Liguld Holdup Liquid holdup 1s also correlated with the paraneter X. This correlation is given in Fig. 4.8. Calculate the pressure gradient for the problen of Example 4.1 using the Lockhart and Martinelli correlation. (800 pg. 4-8) 1. Determine (ép/aX) Nggg 7 M688 bg Vyy d= 1.496 x 107 (curbulent) MR Pg Mon! rs From Fig. 3.9, £, = 0.0164 .424 *(gg8T190F226H pow aaeuys0r 3930) oyaveaz0g WOF29F24 FITOUFIIEY PUR TeYDO] ~ Ly“LIQUID HOLDUP, Hy 1.00 TTT BAKERS TESTS IN - 8" & 10" i - - 0.10 F- CURVE OF LOCKHART & MARTINELLI FOR 1" PIPE a : ’ 0.01 poil 1 piit 1 aii 0.01 0.10 1.0 10.0 MARTINELLI PARAMETER, X Fig. 4.8 = lockhare and Martinell1 Liquid Holdup Correlation (Attar Baker?)2 ) fe", an/ex), = £585 "ex = 0.4396 petite “ 4% ted 2. Determine (4p/4X),, 1488 61 V9 * LS = 1.636 x 104 (curbulene) Meet” From Fig. 3.9, £, = 0.028 £1 %qn? (ap/ax), = £1 °L Yet = 0.00097 pes/te Ts, 4 3. Determine pressure gradient. x= [c4r/an,/cap/an, ]°5 + [p.oomr/.4534]°-> » 0.087 - @.g (3), = (85)? (0.00097) 1883 pat/tt = 1,1095 pat/te = 0.0083 pal/tt = (1.6)? (0.4334) + 0.0077 pet/ee4-27, ‘Yosus Correlation Yooun" *hits proposed « pr which the frletion factor 1s correlated with mixture Froude number and Kinetic energy effects are neglected. The total pressure gradient for horizontal flov 4s calculated fom 5 fea %ee (ce oe see 8 ‘Yous Friction Factor Yooun's friction factor correlation appears in Fig. 6.9. He states that there are three regions to consider. Above Hyp of approxinately 4, the Froude number hes Little influence on f. He terms this the Reynolds ausber control region and Browne’ suggests use of the Moody dtagran for this region to obtain an f based on the Reynolds number jure lose prediction correlation tn %,* fated +L Between Nyy of 2 and 4, # transition region occurs where extensive data scatter exis that £ goes through # minimum and that flow 1s unstable. The Froude aunber control region occurs for Nzp < 2+ Low veloctty flow results in the formation of Lerge slugs of of] and 5: Friction factors are obtained from Fig. 4.9 for Nop <4. yd. Yocum stat Example 4.6 Calculate the pressure gradient for the problen of Example 4.1 using the Yocum correlation, (see pg. 4-6) 1. Determine Friction Factor 2 Ny 7 Ta 4.02 im 78 Pron Fig. 4.9 for average of curves: f= 0.0184-28 +, 90% 293}y) UoyIeTea109 202904 woqr2FAE BNDOR - ory ita4s 2. Determine pressure gra: ent. £6, Yee 8: Gb ae = _(0.018) (1 (2) (32.174) 0.333) = 0.5151 pst/te = 0.0036 pat/te (Insert pgs, 4-290 to 4-294) 4.3 Other Liquid Holdup Correlations Several additional liquid holdup correlations have been pub= Lished. Two of the more comonly used correletions not covered pre- viously are sumerized in this section. ‘The Hughnark and Pre cal two-phase flow, but he been used with considersble success for horizontal flov. They measured liquid holdup for the flow of air with six different liquids. Thetr final correlation was found to be as CY) 0.19, 0.208, 0.70, 2.75 where Yon A009 woe, 4, + a Tox 10h(Tee Pt, a pan ve [exh Chaise ) jee 15% 6, my 6,7 wih The functional relationship ts shown in Fig. 4.10.(nsert) Oliems Ottemans*® presented a new conceptual approach to predicting pressure in gas-tranemission pipelines, He postulated that elippage of gas past liquid regults in an accumulation of essentially static quid in the pipe that acta to reduce the effective area or diameter avallable for the flowing gas and Liquid. Thus, in terms of fractional areas, H, 1s available for gus flow, 1, 1s avallable for guid flow and H,- b, la filled with static Uguid. Since Hy and i, change throughout 2 pipeline, the effective flow area also changes. ‘Due to the change in effective flow area, Ollemans presented a series of equations to be used and called his method the KLSA method, representing Koninklijke/Shell-Laboratorium, Amsterdam, ‘Ae a result of slippage, he proposed that the mass flux (Gz), the two- phage density (pp) and the effective pipe diameter (4,4) must be redefined. Thus los 4.280 where ++ 4,23 where4-290 ‘The two-phase pressure gradient is then calculated from iat eo __‘re Srp 2 ou Pop Be ‘The two-phase friction factor in Eq. (4.23d) 1a obtained from a Moody diagram for a relative roughness of ¢ /d,4y and aw, 7 'r (Ollemans did not propose any new Liquid holdup correlation, but did compare regults of using the liquid holdup correlations of Lockhart and Martinelli, Dukler et al, Eaton et al, Hughmark and Beggs and Brill, in the pressure gradient equations of Dukler (Case If and no slip), Boge and Brill and Lockhart-Martinelll, Pressure loss and recovery due to elevation were applied in all correlations using the Flanigan ‘method described in Chapter 8, These represent hybrid calculations which Intermix quid holdup and friction factor correlations, Calculations were compared with measured data for two near-horizontal, large-diameter pipelines of 17-in. and 20-in, diameter. Liquid holdup was measured 1m the 20-in, line but the measurement technique was not described. Measured liquid holdup values were best predicted by the Martinelli correlation, Hybrid corr lation results indicated that the Martinelli holdup correlation with the KSLA method worked best and that others overestimated pressure drop. Example 4,62 Calculate the pressure gradient for the problem of Example 4.1 using the ‘Ollemans KSLA method with the Eaton Liquid holdup correlation, (See pg: 4-6).42290 1, Determine Gy 8, = HL- A, = 0.09 - 0.02 = 0.07 ce TE ,_ nnn fe eae 3, (= BDA, 0.999.996 10 2 = 201,06 1b, /t??-s6e Calculate yey anf [Res «1.280 8 3, Caleulate Pp, uN ey us 45,0n%3.c000y orp 1-8, 1-.07 3 214.2610, /t! 4, Determine £,, Pet He Re 1. 250y.02)4 (0289091 “re 1-8, 1=.07 = 0,082 op = 3,495 x 10" wb, /tt = Bec Pins seePanees Sl J . 2.333) 261.039) inere : Fatma a9 fm a. 230 = 1.395 x10°4-294 6/4 og = 0..0006/1..286 = .000467 From Fig. 3.9; fy = 0.0163 8. Determine dp/ax 2 Serr cossyaon.og? aX 2 dete np By 2(1. 286) (14. 28) (32,2) = 0,557 tye? = 0,0039 pat/te1 T / | 7 4 ’ Fig, 46.10 - Highmark and Preseburg Liquid Holdup Correlation (After Mighuark and Pressburg ”® Example 4.7 Determine H for Exenple 4.1 using the Hughnark and Pressburg correlation. (se pg. 4-8) ps0 Or} g 0-205, 0670, 2.75 i so( Nake poe pa eon Ge) f so ‘on *e! oy = 0.01 From Fig. 4.10, 4, = 0.075 Hughmark Correlation Bankof#® shoved that neither completely separated nor hono- neous models represent the partially mixed regines vhich are encountered in mmy instances in vertical two-phase flov, Bankoff proposed « node! fm which the mixture flows ypension of bubbles in the Liquid. He developed the folloving equation relating Liquid holdup to # parameter K,TH, 4.25 Hughmark 7 used several sources of data to correlate K and found thet it could be correlated against a variable 2 - ve ue oe a a 2a) On) a) eee ve bas Me ty By 4.27 ‘The final correlation is found in Fig. 4.11. An tterative procedure is required to obtain H, since both the abscissa and ordinate parameters contain H,. Due to the weak dependency of 2 on H,, Degance and, Atherton have suggested chat @ convergence schene auch as the Nevton-Rephson method be used. Although this correlation was also developed for vertical flow, 1¢ 4s widely used for horizontal flow applications. B 4s Evaluation of Friction Factor and Ap Correlations ‘There is Little doubt thet our ability co predict friction fac- tore for two-phase flow is not as reliable as for predicting Liquid holdup. Thus, for lack of a better approach, the beit procedure may be to create hybrid models consiating of selecting parte of various correlations and combining then {nto sonething which vill work best for 2 particular plication. Before this 1s done, existing friction factor correlations aust be evaluated. Published equations described previously for predicting two-phase Floving pressure losses may be solved explicitly for « two-phase friction432 3033) aozeuraeg x 3304UNG 942 207 801 wren ~ T"y “Bia A 7, Hou, A-OO GAO gD = 2factor. Hovever, the resulting equations are usually a function of Liquid holdup. Thus # valid comparison of friction factor correlations would rely on using data for which measured holdup data as opposed to predicted values vere avatlabl ‘The horlzoatel flov gas-vater dete of Eaton “and Andrews” for 2+ and Geinch pipe (238 tests) and the air-vater data of Beggs® for 1+ and Lekeinch pipe (58 tests) were used by Hernandez and Britt? ‘and by Vobra et et.4! to compare friction factor correlations. Using neatured holdup values, friction factors vere calculated from the sorropetate pressure gradient equations for che correlations of Eaton at a1. lbeges and Brill] Dukler et at!*end Guzhov et a1? calculated Eriction factors were then compared with values predicted by the enpirical friction factor correlations of the accuracies and to identify ranges of flow variables for which the corre- sane authors to determine relative Lacions should not be used. Results reported by Vohra et al. ere sumer~ ized fa Teble 4.1. The following statistical parmeters vere used. @redicted Value - Meesured Value) x 100 +428 Measured Value + 4.29 a + 4.30 In Eqs. 4,284.30, dy As the error, is the arithnette mem error, ¢ ts the standard deviation sbout a, and N is, the number of test Table 4.1 shove that the Eaton et al, correlation was better then others uhen applied to the Eaton data. Also, the Beggs and Brill correlation gave the lesst & and che Dukler et al. gave the lovest @ for the Beggs date. The Eaton et al. correlation overpredicted friction factors for the Bess? Mernandez and Brill suggested that che Linear curve of Fig. 4.1436 a 2s fo-69 | v-ze |o-09 | o-zx | e-zeJv-or ‘aouzng eet foe | ory -forsz| ore -[ corfers - wow oy eve | ei] s-ve | cee-| ovzelore - 221 79 ve [eee | ovot-| vat | r92-[ 9°0e oe - waieg se sxoqouexeg 19972852025 8 oe ate on et sauyoa e3ea 30 FequnN st 1 we 7 z ans oata wT | peurguen wag #880q avg wore, eoanos ¥2¥q “Gy ye 20 eayon a9238) 9279 947g PUR BoIn05 FRG fq wey 20123309 Yor J6F SITHERY 03907 YOTIIFAL 19 neve4-35 for sbscissa values less than 7 x 104 ts probably incorrect. They suggested chat the Eaton et al correlation did not adequately account for pipe dimeter and should not be used for pipe dismeters less then 2 inches. Considering the conbined data, the Dukler et al, friction factor achene appesred to be the best while the Guzhoy et al. method yielded the poorest results. Hovever, it was found that the Guthov et ... correlation dtd considerably better for data cases where messured 3, > 0.1. This suggests that the Gushov et al. correlation should not be used for gas pipelines. The magnitude of the statistical results of Table 4.1 {n~ acceptable Job on all the dicate that none of the correlations did date. Using on extensive pipeline dace bank developed at the Untversiry of Galgery, Gregory et at.7? anelyzed 14 models and correlations for predicting friction pressure losses in horizontal two-phase flov. They divided the data bank into aix flow reginen ead applied each mathod to 4 che date, Table 4.2 (end Table 1, Chapter 5) summarizes their ork. ‘They suggested conbining the best Liquid holdup correlation with the best prensure drop predietion to obtain s best design method for each flov repine. HiIl eftecte vere calculated fron GPa Pe Yaz where og =P Ht Og By ‘2 svertical change in elevation euite fron the rcomented combined or hybrid setinds,sopether with the cathoa, vere then coapered to 52 flow tates condzad on 6.08 fen Eo pipeline, 95700 Log vith a2 = 629 fe. Seatietioel pati ap aod che toot acon equate parentage oreo, RIB. a eedicted) = Ap (ob: bx ‘ap: @bserved)TARE 4.2 Hybrid Models Recommended for Various Flow Regines Pressure Drop Flow Regine (Pig. 4.17) Holdup Prediction Method Prediction Method Bubble, Elongated Bubble Hughnark Ghenoveth and Marcin’ Stratified Agraval et Agraval et at.) 30 uM Wave chai’ Dukler et al. slug Mughaark 27 Dukler et 21.14 Annular, Annular Mist Lockhart and Martinel1i3? Ghenoveth and Martin! Dispersed Beggs and Brill? Modi fied Lockhart and Martinelli TABLE 4.3 Comparison of Various Design Methods Design Method i ms Gregory et a1.22 saa 17 Gregory ot al. 7uith tnclination correction factor of Beggs and Brill? © 3.1 11.3 conbined Eatop,et al!xoldop and Dukler et al.!*frtecion = eon Begge and Britt” 2.0 17.3 a7 Flanigan 212.0 18.7‘The comparison appears in Table 4.3 (and Table IZ, chapter 5). Although thetr approach to create hybrid correlations 1# becoming more and more Popular, much of thetr data came from the Houston data bank! and are somevhat questionsble, Brome ® performed « LUmited pressure loss prediction comparison of the Beggs and Brill correlation and the Youn correlation. Using field date on 27 pipeline flov cases, and defining 4, to be the ney of Eq. 4.28, Browne reported the folloving results. ive Yocum — Beggs_end Britt a 0.03 8.61 708 32.93 Dukler et al ta Presented a comparison of the correlations pro- Posed by Baker? ,Bankot!? ,Chenoveth and Martin™, rockhert and Martinel1‘22, and vagt'?, they concluded that the correlations of Bankoff and Yes! were completely inadequate and that the remaining correlations shoved an almost uniform trend with deviations becoming Larger as the pipe diameters increased, Results of the comparison indicated that the Lockhart and Martinell{ correlation vas the most reliable of those considered. Experience has shown that the Eaton et al.!Scorrelation can sive acceptable values for friction factors ££ bounds are placed on the abscissa of Fig. 4.1. Hovever, no attempt has been wade to define the Prectse range of variables for vhich inaccurate values of f are obtained. Curious anonalies have been reported at both lov and high gas/1iquid ratios, The correlation predicts an extrenely large friction factor as singlerphase Liquid flow ts approached, and a negligible friction factor ‘5 single-phase ges {2 approached. It 1s difficult to set bounds on normally measured quantities, but many people feel that the correlation begins to degenerate at GLR values Less than 500 acf/STBL. care should also be exercised vhen extrapolating to pipe sizes larger than 17 inches In @ recent test for which the X-axis vas approxinately 10° and « loga- rithmic extrapolation was made for a dimeter of 32 inches, a pressure loss vas predicted which vas less than that predicted for single-phasegas flow, Yet, the Eaton et al. correlation has been used in many cases where reliable answers have resulted. Rather than merely dis- carding the correlation, it should be used with caution, A dravback of the Eaton et al. energy lose correlation is that liquid viscosity effects are ignored completely. This is a direct result of the fact that the largest Liquid viscosity included in their test data was 13.5 cp. Analysis of Fig. 4.1 also shows that the abscissa is linearly dependent on y,. This is a result of an attonpt to retain the abscissa dimensionless, but is unfortunate in that friction factors 4m ewo-phase flov should aot be ehis dependent upon bg On the basis of the above evaluations perhaps the most valid conclusion that ean be dravn is that the results should not be used to select "best correlations", A larger data bank using a wider range of data, especially with larger pipe sizes, is needed before firm statements can be made on which correlations should be used. Gnsert pg. 4-280) 4.5 Evaluation of Liquid Holdup Correlations Seve: 1 studies have appeared recently which evaluate correlations for predicting liquid holdup. These were by Dukler et at.l4, 0,8I 3 34 > Degance and Atherton *} and Mandene et al.?* Using culled Liquid holdup data in the Houston Data Bank (706 cases), Dukler et al. evaluated the holdup correlations of Hoogendoorn?S, Hughnark 27, and Martinelli2? . None vere considered ‘Adequate and led to development of the Dukler et al. holdup correle- Vohra et ai tion. Degance and Atherton concluded from the Dukler study that, while both che Hughmark and Martinelli correlations failed for i, <0.2, Hughmark appeared to be acceptable in the "middle range", and oogendoorn ‘appeared best for H, near 1.0. They also suggested that the Eaton et al.16 correlation vas best for #, <0.2. Vohra et al.‘Ipublished a comparative study based on the EatonlSand Beggs® dats. Correlations considered were those of Eaton et al., Beggs and Brill”, Dokler et al., Martinelli, Hughsarie and Guhov et a1.74, cogether with « no-slip holdup calevlation, Using4-380 (aeert) ‘A subset of the Be ggs and Eaton data was created which contained only that data for which the measured liquid holdup was lone than 0.1. It was folt that statistical evaluation of these data could give ineight into the relative accuractes of ‘correlations for applications approaching thooe related to gas transmlesion opera ‘Yona, Application of the Beggs and Brill and the Dukler et al friction factor corre~ lations to the subset data gave the following avorage percent errors, Correlation iw Bogga and Brill -6,69% Dubler otal. 4.90% ‘One approach to utilizing statistical results 1s to correct predicted values by & specified constant to hopefully attain a more accurate value, If then if every calculated value of {, were multiplied by a predetermined constant, ‘a, then the average percent error would be 0, ‘The constant a can be derived as 1,7 4,0 + @/100) fee os 1+d/100 a= —+— «corrective constant 148/00 ‘Thus the corrective constants for the Beggs and Brill and the Dukler et al correlations bead Correlation Corrective Constant ‘Beggs and Brill 2.072 Dukder et al. 1.081 ‘A aimilar approach can be used for other percent error equations, Note that correct~428 the sane statistical parameters defined in section 4.4, they determined the results shom in Table 4.4 for H, > 0.1. They also analyzed the performance of each correlation for five ranges of measured Liquid holdup, Elimination of results for H, <0.1 improved the results for the Hughnark and Gushov et al. correlations more than the others. The data bias no doubt improved the results for the Eaton et al. and Begge and Brill correlations. It vas found that the correlations of Eaton et al., Gushov et al. and Beggs and Brill were quite accurate for H, > 0.35. Only the Eaton et al. correlation gave acceptable results for 0.1 TYA soy suyBe noLy porvuFUE ep sua UF vA9H sys0a OFLA senvoeg woyaeqosse> #,a0yzn) Joy sxosouored TeoTsETIEIe Tuyandwos uy popn[Ix9 oon VIEP UOIeZ WI; #502 Ge vez | o-zy-|s-9z | erve-fyrez | 6rty-| 8°ez|9°9z-|6rt2 | 6rey-|zrer | z-us-|e-ze | vec: ay18-0n grsz | cro feror|zee free fere }sv6 [ers Jerez] 6r0 -lerez | scor-|sv6z | ee HrTeuFaeH oez | var fore farm foot |oror fers Jers fersz| evox fovzz | rea frraz | sve saveyson ese | vez Jeror {erst feroz | ovzz fore frre forse | svze face | ste forty | oan sousng wu | ee fever [sez [rete | o-z- | crerlorz -ferun| ty -[are | evs -ett} v0 vorea orsz |y'sz- orar [ory |rret|art-]oror|6rs |avoz| wze-lorer | erty-|oret | 2ve epg zat foro fers [aro -ferw Jerr Jars fart -lerer| ve forse | ort foroz | vzr s380q ole |o]e je | ele} elo} efole |e}e ez wz wz ve we ws squyog e2¥q 30 "ON uv stst[ ost 1 naz ’ z var (0218 odta ward vag 288 wo3e; faaanos ¥3¥% Reerees 36 SB80q avg woe, 8s 3G (Gy't® 2° e904 38239) ty 1-0 ways s2a9039 dnproy pesnseoy yatA e3eG 305 #2]Neoy dnpTOH PINDIT ry meV,fee superscripts BEne 8 H sess ja 3 a a z 7 z Hi iho i i i al 2) 1H : id “a Table 4.5 - Compartzon of (Atcer Mandhene et Correlations by Flow Regine 3,42 4S 40 the root mean square GMS) error. Tt {2 relatively tn- sensitive to errors in the range of small values of holdup, but ts strongly affected by errors in the higher holdup range. It is @ seasure of scatter or Lack of precision. &, 4s the mean absolute error, It ie Lees etrongly affected by large errors than ¢ and 1s an arithnette average of the magnitude of the errors. Like ¢, it 1s @ measure of lack of precision. 4 {5 the simple mean error and te 2 measure of the overall centering or accuracy of the predicted values with respect to the experimental values, since positive and negative errors have celling effect. 4, 49 the mean percentage absolute error, It 1s very sensitive fo errors assoctated vith small measured values of Liquid holdup. It Ae & measure of the lack of precision. 65 8 the mean percentage error. It 1s another measure of the centering or average accuracy of the predictions but it 1s strongly tn- fluenced by errors in the range of low Liquid holdup values. (nsert pe. 4-423) 4.6 Prediction of Horizontal Flow Patterns ‘The relative distribution of gas and Liquid in pipes 18 known 48 flow pattern or flow regine. Many correlations for calculating Pressure drop and/or Liquid holdup are valid for specific regimes, or depend on an ability to predict flov regime, Haat transfer calculations, slug catcher design, etc. also require a knovledge of flow pattern. A brief discussion of flow patterns 42 given in Section 1.7. Figure 4.12 shows the flow patterns encountered in two-phase horizontel flow. Not all authors agree on the names given co different flow patterss-42a (insert) ‘The subset of the Beggs and Eaton data described earlier for H, <0.1 ws also used to obtain average percent errors for four of the liquid holdup correlation: ‘The results, together with the corrective constants follow. Correlation Corrective Constant Beggs and Brill 0.616 Dukler et al. Eaton et al. Martinelli ‘Hughmark ‘Thus If all of the calculated Boggs and Brill predicted Liquid holdup values for Hi <0.1 wore multiplied by 0.616, the average percent error would be 0.0,4-43 ——————_, ‘Serepaed Pow Pur Pig. 4.12 - Flow Patterns in Two-Phase Worizontel Floworn se flow patters map of Baker” is by far the best know vork tm this area, the map appears in Fig. 4,13 and a modification of the snap proposed by Seott3? sich introduced wide bands depicting regions \tterns is shown in Fig. 4.14. The coor of transition between flow Ainates for both maps are Avscisaa = G2 9/6, Ordinate = 6/2 n 4! 2 where, Gy = mass flor rates, 1B,/he- fe Ha peasy” a= (etal the quantities Land pare enpirical devices to make transition Lines for systens other than air and ater coincide with those for an air water systen. wo ro 0} aot oF 16 0 00 1060 ‘B00 Fig. 4.13 - Baker Flow Pattern Map (After Baker >)44s Fig. 4.14 - Baker Flow Pattern Map as Modified by Scott (aster seote 2?) Hoogendoorn’ proposed the general flow pattern map shown in Fig. 4.15. A disadvantage of their coordinates is that the wave and annular-nist regions are crowed into a very small a1 fon the map. vat! see) 26 Fig. 4.15 - Hoogendoorn Flow Pattern Map (After Hoogendoorn?® )4-46 Govier and Aziz stated that the obvious importance of the relative volumes of each phase on flow pattern suggests that Logical coordinates for a sinple flow pattern map are v,, and vy. A revised covier and Onerbiov pattern map using this principle appears in Fig. 4.16. Fig. 4.16 - Revised Govier-Oaer Flow Pattern Map (After Govier and asiz20 ) Govier and Aziz also recomended « modification of the coordi- nates of Fig. 4.16 to enhance use with other than atr-vater systems. The coordinates are redefined as vi, and viz) - fag 4 ML? where v,) = xy, ag" * “eg vy ey447 938/14" °4A'ALI0073A av9 TiolsyadNs oor or ro I TTT 1 —-T 100 000s = 6 S a ° o c = < = & 3 mors . [ 4siw uyinnNy | EEE es “uyanNNY 1 ° mova a7aene @aivoNno1a ‘a7eene gas/id‘'§, ‘ALI0073A Gino AWidis¥3dNs oor }o10z er a125 Fig. 4.17 + Mandhane et al. Horizontal Flow Pattern Map (After Mandhane3 x- (an) Mandhane et al?° proposed a map which ts an extension of the work of Govier and Ariz. The map is shown tn Fig. 4.17 (and Fig. 5.8). Knowles 163° developed a flow pattern correlation based on the sane Z-tnch and G-inch data used to develop the Eaton et af ‘Liquid ‘holdup and energy loss factor correlations, Their map ts shown in Fig. 4.18, The complexity of the ordinates and the abscissa dependency on Liquid holdup make this map difficult to use. The mixture viscosity te defined as ye iy hy + Hy Bye ° ST oT Loner sate * Fig. 4.18 - Kaovles et al. Horizontal Flow Pattern Map (After Knowles 1630 ) Gould et at developed flow pattern maps for vertical flow, flov at an inclination of +45° and horizontal flov, Their coordinates were W., and N,, and flow regine boundaries were draim on the basis of which phase vas continuous, Fige. 4.19, 4.20 and 4.21 show thes1 4-69 : ae i 38 ; 3 243 ake SS or boa SESE 2 oak po ONZE LG Pag iP 4 < pl 3 3 Taunton erent ty ay Fig. 4.21 = Gould et al. Horizontal Flov Ragine Map (After Gould etFROUDE NUMBER, Ney 4-50 Alchough only Pig. 4.21 te for horizontel flow, exenination of all chree maps together clearly {Illustrates the grovth of the "Both Phases Continuous" region as flow goes fron vertical to horizontal. The maps also indicate that the curved Lines separating ges phase contiquous and fe independent of inclinetion. The sane 1s true for sparating Liquid phase continuous and alternating alzernating phases the straight Lines phases. sap for horizontal Beggs and Brill’ developed « flow pattern flow vhich divided flov into three flow patterns. Prediction of hortsontel flow pattern 1s required to obtain liquid holdup when using ehete correlation. Aa iaproved revision to their original flow pattern imap 12 shovn in Figs. 4.22 and 3.22. Equations describing flow pattern boundaries were given on pgs. 3-58 and 3-59. 1000. T T T DISTRIBUTED —_-74 100, 10. Le . “origina Boundaries Revised Boundart. at L 1 0001 +001 01 a 1 INPUT LIQUID CONTENT, A, an Fig. 4.22 - Revised Bagge snd Brill Plow Pattern Mapast Te fs difficult to state with certainty which of the preceding flow pattern maps is the best. Certainly it would be dangerous to create "pybeid models which us person's pressure loss prediction correlation that {s flow pattern dependent. Pashaps the greatest value of flow pattern maps is thet, when sizing a pipeline to operate in a given flow regine, several ‘maps can be consulted to give increased confidence that the size ts fone person's flow pattern map with another correct. Example 4.8 Determine the flow pattern that extats for the problen of Example 4.1 for each of the following flow pattern maps: Baker, Hoogen- doorn, Revised Covier-Oner, Mandhane et al, Knowles et al, Could et al, and Beggs and Brill. 1, Determine Baker coordina! a)” e5[ 1359 ( 2)? cig = 22.65 and flow pattern “ats a7 a= |b a) - [epaene)) sas 6, = %(3600)/4 = (15.664) (3600)/1.396 = 4,039 x 10° (360 (2800/4 = (265,373) (3600)/1.396 = 6.328 x 10° = 6, 2 8/6, = (4.039 x 104 11.13) (22.65)/6,328 x 10°452 = 16.09 ordinate = 64/2 = 6.328 x 10°/11.13 = 5.69 = 108 Frou Fig, 4.13, flow pattern ts annular mist. 2, Determine Hoogendoorn coordinates and flow a, 7 0.98 13,191 ft. . 9.3048 meters = 4 m/sec Fee fe tern From Fig. 4.15, flow pattern ie between stratified and wave, SE ee all (eee) (eas) 3.0 P,_yu/3 x- Cato) 1/3 = GB) auen « 999 Mag Yop (9.99) (12.867) 128.56 Ver” ¥ Yen, (2.81) (0.264)433 = 0.48 From Fig. 4.16, flow pattern is anlar nist. 4, Determine Mandhane et al flow p velocities should not be corrected for fluid physical properti ern, (They state that superficial -) For v,_ = 12.867 ra, 7 0-26 From Fig. 6.17, flow pattern is slug. 5, Determine Knovies et al. coordinates and flow pattern. (Not Eaton et alt, = 0.09 vintep vint was EE ete BY a Use Absets vy = Yak = 0,266 = 2.93 fe/aee HO 0.09 . vy * Yep = 12,867 = 14.14 ft/ace S Ta Ost 2-09 + 2 3 Absctou = (653) (389) [2A (2699)" G09 + 2.69. G1.20*cen% | 4.608 = 2.289 x 10° ALT58 = (1.359) (.09) + (0.0233) (.91) 0.16 = 2488) (261,038) (,09)? = 1.69 x 104 (2.333) (0.14) Fron Fig. 4.18, flov pattern is froth or mist. 6, Determine flow pattern for Gould et al. Nyy * 0-891 WL = 43.639 From Fig. 4.21, flow pattern 1s on line between both pl and alternating phases, and near transition zone to gas phase continu- jes continuous 7. Determine Beggs and Brill coordinate and flow pattern, Flow regine ‘was found to be segregated in Example 4.2. (insert pgs. 4-542 to 4-54)) 4.7 Use of Panhandle Equations in Two-Phase Flow Many gas pipelines in ration today have stgnificant azounts of water or condensate that flov vith the gas. Normally the gas/liquid Yatios for these Lines are very high and seldom are they less than 10° scf/STBL. These Lines are bordering on the range where they could almost be called pipelines for erudes having higher GLR's. Cas traneni companies usually deal vith "dry gases" and as such are sore accustomed to expressing Liquid loading or presence of Liquids in the line in terms of Bble/iMiscf. Gas Lines normally operate between 100 Bbls/tisct (GLR = 10,000) and 0 BbIs/Hisct. The basic question which mst be answered when designing gas Pipelines which will also be flowing Liquids 1s should the calculations be based on singl on hase flow formulas or on two-phase flov correlations4-540 4.62 ‘Taitel-Dukler Dimensionless Momentum Balance Equation Recently an excellent model was presented by Taitel and Dukler® which gives a mechanistic analysis of flow regime boundaries for horizontal and near= orizontal flow, ‘The basis for the Taltel-Dukler model Is that the most common flow regime for horizontal flow is stratified liquid, When considering other flow regimes, one must examine the mechanism by which a change from stratified flow ‘can be expected to occur. Stratified flow models can be described best with a separated flow model ‘hich Involves writing ¢ momentum balance for each phase, Pertinent nomen~ lature is given in Fig. 4.228, )) = 5 0 Figure 4.22a Taitel-Dukler Nomenclature Sy 8, and S, are surface areas of the gus, Interface and liquid, respectively, and o Js shear stress, A momentum balance for each phase Is Liquid: Sofa) "sane HenensAUy “GUAGEAGNAEARS A(R) esti Pa ALeamene cass ag (8-28-24 8,-F— Ag EMI 0 Assuming negligible transverse elevation gradient in the liquid phase, then dp/@X Is, Identical for both liquid and gas and4-84 LAL Tee a. (v/a, +/A,) + (47 o,) Bein a0. ‘The shear stresses in Eq. (4,928) are defined by baad ‘Taitel and Dukler assumed that for smooth stratified flow, f,~ f, and vg2? ty The later asmumption ban questionable validity, Friction factors are frequently expressed in the following generalized form f=, per for liquids f=C,Nj.™ for gases. For separated flow, it 1s necessary to replace diameters in the Reynolds numbers ‘with hydraulic diameters, ‘Thus Nye = ELL ‘Asouming that the wall shear of the Liquid is similar to that of open channel flow and thatthe wall sbear of the gas Is stmilar to closed duct flow, Agrawal” showed that the hydraulic diameters could be defined as: 4a ae540 Substitution of the above expressions into Eq, (4.522) ylelds adie 6 (ey ae Be *L - AL ppv d \™ pv? -C,(_s_g | ak Ye saviessacsatpencsaese 44890 <(mnenmene ‘altel and Dukler transformed Eq. (4.32) to a dimensionless momentum balance equation by defining the following dimensionless variables. A superscript ~ over a variable designates It as dimensionless,asad 4 et ayy Pervercme’ jr AASB, 8) ‘Note that all of the dimensionless variables are functions of %, only. ‘A pressure gradient can be defined based on superficial gas velocity as 4tev? 4c ‘do | gig eg | a). Fd a and on superficial Liquid velocity as 2 (8) ~ Aft tn Ao sk i ad ‘Two additional dimensionless variables can now be defined (82/2 gp, xe |e GR, (oy -?, (B/E Note that X 1s the Lockhart and Martinelli parameter. Combining all dimensionless variables with Eq. 4.92 results in a very compact dimensionless stratified flow momentum balance equation.asic = 4.324 .046, n=m=0.2, For laminar flow, C=C; =16,n=m=1.0. A vs X for various values of Y is given in Fig. 4.22b. The curve for Y= 0 4,22b tei tid lal far oti le (ult Ki, Vela oan ge 4,6 Taitel-Dukler Flow Regime Determination ‘Taitel and Dukler presented criteria for the following changes of flow regimes.ot Stratified to Intermittent Stratified to Anmular Intermittent to Dispersed Bubble Stratified Smooth to Stratified Wavy Annular to Intermittent or Dispersed Bubble Each of these criteria are given below. Stratified to Intermittent () or Annular (AD) Consider a flow system in which stratified flow occurs. As the liquid rate 4s creased, the Liquid level rises and a wave ia formed which can grow until it forms a slug of liquid resulting in Intermittent Flow. At lower gas rates, the slug 4s stable, At higher gas rates, the Liquid forms an annulus with some entrainment at very high gas rates, ‘This is termed the Annular-Dispersed Liquid (AD) flow regime, Taltel and Dukler describe several theories for quantifying wave formation. ‘They defined a parameter F. where Intermittent () to Annular (AD) ‘The determining factor of whether Annular or Intermittent flow develops from stratified flow as liquid rate increases depends uniquely on the liquid level in4-5i¢ the pipe, ‘Taitel and Dukler suggested that if 8, <.5 the flow regime will be AD and ih, = 0.8 then Intersaltont aw develops. Since the transition occurs at a specific vatue of, then for ¥ = 0 (horizontal flow), It also cocurs ata ungue value of X. Solution of Eq. 4,324 for h, = 0,5 and ¥=0 results in X=1.6, ‘Stratified Smooth ($8) to Stratified Wavy (SW) ‘will be inftiated at a stratified surface when pressure and shear work wa on a wave can overcome viscous dissipation in the waves, The mechanism for energy transfer is not well understood, Taitel and Duller defined « parameter K 2 °Y, Yee (Oy ~ TE cose AL ‘The criteria for forming waves and moving from $$ to SW Is thet 18 called the Jeffreys sheltering coefficient, altel and Dukler suggest o.01, that Intermlttent () to Dispersed Bubble (DB) For Intermittent flow, as the equilibrium liquid level approaches the top of the pipe, the gas tend: to mix with the Liquid, ‘Taitel and Dukler suggest that the transition to dispersed bubble flow occurs when the turbulent fluctuations are strong ‘enough to overcome the buoyant forces tending to retain the gas at the top of the pipe. ‘They defined a parameter T Torah, TVG op eco8t4-5uh Dispersed bubble flow was determined to occur when ‘The preceding eriteria for flow regime boundaries can be used to predict ‘Now regime for both horizontal and near-borizontal flow. ‘Taitel and Duller did not state an inclination angle at which their Now regime boundaries are no longer valid, For the special case of horizontal flow where ¥ = 0, they crested the flow regime map of Fig. 4.226, (esas Figure 4,22c ~ Generalized Flow Regime Map for Horizontal Two-Phase Flow altel and Dukler used their flow regime boundary criteria to generate flow regime ‘mapa with the Mandiaac et al. coordinates. Sample maps for various flow parameters are shown in Figs. 4.22d-4.22h, Fig, 4,22d wae generated for data which were very ‘similar to that used by Mandhane et al, ‘The similarity of flow regime boundaries454i tends to verify the Taitel and Dukler mode Fig. 4.22¢ demonstrates that pipe diameter has a significant effect on flow regime and that for large pipes, stratified flow will persist to much higher gas rates. Fig, 4.22f was generated to show the effect of fluid properties and pressure, Comparison of Fig, 4.22f with 4,22d and 4.22e shows that for a high pressure hydro- carbon system, the transition from smooth to wavy stratified flow and from stratified to annular flow shifts to gas velocities an order of magnitude lower. The primary cause for the shift 1s higher gas density. Te has Long been recognized that slight positive inclination angles promote slug formation and slight negative inclinations promote stratification. ‘This is also verified in Figs. 4.22g and 4.22h which show that angles as low as *i° cause signifl- cant changes, Figure 4.224 Figure 4.226 hae ! 4 1 | r te 908 G00 + Toe ease Wb imines Oh enveeed Ged experiment Wee i 28°, atm, ato ive anc on tastionbeandren tere Renee 256, Vm Novena ney 7 yeni oo (el 198 gine dain to Menthe come:454) caves otscasto r Te 68 Fo, Ub eare at of ait pape on vation dat Crd ‘send yacht, htt Figure 4,22g Pigure 4,228 DSreRseD ese (08) J Sots fy \ Serta eee bene termes et cnn mihi Waa, tat atin ion dn, We, Tem, Sem dans reton BC tom Sen dams woe,455 No concrete ansver is given in this section, but an alternate te suggested vhich will certainly make two-phase flow and single-phase flow results easier to compare and understand, ‘As im the case of two-phase flow, single-phase gas flow formulas are also derived froi an energy balance equation. One of the earliest solutions for horizontal gas flow wes the Weymouth equation. Basically, all equations published for calculating (or pipe sizes) ditter only in how they account for gas compressibility factor, friction factor or deviation fron horizontal, ‘The most precise of the horizontal flow equations 1s probably the Clinedinst? equation viich includes a rigorous integration of the energy equation, but is also time consuming to use. Although never stated before, it should be recognized that use of @ couputer program such veloped for two-phase flow would duplicate the CLinedinst results. This fact 1s obvious vhen one realizes that a finite deference solution to the energy equation is what would result if the tworphase flow algorithm vere used for gas only. ‘The difference in the Fesults vould essentially be dependent only on the muaher of pre flow rates or pressure drops would be fo Length increnents used to traverse the entire pipe length. No attempt 1s made here to cover all equations that have been Published. Hovever, the two used most frequently, the Panhandle A and the Panhandle 8°°%2r revised Panhandle), are presented and discussed. Several versions of theequetions have appeared in the Literature, vith the prinary differences being the unite used and vhether or not com Pressibility effects are accounted for. The Panhandle A foruula can be expressed as: Tyt-07881 eae * s.9( grea _ gan sevens a where = gas flow rate, ecf/D a, tees A cD T, = dase tenpersture, °R (4.0, 520°R)14.7 psta) E = etftetency = upstream pressure, psia = downstream pressure, psia = average flowing tesperature, °R L= length of Line segment, miles Y_ "gas gravity (air = 1.0) 4@= 1.0, of pipe, inches = coupressibility factor at @ mean pressure and temperature Implicit in the Panhandle A formula {s the folloving equation for friction factor: sy, 0207305 : Perms. B Sl de etl a elite el peg de npyeeiiyapinrsipimprpernnie Sista ad eat eee = eee aces Seale aed ei ais ao lasts Goranenc tu matey aut ot cane tater tee ne Phin pinyin aan oyetn pppeigineegh mer ee ater457 ' Tyvlo2 p28 py) - pgs pp) 25 he (2) eee is Pe 0.96 fi TL 4.35 where compressibility correction = ar x 10 cs20/7 985 The various methods for determining transntssion factors and the effects of efficiency on flow rate were presented by Coates”, Fig. 4.23 desonstrates the diversity of existing techniques, The parameter K in Fig, 4.28 1s the absolute roughness in ft. TH oes eT a, Ottset/D) Hg. 6.23 ~ Teanentonton Tactone vt GaeTlow Race fgp various Equations (Acer causes,458 Most experts recommend using values of 0.90 to 0.92 for E vhen dry gas flovs through new pipe. As the pipe becones older and subject to various degrees of corrosion, paraffin deposition, hydrate formation, ate., the efficiency vill decline, even for éry gas. The presence of Liquids in the gas phase can cause drastic reduction in pipeline effictency factors Gould and Ransey'® analyzed the role of the efficiency factor concept for wet gas pipelines, Eq. 4.33 can be revritten for dis~ cussion purposes for a given pipeline as 50-5396 aece [ao] - sees 36 ‘This clearly shows that the deliverable gas flow rate i a function of the pressure profile and flov efficiency. When gas and liquid flow simultaneously, an equivalent E can be determined for any of the tvo- phase flov correlations. A tvorphase pressure profile is first cal- culated for the pipeline. Resulting pressures are then used in Eq. 4.33, or 4.35 to calculate E. Liquid flow rate {s used only vhen determining the overall pressure drop vith the two-phase flov correlation. Utiliz~ ing this concept, variation of equivalent single-phase gas efficiency factors with such parameters as gas flow rate, Liquid loading, pipe Ataneter, pipe inclination, and tvo-phase flov correlation vas analyzed. For several years offshore pipeline designs have been approved by the Federal Pover Comission on the basis of Fig. 4.24. The curve vas based on field data fro a 15-in. pipe for liquid loadings of 0-100 BbL/Msef, That the curve does not peak at an effictency of 92% (es dry gas) demonstrates the danger of using the curve. Fig. 4.25 shows how the curve of Fig. 4.26 was expanded vith Limited data to cover Pipe sizes up to 30-inch, Technology has ‘improved to the point thet these figures should no longer be used to design vet gas pipeline: Flanigan!” showed that © decreases with liquid loading. Figure 6.26 shove an example of E decline using two-phase flow correle- tions for a horizontal pipeline. Gould and Reneey avggest that the Beggs and Bril1” correlation be used for wet ges pipelines since it degenerates to 92% efficiency at low Liquid loading and also matched4-59 (gS2t0r4 Pur pinen 39230) eAang AousTOTISa MOLE OId (a/32810) 4% * very “Staa, OMisc£/D) Fig. 4.25 - Flow Efficiency Curves for Several Pipe Sizes (From Fed. Pover Com. Docket No, CP 68.)61 Cg f2P20E PEE pIn09 30230) Barptoy prnbyy 30 wopaoung ¥ se soning KouDx>}JJq TXEARS 70 uosTseducy - 92°” “Bz a I iV4-62 field data on the Gulf Coast better than other correlations. The diver- sity of results in Pig. 4.26 42 dleconcerting; hovever, the shape of all Lines clearly shovs that there should be a curve on Fig. 4.24 for each Liguid Loading. Gould and Rensey algo analyzed the effect of pipe inclination on effictency, Slight uphill rises over the entire length of a pipeline can cause significant increases in Liquid holdup and thus in pr for the sane gas rate. This causes effictency to decline. Figure 4.27, bi fon the Beggs and Brill correlation and a rise of 30 ft/uile, shows the efft- clency decline with decreasing gas rate and increasing Liquid loading. Fi ture 4,28 shovs how efficiency can change vith pipeline inclination and gas rate for a constant Liquid loading. These curves tend to explain the shape of the FPC curve in Fig. 4.24 at low gas rates, and the decline in efficiency ‘at gas rates above 150 Misc#/D could be a result of kinetic energy effects deconing important. The peaks in the curves of Fig. 4.28 are a result of a alight discontinuity in the Beggs and Brill friction factor correlation. ‘The 0 ft/mile rise should theoretically have an efficiency that is con- stant with flow rate, Frequently, gas lines have pressures fixed at both the inlet and exit ends. Preset pressures can be a result of contractual obligations or recomended operating pressures for the pipe being used. When the pressures ure drop, tre toy the prvier beeen ont of eatetating the gu ate (inthe tse ce sanesgare gee flow) othe gue aed guid see #8 the flow Cevpare teh evn be pare Seog n pi of pen apt The Tt tie yeviont ata msi be un co vlve fo elses gy of 08 ant tun prnvere,Hoevesy the Se-phne flow crcelat ona sot deste ce ete fo flow sate there Hor eaevatone Semele tl extneHorealy te aria Taste Ln seeidced costae at he Uiqld vate fa vried wsit the cevece preva opto stained, The vesting gar flv rate cam then be suucntd tate the appropiac Pshndle Egon eo stain the Te is believed that the Dukler et al. correlation® tends to overpredict pressure loss (low £) and the Beggs and Brill correlation” Soy woteapetin peur lens Gogh. gts! femendaon ht ‘Thus, when the total pressure drop is set, tvo- 1 single-phase gii g2 @ 22 2 8 8 ¢ # g 2 ee4-66465 both correlations be used to establish upper and lover bounds on B. Since many pipelines have both rises and falls, they can be divided into a series of connected pipeline segments, Using tvo-phas pressure loss calculations on an incremental basis, pressures can be cal- culated at each node or connection point. Equivalent effictences can then be calculated for each seguent. Example 4.9 ‘Assume that the pressure gradient from the Beggs and Brill correlation in Example 4.2 1s constant over the entire length of a 40 atle Long pipeline with an inlet pressure of 2750 psia. Determine the ‘equivalent single-phase gas efficiency based on the Panhandle A formul, 1, Determine outlet pressure, P, Fy, 7 (AD ae = 2750 = (40) (5280) (0.00236) = 2251.6 psta poe Ee 4% oss eyom™ . 400 x 10° 2150)" = 2251.6) 618% conf ao eae 6 4,8 Miscellaneous Pipeline Design Problens The simultaneous flow of gas and liquid th pipelines causes ‘ating problens not present with single-phase pipelines. The several op4-66 increase in offehore production activity has spamned many of these problens, Whenever produced fluids are floved to centralized gathering and separation facilities, tworphase pipelines are encountered. Some of the specific problens frequently encountered are covered in the following sections, Pigging When gas and liquid flow in hilly terrain pipelines, Liquid tends to accumulate in the lov spots or valleys of the pipeline. Condensation due to lov temperatures can ca wise singl Liquid holdup and resulting slug formations will occur whenever super- the sane situation to occur in other hase gas pipelines. It is generally felt that significant fictal gas velocities are less than 12 ft/sec. (at the other extrene, operated at v,, values above 180//Fj.) This Mquid holdup problen {s econontcally significant due to the reduction in ving equipment such as larger pumps, separators, storage tanks, and slug catchers to handle large variable amounts of Liquid. Injection of few pipelines a1 Pipeline efficiency and to the requirenent for additional re spheres or pigs into pipelines to renove Liquid accumulations and Improve pipeline efficiency {s a common procedure in land-based ptpe- Lines. It is less common in offshore Lines due primarily to the fear of stuck pigs. McDonald and Baker? presented a detailed aethod for predicting the operation of @ multiphase pipeline with rubber spheres. They pro~ posed to divide the pipeline into several sections depending upon the number of spheres in the pipeline at a given tine, Each section contains four zones as shown in Fig. 4.29. They presented equations necessary to Perform calculations in each zone. Since this is a transient systen with ‘each zone alvays changing in length, the pressure drop will not be constant with time, At @ given tine, all pressures and velocities can permite estinating the Pressure fluctuations at any location with time. When analyzing the econoates of operating a pipeline, the cost be calculated. Calculations at several tin Of aphering and liquid storage facilities must be compared vith increased Pipeline efficiency. Baker et al.‘ atete that, in general, « system4-67 (gg224" PUP PrevogoR Z0a7V) soxoYds zoqgmy YITA OUFTOdZE SHEYEFIINA 203 sUOTINATAIETG PIMLE = 62"9 “Fa Pp 2 ' q 1 > | 3NOZ 3NOZ | 13M ainoid lo3Hsinevis33y mors Mold | STIVM 3did | ONI3B MONA 3SVHdILINW| «GINdIT \ 3NOZ MO14 SVD | ~ASVHdILINW468 with spheres may be attractive at the lover range of gas velocities and when Liguta loading varies fron 10 to 100 Bbl/Mtact. ‘A najor variable tn the design of multiphase flow pipelines 1s ‘the optiaun tine between sphere launchings. For each set of operating ‘conditions and pipe dianeter, there will be a most effective value of time betveen launchings. Baker et al.’ presented Fig. 4.30 to eatinate the re Note that the © line would represent no pigsing operation. This curve has the sane shape as the curves in Fig, 4.26. ‘Another major variable is the volume of liquid which will be removed by a sphere, Liquid separation or storage volume at the sphere receiving end rust be capable of handling the maximum size slug. Assuming 100% removal cffictency of a ephere, and that all Liquid removed by the ephere ie In the form of a continous slug, then the volume can be estimated by integrating the held vp liquid in the pipe. Under steady state flow conditions, this is called the liquld retention or liquid inventory in the pipe, V,, and can be estimated from vote fae anS (a) , re {tionship between Liquid loading, E, and time between spheres. seeeeeeeee HoT ‘Thus the pipeline is divided into n calculation length increments and an average Liquid holdup is determined for each increment, Summing the liquid volumes 1m all calculation increments ylelds the total Liguid volume retained in the pipe- line. ‘The calculations can be made over any intermediate segment of the plpe- Une, such as the length between spheres, to determine the volume in that seg~ ment, When more than one sphere Ls in the pipeline at a given time, errors are introduced due to the lack of steady state flow, However, if zones a and d in Fig, 4.29 are the longest zones, then the error can be minimal since zones b and tend to be compensating. Calculation of liquid inventory is also important for estimating maxi~ mum alug lengthe due to rate changes. If the input flow rates of gas and liquid4-69 }O4UG 19337) S9UFT eEyE-OML Jo KOUDTDTII MOLA O42 UO sOxEYds 30 290733 - soemvsea snmagia oMn34N2 anor cen “ata sowanousan anriaata $9change, then the steady state value of V, also changes. Increasing rates tend to reduce V, whereas decreasing rates will increase V,. If rates are increased, ‘the maximum possible slug size willbe the difference in the two V,, values at the steady state rates, Prediction of Liguid Slug Characteristi Many studfes have been published which pertain to the mechanisms Important in slug formation and movement in pipes. Uatil receatly, no attempt has been made to combine the necessary mechanistic models into a method which ‘can approximate those variables important in two-phase pipeline and riser pipe design. Recent studles by Schmidt*’, Dukler and ubbard’®, Juprasert®®, ‘Taitel and Dukler*®, and Machado"° represent significant advances in predicting slug formation and movement in pipelines and riser pipes. All of these studies, with the exception of Taitel and Dukler, were based in some way on data obtained in small diameter pipes, The extent to which any of these studies can be applied to large diameter pipelines is unknown, ‘Most investigators agree that the Important factors to be considered when studying liquid slug behavior are the following: 1. Flow Pattern 2, Slug Frequency, v 3, Gas Bubble Velocity, vip 4. Liquid slug Velocity, vy oF v, 5. Gas Bubble Longth, Ly oF Ly 6, Liquid Slug Length, Lor Ly Flow pattern predictions were presented in an earlier section. Items 2-6 are discussed below. Figs, 4.90a and 4.30b describe slug flow terminology for vertical and horizontal flow. Schmidt observed that slug characteristics auch as items 2-6 above do not change significantly from a horizontal pipeline to a riser. Thus, from a design viewpoint, slug characteristics in a pipeline just upstream from a riser pipe will probably also occur in the riser, Schmidt alo showed that verticalan Figure 4.30a ~ Control Volume for Vertical Slug FlowMachado Model (oor CONTROL VOLUME EHTS y, CONTROL. VOLUNE Y GAS BUBBLE Y Y _ LLZZZ LDN LL LLL LLL Dukler-Hubbard Model SECTION 2-2" @) Figure 4.30b; Horizontal Slug Flow Models4-13 flow pattern maps work extremely well for rleer pipes when the connecting plpe- line is horizontal. Juprasert, however, showed that existing vertical flow pattern maps are almost useless for describing riser pipe flow patterns when the connecting pipeline is slightly Inclined. Since the Schmidt and Juprasert studies are still proprietary, they cannot be described in greater detail. Prediction of flow pattern is also complicated by the combined effects: ‘of mimerous hills and valleys. Liquid will tend to accumulate inthe valleys until a critical volume accumulates, resulting in movement ofall or part of the slug to the next valley, Such movement is anything but steady state, and cannot be predicted with exiting knowledge, Slug Frequency Perhaps the most commonly used correlation for predicting aug frequency was developed by Gregory and Scott", 1t was based on horizontal flow in 0,75 tn, and 1.50 in, pipe, Frequency is calculated from y=0.0226 f(eet-»,)]" . sere 4.88 where v= alug frequency, sec ‘no-élip Liquid holdup = inside pipe diameter, ft ‘er Yq = Superficial mixture velocity, ft/sec = mixture Froude number (v,.7/¢ d) Gas Bubble Velocity, ‘Bubble velocities in flowing and statle (stagnant) liquid streams have been measured and correlated by several lavestigators, Some of the more im- portant literature sources are described below. umitresca™ showed that the velocity of a single gas bubble rising {n a static vertical liquid column can be expressed byan seve 499 wre fete 7} (Se Values determined by various Investigators for C, have rangod from 0.926 to 0.351. For a moving liquid column, Griffith and-waltt®® showed thatthe mbble velocity relative to the liquid above the bubble could be expressed as ‘Tho constant C, 19 nearly always 0,35 wheres the coetilolet C, 1s a fmction of Reynolds aumbers based on ¥,. sod vj, Eq. 4.40 was included in the alug low ‘regime portion of the Orkiszewski cotrelation covered in Chapter 3. ‘When both Liquid and gas flow through a pipe, the gas bubble velocity 1s leo influenced by both the velocity profile and the Liquid holdup distribution of the Liquid slug. Nicklin et al.°4 preseated the following equation for the bubble velocity in a flowing liquid column. 4.40 ‘> t ecg 10.956, [ 880E ND] i cceceeee ot ‘They found that the coefficients C,, and C, were 1.2 and 1.0, respectively. ‘Many articles have been published in recent years on gas bubble velocity {for slug flow in horizontal pipes. Singh and Gritnth®® determined the following relationship +442 Wp O95 Voy HTS vreeeeeeee ‘They were unable to explain the reason for the constant 1.15, which appears to ‘represent the bubble rise velocity in stagnant vertical liquid column, Hubbard” obtained the following equation for horizontal slug flow. fog 75 cere 449For horizontal slug flow Gregory and Scott"! have reported My 1.95 vy, ‘Mattar and Grogory®” recently published a study In which the Inclination of the pipe was varied from 0-10 degrees above the horizontal. They determined that the bubble velocity in a flowing system could be determined from fy 80 Y,#9070 even seed ‘They also stated that the constant 0.70 can have no physical significance for the horizontal case, ‘Liguld slug Velocity Prediction of Liquid slug velocity for horizontal or vertical slug flow has received little attention in the literature, Neglecting any liquid which wets the pipe wall or Js entrained in gas bubbles, then all liquid flows in the form of slugs. If Liquid holdup values are avallable from empirical correlations, then estimates of the liquid elug velocity can be obtained from aT Me eee 46 ‘Another common assumption 1s to assume that the gas bubble velocity and Liquid slug velocity are {dentical. Gas Bubble and Slug Let In fully developed slug flow, it is convenient to define a control volume con- sisting of a gas bubble and a liquid slug. In Fig. 4.30a the control volume would be ‘Lt lay The control volume for horizontal flow is clearly marked in Fig. 4.30, ‘Neglecting any gas entrainment in the Liquid, Liquid bubbles in the gas, o liquid films along the pipe wall, continuity considerations require that seeeeseee GAT476 4.48 Letty? + Dukler and Hubbard presented the first physical model which permite a realistic description of slug flow in a horizontal pipe, After carefully observing slug movement in a laboratory test facility, they concluded that a liquid slug reaches constant length and moves in a very predictable manner. A liquid film flows along the bottom of a pipe at a slower velocity than the alug. ‘The faster moving slug grows at Its leading edge by picking up liquid from the fim, However, it loses Liquid to the film from its trailing edge at the same rate, The gas bubble and Liquid slug ‘velocities are essentially identical, A very complex set of equations was presented or describing slug flow behavior. Thelr slug flow model 1s shown in Fig, 4.30. Machado found that the simplified model shown in Fig. 4.30b was adequate for approximating the Dukler-Hubbard model. The slug velocity can be determined from Eqs. 4.42-4.45. He determined from analyzing Schmidt's” data that the film veloolty can be estimated as 0.3 vay hy ‘The Liquid control volume length can be calculated from + 4,50 Ly7¥,/¥=% ety ‘where ¢, is the time for passage of slug control volume . Conservation principles result in the following expression for the time to pass a single gas bubble ante tart? oe ‘The liquid time, and the ges and Liquid slug lengths are thenL,=v,t cesta 459 ‘°'s'g Lyf sees see 5h ‘Machado also presented a method to estimate the volume of the liquid slug. He termed this as the slug head which comprised the Liquid slug and the slower moving film. The fraction of the pipe occupied by the film, Hy, can be calculated from + 455, ‘The volume of the slug head Is then Vou" Vetug’ Vim SLL C-HPAL tt Mp HpAp eee ‘Application of the Machado model to pipeline problems has not been attempted and xno assurance of meaningful results can be given. Design of Slug Catche ‘When spheres are used to remove liquid or when severe slugging occurs, ‘without the use of spheres, spectal separation equipment called slug catchers are frequently used, Separation Is based on reducing fluid velocities to promote a stratified flow regime and subsequent gravity separation. ‘Velocity reduction is achieved by enlarging the pipe diameter. A rule of thumb which has no engineering significance Is that the gas velocity cannot exceed 5 ft/sec for liquid removal to occur. A far more reliable criterion for determining slug catcher dlameter would be based on flow pattern maps. Slug catchers must not only promote stratification, but must also be capable of handling the largest slug volume without permitting slug formation in the slug4-78 catcher. Thus, selecting slug oatcher length is an Important part of the slug "finger storage" catcher design. To conserve on land area, It Is common to ‘which Is essentially mesh of interconnected slug catchers. ‘Machado®? presented design criteria which used the Taitel-Dukler flow pattern model with a new analyala for predicting slug catcher diameter. If flow characteristics Immediately upstream from the outlet end of a pipeline are predicted to be Intermittent, then the slug catcher dlameter must be increased until the para~ ‘meter F in Section 4, 6b Is reduced to the boundary separating Stratified and Inter- ralttent flow. The minimum diameter for the slug catcher can then be calculated by solving the Taitel-Duler F equation for d. seseeeeees 457 A safety factor can be introduced by using the next largest common (or available) pipe size. The gas flow rate in Eq. 4.57 should be that of the gas bubble in the guid slug contrel volume of Fig. 4.200, Thus ig eA HAD ‘Ae a slug passes Into the slug catcher or finger storage, the liquid level will rige, reaching its maximum level as the tail of the slug leaves the pipeline. ‘The minimum liquid level oceurs just prior to slug arrival, This slug absorption process Is depicted in Fig. 4,30c, ‘The length of the slug catcher must provide sufflolent volume to prevent the maximum liquid level from exceeding the equilibrium Liquid level (eee Fig, 4,22b) that results in slug formation in the slug catcher. ‘To determine H, in Fig. 4.90¢ it is first necessary to solve Eq. 4.57 for the F corresponding to the diameter of actual slug catcher pips to be used. The Inequality for establishing the boundary between Intermittent and s:ratified flow can + 458oor BnIs 217 UY SssoOLA Wo drosqy BnIS :20¢"p omndL Tearsay 35 0} Loree soyoND Uy oRNeTESTA PIT [CHF] CHT, ZIT ee Tearaay Sms Supmoyoa soyoreD wy woreTsyeTG PINbTT4-80 thea be solved for. For torzonal flow, canbe obtalned by fret wang Fig 4.200 to obtain a valu ofX and thon using Fg. 4.220 and Yad to obtain. Once the maximum equim gud level, is aown, to angle mbtending the eid love chord ean be callie from erteota-).. + 4.59 ‘The maximum Liguld holdup in the elug catcher is then calculated from = sine ot an ‘To determine the average liguld holdup n the elug catcher, Hit 1s necessary to calculate the Lockhart and Martinellt X parameter for the slug catcher diameter and solve the Taltel-Dukler momentum balance equation (Eq. 4.324) for i. Hy can then be evaluated using Eqs. (4. 59) and (4.60). ‘The alug eatcher length necessary to handle the slug head volume of Eq. (4.55) {n caleulated from Yeu ‘The above design procedure appears to have merit, but can be verified only by com- paring remults with operating slug catchers, L sees 6oan Flow in Riser Pipes Yoous* states that offshore production aystens have suffered losses in flov capacity of up to 50% because of poor design of the riser pipe connecting a two-phase pipeline to a platfora floor. Similar losses pass Ehrough have been experienced in elevated pipevays or vhen pipelin 4 steep incline before reaching shore. These slug flow generation systens fare shown in Fig, 4.31. This loss in capactty is result of slug flow formation in the risers. Much of the capacity loss 1s apparently from the requirement of increasing the outlet pressure until Liquid slugging and pressure fluctuations are reduced to the point where avatl- able separation and storage facilities can handle slug volumes. Thus the operation becomes one of reducing velocities until a flow pattern is changed, Griffith and Wallis”? presented the flow pattern map for vertical tworphase flow viich appears in Fig. 4.32. Fig. 4.32 + Grifsith and Wallis Flow Patter Map with ‘Yocum Transition Band (After Yoeus™*.) Cady? used the Griftith and Wallis map to help size vertical pipes (risers) in elevated condensers to avoid slug flow and excessive pressure drop. He verified experimentally the boundary between slug and anmular- sist flow im Fig. 6.32 for high gas/oll ratios (1.e. 1, >0.7). Yocum states that at low Froude numbers, bubble flow prevails and fluids will flow through riser pipes without slug formation. HoCOE Mig. 4.31 = Slug Flov Generation Systems for Two-Thase Pipelines (after Yocun'*4-88 ever, as Froude number increases the slug flov range is entered, Several classes of slug flow extst depending upon magnitude of pressure fluctua~ tlons and the size and number of alternating gas and Liquid slugs. A certain but unspecified level of pressure fluctuation vas said to b tolerable in a well designed proc transition band (see Fig. 4.32) based on field data. Flow to the left of this band was considered acceptable. Te fs usually assumed that incoming stratified flow in a pipe- Line vill result in slug flow in a riser. If stratified or slug flow ts predicted in the incoming Line, the riser system should be designed to mintnize slugging. Avoiding slug flov by increasing back pressure and thus decreasing systen flov rate is undesirable. Yocun auggests that alternate solutions include the following. 1, Reduce incoming line diameter near the riser for a distance of several hundred feet to establish a nev stable flow re- ime. Care must be exercized here since this could prouote severe slugging in the incoaing line that would continue system. Yocum proposed an “acceptable” in the riser. 2, Install dual or multiple risers, efther as separate pipes Valves are required to adjust flow kates in each riser, This method was felt to be good be- of tts flextbility. 3. Injection of gas near the botton of the riser to increase velocity and create fom flow. This method can be installed ‘after the systen {9 operating and thus serves as a corrective procedure. 4, Installation of a physical device to remix the fluid: Yocum also proposed a method for calculating pressure losses in risers vhich is no more then & coubination of Flantgan's!” elt correction and a friction loss calculation”? (see section 4.2). Since both of these vere developed for pipelines, it vould appear that a tvo- Phase vertical correlation should yield more reliable results. The authors have used an extended flow pattern map proposed by Could et al.!? ‘and shown in Fig. 4,33 to determine the magnitude of Liquid slugging. This extended map is eopectally useful for vee ges systens since N, values or as concentric pipe ton84 6 {718 30 ping zeaze) AoLL oema-ony TeOT3H09 203 doy owyBey nord popunaHG ~ CC"y “Hid85 Less than 0.1 vere not considered in previous maps. Pipeline netvorks in vhich gas and Liquids flow simultaneously can operate in a manner vhich 1s not readtly apparent. Oranje™® pub- ished an extrenely enlightening paper which described how Liqui not always follow the logical path when two-phase flov streams are ‘The study resulted fron condensate Liquids turning up at unexpected Jocations in a large gas distribution systen which delivers gas from the Gronigen Field in the Netherlands to numerous locations. The system consisted of a main feeder systen (36 to 38 in.) and about 50 regional Jateral syatens, each of vhich serves an average of 20 offtakers (Fig. 4.38). ne Kes Experiments vere run on both a high pressure and a lov pr ‘model. Branch points vere all located on the side of the pipe and both straight and reduced branch tees were enalyzed (Fig. 4.35). Con trary to all expectations, Oranje found that all the Liquid flows into fa branch Line when more than 35% of the gas strean enters that branch Line. Conversely, if 1 Line, the condensate will follov the straight ine and not enter the branch. The behavior 4s governed by the flow pattern, the type of tee, and the % of gas entering the branch Line, Oranje concluded that the preference of the liquid to flow into ‘a branch Line was caused by the centrifugal action of the gas stream floving into the branch line. The change in direction of the gas stream creates an underpressure on the inside of the curve, vhich pulls Liquid into the branch Line. In case 50% or more of the gas floved into the branch, the Liquid vas Literally sucked {nto it. Fig. 4.36 shove the behavior of the Liquid for a reduced tee as a function of gas vel~ oetty upstream of the branch, which determines flow pattern. Analysis of a pipeline network using Oranje's approach can help in selecting 1s than 20% of the gas strean enters a branch proper location of separation equipment.4-86 Regional gas grid Fig. 4.36 + Regional Gas Grid Fig. 4.35 - Types of Tees (ateer oranje™® doalyced (After Oranje™®,) Fig. 6.36 - Behavior of Liquid in the Gas Stream (After Oranje*®.)Bergman et al."® presented a further analysis of the Oranje data, They noted that, along the direction of the redius of curvature of a curved stream, a Pressure gradient 1s established. ‘This outward pressure distribution cangea the ‘luld to develop a circulation pattern which is superimposed on the main flow system. Secondary flow eddies are then established which cause the fluid to move toward the outside of the tum on the inside and toward the center of curvature of the bend on the outside near the pipe wall, In two-phase flow, the secondary eddies cause the more dense Liquid phase to preferentially accumulate at the inside bend where the ‘fluids branch off, The strength of the secondary eddles is proportional to the ‘amount of fluid withdrawn, ‘They also discussed how flow pattern affects the preferential Liquid movement, stratified flow, for example, would be more suscepti- ble to preferential movement than mist flow. ‘Bergman et al. proposed a theory for explaining route selectivity that Ls summarized in Fig. 4.37. Oranje's data are plotted in Fig. 4.37 and show that ex- ‘trapolation was performed far beyond the data. There le no sound justification for Fig, 4.97 and It should be usod with great care until additional data for different pipe withdrawal geometries and Reynolds numbers verify the curves proposed, Hong® performed a broad range of laboratory experiments with 3/8 in, pipe and several types of flow splitting geometries and liquid viecosities, In ‘reveral, he verified Oranje's observations, but presented a method for estimating the percent of liquid going into the branch, The method requires use of several figures derived from his data and applies to a horizontal non-reducing tee only. Figures 4.38-4.41 come from hle paper and can be used with the following procedure. 1, Caloulate the upstream (superficial) gas velocity. 2, Caloulate the upstream no-slip liquid holdup or input Liquid volume fraction. 3, From Fig. 4.38, determine the liquid flow rate, 4, From the appropriate curve in Figs, 4.94.41 determine the % Uquid going into the branch for a given % gas going into the aide branch, 5, From volumetric balances, the gas and liquid flow rates in the ‘side and straight-through branch can be calculated,458 eq #,9fte10 uo poseE ATANDOTES ONO 405 WEYD PoTTTEIOUOD ~ LE"y Onda 01 ol voax8L prnbri ya 199443 Mold ‘ropuooas winion did NIVW Lv Y3GWNN SQTONAZY 01 ress pnb eS o & 1 THEaHEL PIN %,0S ° Sa L sinaaa NSWNIVELNA ‘yoayey pinbr ASL 4 “WHALVT OLNI MONI S¥9% 1930107 £q 0901, pnb %001 | tamvuo) 321 JHDIvtLS HONIE HOA 3MOD vara4-89 LIQUID FLOW RATE, GPM x 10-9 23 5 10 2 30 50 SUPERFICIAL GAS VELociTy FT/SEC INPUT LIQUID VOLUME FRACTION 10 2 3 5 102 2 3 LIQUID FLOW RATE, ex/MIN Figure 4,38 ~ Relationship Betwoen Input Liquid Volume Practlon and Liquid Flow Rate for Various Gas Velocities8 8 Lrauio FLOW RATE, ce/MIN. 209, PER CENT GAS GOING INTO BRANCH — PER CENT GAS GOING INTO BRANCH L L L 1 2 40 60 60 PER CENT LIQUID GOING INTO BRANCH SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY: 30 FT/SEC (21.8 psi) 700 @ Liquio FLOW RATE, cc/MIN PER CENT GAS GOING INTO BRANCH a 8 8 Liauip FLOW RATE, ce/MIN. 200 & 8 | t rr a rr PER CENT LIQUID GOING INTO BRANCH (b) SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY: 90 FT/SEC (177 psiad 0 ‘TEST CONDITIONS: PIPE SIZE: 3/8 IN. 1D Ld. VIS: 1 ep HORIZONTAL TEE 700 PER CENT LIQUID GOING INTO BRANCH (c) SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY: (23.2 psi) 140 FT/SEC Figure 4,39 - Effects of Liquid Flow Rate and Gas Velocity on Liquid Strearn Splitting Through a Horizontal Tee (Liquld Viscosity = 1 ep)“91 8 ad T T ¥ T 100 T st ’ Z so} , 4 ’ Z sof 7UQUID FLOW ~} SY RATE, eciMiN, PER CENT GAS GOING INTO BRANCH PER CENT GAS GOING INTO BRANCH 40 40 20 20 ° L 1 L L ° Ce re a ee er a ) PER CENT LIQUID GOING INTO BRANCH (a) SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY: (21.5 sia) 30 FT/SEC PER CENT LIQUID GOING INTO BRANCH (o) SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY: 90 FT/SEC (17.7 pia) 8 TEST CONDITIONS: PIPE SIZE: 3/8 IN.1D. Ua. vis: ‘Sep HORIZONTAL TEE 8 Liauio FLOW RATE, cc/MIN, & PER CENT GAS GOING INTO BRANCH 8 0 2 4 60 80 100 PER CENT LIQUID GOING INTO BRANCH fc) SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY: 140 FT/SEC (23.2 pia) Figure 4,40 ~ Effects of Liquid Flow Rate and Gas Velocity on Liguid Stream Splitting Through a Horizontal Teo (Liquid Viscosity = cp)109 10) 3 5 : g == Seo} 2 uauo row 4S Liauro Low : RATE, cciMIN. g RATE, ce/MiN. a) Zool 7 2 2 Loe 3 Z 4” & 8, 40 40h a ~ y 29 3 3 So fe : : . i z e 82 fot ¢ 7% i hz eT & : Beet et Tie HatTT oe oo eR CENT LIQUID GOING INTO BRANCH FER CENT LIQUID GOING INTO SRaw™ (a) SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY: 20 TSEC b) SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY: 80 FTSEC (ats pas (177 pa 100 5 ; “Est conoiTions 3 , Pie Size: 38 1,10 Zool , tia. via. 10e0 é WomZonTat Tee . , : ~ 2 eof “Afauto vow 3 go teeny 5 Ss @ 40F 7 § 3 2 : ” en z & 0 Bat 7 204060 a9 PER CENT LIQUID GOING INTO BRANCH {c) SUPERIFICIAL GAS VELOCITY: 140 FT/SEC (23.2 psiad 700 Figure 4.41 ~ Effects of Liquid Flow Rate and Gas Velocity on Liquid Stream Splitting Through a Horizontal Tee (Liquid Viscosity = 10 ep)4-83 Hong described how the above correlations were successful in predicting volume fractions in all branches of a steam distribution system for an enhanced ofl recovery project. The pipes had diameters ranging from 2 in, to 6 in, and steam qualities ‘ranged from 50% to 100%,4.9 Use of Gradient Curves when e} mates of two-phase pressure losses in horizontal pipes are needed ‘and circumstances do not permit computer solutions, generalized gradient curves can be used. Gradient curves for horizontal flow are not as available as for vertical flow. The main reasons for the scarcity is disparity of results predicted by available correlations and the fact that few flowlines or pipelines can be simulated with hor!- ‘zontal flow calculations. A slight amount of hilly terrain can result in the elevation effects of hills being more important than friction pressure losses. Example curves based on the Eaton et al, correlation and taken from are included in the Appendix. All curves were generated for a natural gas-water system to eliminate mass transfer between phases, Curves are included for 2.0 and 4.0 in, diameter pipe and are for the purpose of demonstrating thei ‘use and not for solving a wide range of production problems, The following summary land example problem shows how gradient curves are used, and includes one of the page of curves in the Appendix. Brown”? ‘Applications of horizontal gradient curves Determining wellhead flowing pressure, Pe Determining separator pressure, Poop Determining flowline size required for the above particular Producing rate, GLR and pressure drop Determining if flowline is partially plugged Procedure for detersining an unknown pressure for a given flow! size, production rate and GLR 7 : ib Select the graph corresponding to the given conditions Curves were calculated based on water flowing as liquid phase Since no 1ift is involved, density of Tiquid {s not impor-4-95 Locate the knowpressure on the pressure axis (this is either Pet OF Peep) From this point draw a vertical line to intersect with the appropriate GLR line Fron this intersection draw a horizontal Tine to intersect the Tength axis If the knownpressure is Pye (upstream pressure), this point represents the wellhead If the knownpressure 1s P._, (downstream pressure), this point represents the separator Find the point on the length axis which represents the other end of the flowline If the know pressure is the upstream pressure, subtract the flowline length from the nunber found in the previous step If the known pressure is the downstream pressure, add the flowline length to the number found in the previous step Fron the point on the length axis found in the previous step draw a horizontal Tine to intersect the appropriate GLR curve From this intersection draw a vertical line to intersect the Pressure axis at the unknown pressure Example problem for flow in horizontal flowl ine Given: Flowline 1.0. = 2 inch Producing rate = 400 stb/day Gas-liquid ratio = 3,000 scf/stb Separator pressure = 500 psig Line length = 5,000 feet4-96 Find: Upstream or welthead pressure (Py) Select Fig. #1 to correspond to given conditions Locate 500 psig on the pressure axis Draw a vertical line to intersect the 2,000 GLR line Fron this intersection dray 2 horizontal Tine to intersect the length axis at about 7,700 feet. This represents the donnstream or separator end of the Tine ‘Add the Vine length (5,000 feet) to 7700 to obtain 12,700 feet, This represents the upstrean or wellhead end of ine. Draw a horizontal line from 12,700 feet to intersect the 3,000 GLR Tine. Draw a vertical line from this intersection to intersect ‘the pressure axis at 640 psig. This represents the un- known wellhead or upstream pressure,497 10 PRESSURE In too Psio HORIZONTAL FLOWING PRESSURE GRADIENTS (ALL WATER) Fowline Size Producing Rate iter Specific Gravity Gas Specific Gravity ‘Average Flowing Temp, — TENGTH in Voo0 Fee ire #-—— 5000 15. 10. ne a. 2. Ageaval, 5. 5.) Gregory, G. As, and Govier, G. W.: "An Analysis of Horizontal Stratified Two-Phase Flow in Pipes," Can, Jour. ch. £, (1973) 51, 280. Andrews, D. E.: The Prediction of Pressure Loss for Two-Phase Horizontal Flov in Two-Inch Line Pipe,"N.S. Thesis, The U. of Texas, Austin (1965). Baker, 0.: "Design of Pipelines for the Simultaneous Flow of Ott and Cas,"" Of1 and Gas J. (1954) 53, 185, Beker, 0, et al: "“Gas-Liquid Plow in Pipelines, II. Design Manual" AGA-APL Project NK-28 (Oct. 1970). nkoff, S. G.: "Wartable Density Single Fluid Model for Tvo- Phase Flow with Particular Reference to Stean-Vater Flow," Trans. ASHE (1960) 82, 265. Begss, H. D.: “An Experimental Study of Two-Phase Flow in Inclined Pipes," Ph.D. Dissertation, The U. of Tulsa (1972). Beggs, H. D. and Brill, J. P.: "A Study of Two-Phase Flow in In- clined Pipes," Trans.ATM@ (1973), 607. Brome, E. J. P.: "Practical Aspects of Predicting Errors in Two: Phase Pressure Lose Calculations," SPE 5000, Presented at SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Houston, Texas, Oct. 1974. cady, P. D.: "How £0 Stop Slug Flow in Condenser Outlet Piping," Hydro. Proc. & Pet, Ref. (Sept. 1963) 42, 192. Ghavia, J. H.: "Liquid Content in Pipes in To-Phase Flow of Gas- Liquid Mixtures,” Chente Ingenteur Technik (1969) 41, 328. Chenoweth, J. M. and Martin, M. W.: “Turbulent Two-Phase Flow," Pet. Ref, (Oct. 1955) 34, 151. Coates, D. Le: "Computer Analyses Pipeline Design,” O11 and Gas 3. (De. 21, 1970), 42. Degance, A. E. and Atherton, R. W.: "Worizontal-Flow Correlations, hes. Eng. (July 13, 1970), 95.4-99 1 as. 16, ww 1B. as, 20. a. 22, 23, 26, 25, Dukler, A. E., et al: "CasLiquid Flow in Pipelines, 1. Research Results," AGA-API Project MX-28 (May 1969). Eaton, B. A.: “Ihe Prediction of Flow Patterns, Liquid Holdup and Pressure Losses Occurring During Continuous Two-Phase Flov in Horizontal Pipelines," Ph.D. Dissertation, The U. of Texas, Austin (1965), Eaton, B. A.) et al: "Ihe Prediction of Flow Patterns, Liquid Holdup and Pressure Losses Occurring During Continuous Two-Phase Flow in Horizontal Pipelines,” Trans. ATE (1967), 615, Flanigan, 0.: "Effect of Uphill Flow on Pressure Drop in Design of Two-Phase Gathering Systems," O{1 and Gas J, (Harch 10, 1958) 1. Gould, T. L, and Ramsey, E. L.: "Design of Offshore Gas Pipelines Accounting for Two-Phase Flow," SPE 4844, Presented at SPE- European Meeting, Ansterdan, The Netherlands, Yay 1974, Gould, T. L., Tek, H.R, and Kate, D. L.: "Ivo-Phase Flow Through Vertical, Inclined, or Curved Pipe, Trang. AIME (1974), 915. Govier, G. W. and Aziz, K.: The Flow of Complex Mixtures in Pioes, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York (1972). Govier, G. W. and Oner, M. M.: "he Hortzoncal Pipeline Flow of Atrevater Miacures," Can, J. Chea, Eng. (1962) 40, 93, Gregory, G. A., Mandhane, J. M. and Aziz, K.: "Soae Design Consi- erations for Two-Phase Flow in Pipes," Paper No. 374020, Pree sented at Pet. Soc. of C.I.M, Meeting, Calgary, Alberta, May 1976. J. Heat Griffith, P, and Wallis, G. B.: "Ivo-Phase Slug Flow, ‘Transfer, Trans. ASME (Aug. 1961), 307. Guthov, A. I., Mamayev, V. A, and Odtshatiya, GEL: "A study of Transportation in Gas-Liquid Systems," l0ch Int. Ges Conference, Hanburg, Cereany (1967). Hernandez, F. and Brill, J. P.: "comp Correlations for Gas-Liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipe Presented at SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Las Veges, Ne ison of Friction Factor " SPE 5140, + Oct. 1973.26. 27. 28, 29. a 33. 36, 35. 36. 37 4-100 Hoogendoorn, C. J. "Gas-Liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes," Chen. Eng. Sef. (1959) 9, 205. Hoghaark, 6. A. (1962) 58, 62. "woldup in Gas-Liquid Flow," Chem. Eng. Prog. Hughaark, 6. A, and Preasburg, 3B. $.: "Woldup ané Pressure Drop bith GescLiquid Flov ina Vertical Pipe," AICKE J. (Dec. 1961) 7, 677, Katz, D. L., et al: Handbook of Natural Gas Engineering, MeGrav- HALL Book Co., Ine., New York (1959). Knowles, C. Ro: "The Effect of Flow Patterns on Pressure Loas in Multiphase Horizontal Flow,""M.S. Thesis, The U. of Texas, Austin 965) Lavy, S.: “theory of Pressure Drop and Heat Transfer for Annular Steady State Two-Phase, Tvo Component Flow in Pipes," 2nd Mid- west. Conf. on Fluid Mech., Ohio State U., Columbus, dhic (1952). Lockhart, R, W. and Martinelli, R. C1 "Proposed Correlation of Data for Isothermal Two-Phase, Two-Component Flow in Pipes," Chem. Eng. Prog. (Jan. 1949) 45, 39. MeDonald, A. E. and Baker, 0.: "A Method of Calculating Multi~ phase Flow in Pipe Lines Using Rubber Spheres to Control Liquid Holdup," API Drill. and Prod. Prac. (1964), 56. Mandhane, J. M., Gregory, G. A. and Aziz, K.: "Critical Evalua- tion of Holdup Prediction Methods for Gas-Liquid Flow in Horizon tal Pipes," SPE 5140, Presented at SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Houston, Texas, Oct. 1974. Mandhane, J. M., Gregory, G. A. and Aziz, a: "A Flow Pattern Map for Gas-Liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes," Int. J, of Multiphase Flow, in press. Oranje, L.: "Condensate Behavior in Gas Pipelines is Predictable,” O81 and Gas J. (July 2, 1973), 39. Schomaker, J. F, and Hanna, L. E.: "Mow to Work the Revised Pan- handle Formula," Pet. Eng. (Hay 1956), D-25.4-101 38. 39, 40. a. 42, 43, 45, 48, at. 48, 49, 50, Scott, D. S,: "old Fractions in Horizontal Cocurrent Gas-Liquid Flow," Can. J. Ch. E. (1962) 40, 224, Scott, D. 5s, in chem. Eng "Properties of Cocurrent Gas-Liguid Flow," Advances » Vol. 4, Acadente Press, New York, pg. 200, Vohra, I, R.y Marcano, N, and Brill, J. P.: "Comparison of Liquid Holdup Correlations for Gas-Liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes," SPE 4650, Presented at SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Las Vegas, Nev.» oct. 1973. Vohra, I. R., et al: "Comparison of Liquid Holdup and Friction Factor Correlations for Gas-Liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes," Manuscript submitted to SPE, 1975, Yagi, S.: chem. Eng, (Jepan) 18, 2 (1954). Yocum, B. T.: “Ivo-Phase Flow in Well Flow-Lines, No. 924-6, 1957, Yocum, 3. T.: "Offshore Riser Slug Flow Avotdance: Mathenatical Models for Design and Optinization,” SPE 4312, Presents European Meeting, London, England, April 1973, Ollemans, R.V.A.: "Two-Phase Flow in Gas-Transmisslon Pipelines", ASME paper 76-Pet-25, presented at Pet, Div, ASME meeting, Mexico ‘City, Sept. 1976, Taltel, ¥. and Dukler, A. E.: "A Model for Predicting Flow Regime Trans- itlons in Horizontal and Near Horizontal Gas-Liquid Flow", AICHE Jour. (ol. 22, No, 1) January 1976, 47-55, Schmidt, Z.: "Experimental Study of Gas-Liguld Flow in a Pipeline-Ri: Pipe System", M. S, Thesis, The U. of Tulsa (1976). Dukler, A. E. and Hubbard, M. G.:"A Model for Gas-Liquid Slug Flow 4n Horizontal and Near Horizontal Tubes", Ind, Eng. Che., Fund., (1975) 14, No, 4, 337-347, ‘Juprasert, S.; "Two-Phase Flow in an Inclined Pipeline-Riser Pipe System", ‘M.S, Thesis, The U, of Tulsa (1976). Machado F., Z. L.: "Design Procedures for Intermittent Two-Phase Flow Pipelines", M.S. Thesis, The U. of Tulea (scheduled for 197).51. 53, 81. 58, 4-102 Gregory, G. A. and Scott, D. S.: "Correlation of Liquid Slug Velocity and Frequency in Horizontal Cocurrent Gas-Liquid Slug Flow", AICHE Jour, (Nov. 1969) 15, 993-935. Dumitrescu, D. T.: "Stroemung an Einet Luftblase in Senkrechten nohr", Z. Amg, Math, Mech. (1943) 23, 139-149, Griffith, P, and Wallis, G. B.: "Two-Phase Slug Flow", J. Heat Transfer (Aug. 1961), Trans. ASME, 82, 907-220. Nicklin, D.J. and Wilkes, J.0.: "Two-Phase Flow in Vertical Tubes", ‘Trans, Inst, of Ch. Eng, (1962) 40, 61. ‘Singh, G. and Griffith, P.: "Determination of Pressure Drop Optimum Pipe Size for a Two-Phase Slug Flow in an Inclined Pipe, J. Eng. for Ind, (Nov, 1970) Trans. ASME. , 92, 717-126, Hubbard, M. G.: "An Analysis of Horizontal Gas-Liquid Slug Flow", Ph.D. Dissertation, U. of Houston (1965). Mattar, L. and Gregory, G. A.: "Ar-Oil Slug Flow in an Upward= Inclined Pipe - I: Slug Velocity, Holdup and Pressure Gradient", J. Can, Pet. Tech. (Jan-March 1974) 13 No, 1, 69-76. ‘Bergman, D. F., Tek, M. R. and Katz, D. L.: "Retrograde Condensation Im Natural Gas Pipelines", Report on Project PR26-69 of the AGA Pipe~ ine Research Committee, The U. of Michigan (1975). Hong, K. C.: "Flow Splitting a Two-Phase Fluid at a Pipe Tee", SPE 6530, Preseated at the SPE Annual California Regional Meeting, April 13-15, 1977, Bakersfield. Brown, K. E,: Gas Lift Theory and Practice, Petroleum Publishing Co., ‘Tulsa (1975).4-103 4 42 4.3 44 ‘PROBLEMS Given the following information, calculate the pressure gradient and Liquid holdup (if a correlation exists) for the borizontal two-phase flow correlations of Eaton et al., Beggs and Brill, Dukler et al. Guzhov et al., Lockhart and Martinelli, Yocum, and Ollemans (with Beggs and Brill H,). p= 165 psis 4,= 400 sTBO/D Apt=22° R= $00 ect/sTB0—_Y, = 0.65 constant d= 1,995 in, Te1s7 F = 0,006 R, and B, from Standing Correlations, Calculate the pressure gradient for a horizontal pipeline using the correlations of Eaton et al., Beggs and Brill, Dukler et al., Lockhart and Martinelli, Yocum, and Ollemans (with Beggs and Brill'H,), Fluid physical properties should be taken from problem 2.4. The fdflowing Information 1s known. 700 pala = 30 MMsct/D Coal acum se Determine the flow pattern for Example 4.1 (pg. 4-6) using the Taitel~ Dukler flow pattern map for horizontal flow, Given the following information at the outlet end of 2 horizontal pipeline d= 0,289 m Tes2° Yyy 71:20 m/8 p= 7.0 bar Ygg 2 0 m/e y= 6p 4, = 0.80 g/em® Hg = 9.019 op 9g7 9-005 g/em> Hi, = 0.94 € = 0,00018m, a=?4104 4,4 (continued) 46 47 4.8 a, Determine the Taitel-Dukler flow pattern. », I your result in part a) ie Intermittent, calculate the Gregory and Scott slug frequency, the slug and gas bubble lengths and velocities, and the volume of the slug head, ¢, Determine the minimum diameter of a slug catcher If needed in part , Algo calculate the slug catcher length using the Machado model, Derive the Taitel-Dukler dimensionless two-phase momentum balance equation, (Eq. 4.324). Write a computer program to verify Fig. 4.22b for both phases turba- lent and for gas-turbulent and liquid-laminar. Plot your results on the ‘same figure. ‘Write a computer program which will predict the Taitel-Dukler flow regime boundaries. Use the program to verify the Taltel-Dulder flow Tegime boundaries on the Mandhane ot al. flow pattern map of Fig. 4.224, ‘An offshore gas fleld is in the development stage and a pipeline has already been laid to shore facilities. All gas and assoclated liquids {first go to a central production platform where the gas 1s dried and the fluids are combined at a manifold before flowing into the pipeline ‘The manifold pressure 1s 1800 psia, Each well has a production rate of 50 MMscf/D and 20 wells are contemplated, Tho gas hae a liquid ‘content of 10 STBO/MMecf. Asmume that th pipeline Is horizontal and 80 mules log. Using both the Boggs and Brill apd the Dukler-Eatou (H,) correlations, eales~ Inte and plot p (shore) ve qu, Eve) and V_ vad? where q startet 500 MMsef/D (10 wells on roductio) and Iereadba to 1 M&tMect/D In Incrementa of 50 MMact/D ae additional wells are completed. gy = 500, $50, 600... 1000 Matsct/D v= Integrated lguid volume in pipeline Panhandle A efficiency ‘The following is also known Yep 0-65 @ 500 psia, 100 °F API = 50° = 28.010, T+120°F p Length = 80 miles Roughness = 0, 00035 ft Use a pressure convergence tolerance of 1 psi and 20 increments in the Piece4-105 4.9 Write « computer program which calls presaire gradient subroutines and laid physical property subroutines in the Appendix to solve the problem described below for a horizontal pipeline in which @ysnovmmet/o a4? X=220 miles =0.70 ‘a 4=90.5 in, 1 #100 °F Tw Poutlet = 1000 pala = Pox 18) Complete the table shown below with computer inlet pressures (pels) ‘and equivalent Panhandle A efficiency factors, E. Use AX = 5 miles ‘tn your computing algorithm, with a pressure convergence for each step of 0.1 pal. Correlation | Beggs and| Dukler | Eaton H, —— > _| amr | ccasem | punter f, a We Ge) ye lef efe [= 2 7 an 1 Plot a curve of E ve 1/R, for each correlation on one shect of cartesian ‘graph paper using your results of part a),4-106, 4.10 Assuming that the actual liquid loading for the pipeline in problem 4.9 is 10 bUL/MMacf, determine’ how much gas (and liquid) can be flowed If the inlet pressure Is 2000 psia, Use each of the correlations (or combinations) used in Problem 4.9, Also calculate the resulting equivalent Panhandle A pipeline efficiency for each correlation, 4.11. A pipeline from an offshore platform with an inside diameter of 15,25 Inches Is flowing 60,000 STBO/D. At the present time, all gas off the separators is being flared, It is now being proposed to flow the flared gas with the oll to shore because of a developing market for the gas. ‘The total gas being flared is 30 MMsc/D of gas. It Is estimated that an additional 500 scf/STBO is in solution at a bubble point pressure of 2000 psia, Liquid at the platform ie pumped from a separation pressure of 2000 pais to a pressure of 3000 pala before it passes into the pipeline. ‘Flow in the pipeline was single phase Liquid since the on-shore pressure is above the flowing bubble point pressure of 2000 pala. Caleulate the following in the pipeline at pressures of 3000, 2500, 2000, 1600, and 1000 ppsia ifthe gas {a not removed and all gas flows with the oll, This problem ‘should be done with a computer using subroutines in the Appendix. @ “og? “ou! “mt “L (Liquid Holdup, Hy, vg s04 Maing the following correlations (1) Eaton et al. ®) Beggs and Brill (8) Dukler et al. ‘Also Imown or to be assumed in the problem are the following: Ch a apr= 30° Tgp 2 Yep 7 0:00 4.12 Given a horizontal pipeline with the fllowing lnown information: ag ,e00 sTm0/D yy tO.t8 a7 SO MMECE/D —Pauaigy 250 PSE» Pap X=24 miles = 0.0007 in, Teep + 20°F4-107 4.12 (continued) ‘Temperature Profile ‘Temp Dist. from inlet (miles) 120 ° 80 2 80 Ey 4.13 Write a program which uses subroutines in the Appendix to calculate the Inlet pressure necessary to give an outlet pressure of 250 psig for the pipe sizes 15.000, 17.000, 19.000 and 20,000 inches. Perform the calculations using the D-D, D-E,and Beggs and Brill correlations. Use a AX inerement of 1 mile and a convergence tolerance of 0.1 pal, Write computer programs to solve the following problems, using eub- ‘routines in the Appendix. ‘The following data should be used for all problems unless stated otherwic Producing water/liquid ratio = 0.1 STBW/STBL. Producing gas/oil ratio = 1000 scf/STBO ‘Tubing diameter = 2,952 in, Flowline diameter = 2,952 in, Well Depth = 5000.0 ft. Flowline length = 10, 000.0 ft. Separator Pressure = 500.0 psig API Gravity = 30 Total Gas Gravity = 0,7 Water Specific Gravity = 1.10 Botiomhole Temperature = 200 °F Wellhead Temperature = 150 °F Separator Temperature = 100 °F Pipe roughness = 0.0006 ft, Productivity Index = 20,0 | Static Reservoir Pressure = 5000,0 pela Number of Calculation Increments = 10 for each plpe 4 Calnulnte the oll, water snd gas flow rates which can be produced from this well using the following two combinations of correlations. 1) Hagedorn and Brown - Tubing Dukler-Eaton (H,) ~ Flowline4-108, 4.18 (continued) 2) Beggs and Brill for both tubing and flowline, b, Assume that the reservoir gas/iZgaid ratio of part a 1s 200 scf/STBO, that gas is injected into the tubing at a depth of 4000 ft. , and the pro- ductivity index {8 1.0 STBO/D - pel. Use the same two correlation ‘combinations as for part a. 1) If there 1s unlimited gas for Injection purposes, determine the ‘maximum oil and water flow rates and the optimum injection ‘gas/oll ratio for the well, 2) Determine the oll and water flow rates if the avallable in jection gas is 1.0 MMscf/D and all Is injected, 4.14 Given a well with a productivity index of 1 B/D/psi drawdown In a reservoir ‘with a statfe bottomhole pressure of 5000 psia. ‘The following 1s also known: dcTubing) = 1.995 tn, a(Flowline) = 2.0 in, Length of Flowline = 1 mile piSeparator) = 500 psia R= 500 sct/STBO ABI gravity = 90° = 0,70 500 pata, 150 °F Tego, 2 180°F = Tae ‘Temp, Gradient = 2°F/100 ft tn well ‘Temp. Gradient = 0 °F/100 ft in flowline. ‘Write a computer program which uses the gubroutines In the Appendix to solve the following problem: 4) Calculate the off and gas production rate that the well will ‘make using the Beggs and Brill correlation, ') What production rate will result if the separator 1s located at the wellhead? ©) Calculate and plot,q) vs d (tubing) for a constant lowline size of 2.0 In, andq Ys d (lowline) for a constant tubing size of 1.995 In. T.D. Us® tubing and line pipe diameters of 3.0, 4.0, 5.0 and 6.0 in, Calculate the production rate the well would make if gas were injected continuously Into the tubing at a depth of 40004-109 4.14 (continued) ft. with an Injection R_ of 500 sof/STBO. Assume the injected gas has the sine physical properties as the formation gas, Also note that this makes the total R ‘above the injection point 1000 sct/STBO. Assume no'Howline, ©) Repeat parts a and b for the case where the vertical flow 4s in an annulus where 4,(.D.)=4,494 In. and d_(0.D.)=2.75 ln 4.15 A well has a productivity index of 1.0 STBL/D/psl drawdown in a rei voir swith a static bottom bole pressure of 10,000 psia. ‘The following is also knows Depth = 10,000 ft crubing) = 2.441 in, d(Flowline) = 2. 675 In. Flowline Length = 1 mile Roughness = 0, 00015 ft parator) = 500 psia R, = 400 sct/STBO PE APT = 35° = 0,70 500 pata, 130% Yyr = 0-706 50 i F ‘T(Separator) = 130 °F ‘Tiwellhead) = 150 °F Perform all calculations below with the Beggs and Brill correlation. 4) Calculate the oll and gas production rates from the well assuming no restrictions and a horizontal flowline, ) Repeat part a assuming the flowline rises 460 ft over the 41 mile length. (angle = 5°) (see chapter 5) ©) Repeat part a assuming the separator is located at the wellhead, 4 Repeat part a but with the following flowline sizes and plot4110 "vs d(flowline) for d(flowline) = 1,660, 1.900, 2.375, 3,5, and Po i. ©) Repeat part a assuming gas Is injected continously into the tubing at a depth of 6000 ft, Assume that the Injected and reservoir gas have the same properties. Determine the Injection gas/oll ratio which gives maximum oil production rate. Show a plot of q, vs injection gus/oil ratio. f) Repeat part a assuming a Camco A-3 velocity controlled subsurface safety valve 1s located at a depth of 2000 ft and thas a bean size of 32/64 Inches, (See chapter 6).CHAPTER 5 INCLINED FLOW S-152 3 = INCLINED FLOW S.1 Introduetton Inclined flow as discussed in this chapter is defined as flow in pipes ‘at any angle other than vertical or horizontal. Two exauples of inclined flow comon in the petroleum industry are directional wells and pipelines passing through areas of hilly terrain. ‘The nusber of directional vells is - Also, wells drilled tn ‘urban areas such as Los Angeles and in areas vhere rig foundations are ex- pensive, euch as in Alaska, are usually directionally drilled. In many off- shore operations the tvo-phase streams are brought to shore before separation. ‘As the sea floor {s seldom horizontal, an inclined flow situation exists. Although many correlations exist for calculating two-phase flowing pressure gradients in both vertical and horizontal flow, Little research sn performed in the inclined flow area. 5.2 Equation for Inclined Flow ‘The general two-phase pressure gradient equation is applicable for in- clined flow {f the effect of inclination on liquid holdup can be determined. ‘The equation is Anereasing rapidly as offshore drilling increa has 2 fen 6% ) do exp, sin b+ fen fee + (42) a 2 ee face vere a f= angle fm horizontal This equation applies both to uphill and downhill flow, but the Liquid holdup and thus the mixture density are usually much snaller in downhill flow. This hhas prompted soue investigators to ignore any pressure recovery in the dowm- ALI section of a pipeline, vhich is essentially assuming the Liquid holdup to be negligible or that open channel flow theory appli 5.3. Directional Wells Three methods used to calculate pressure gradients in directtonal or Amclined wells are discussed. These methods are modified vertical correla~ tons, Beggs and Briti® and cristien, et at!of v Correl Any of the vertical pressure gradient prediction methods discussed in Chapter 3 can be used if the actual vertical distance through which the fluids are Lifted is used in the elevation change pressure gradient conponent. Multiplying the mixture density by the sine of the angle from horizontal or the cosine of the angle from vertical accomplishes this, since az = aL aia B, vhere 6 Le the angle from horizontal. This application mes that the Liquid holdup correlations which vere developed from vertical data will apply to inclined flow, or that liquid holdup 1s independent of pipe tnclina ton angle. Beggs and Brill found that this assumption 1s tovalid, as can be seen in Fig, 5.1. This figure illustrates how the Liquid holdup varie with pipe angle at constant flow rates. For some flov conditions the holdup at an angle of 15 or 20 degrees from vertical {s considerably greater than the vertical holdup. Use of the vertical correlations also jsunes that friction factor and flow pattern are independent of pipe angle, Since most of the vertical methods use different holdup and friction factor correlations for each flow pattern, errors could result if the flow pattern changes vith pipe inclination. Fig. 5.2 shove the profile of a directional well drilled in California, which has a maximum deviation angle of 83° from vertical with an average angle of 64°, Te ds vory unlikely that vertical correlations would be applicable to a well such as this. In fact, 1t would be more reasonable to assume th horizontal correlations would apply. Beggs and Brill Correlation ‘This method accounts for variation of Liquid holdup vith pipe inclina- tion and for variation of friction factor vith holdup. A procedure for application of this method ts given in Chapter 3. ch, Lau, Hon and Pearson Correlation This method was developed at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology im 1973. The correlations were developed using the inclined flow data ofBt BIONV SA dNGIOH aINd-1g9l4 “WLNOZIMOH WOYNS Jdid JO SIONV o6 OL os of ol_oO Ol-__O€- OS-_ OL-_ 06- olo’='X O sis + vOreN V NOILOYVY4S —dNGIOH ainoin5 OY1JO1g [AM |euoloasig - 2S "614 008'» 00% 000'» 009'E Oz cOB'z COZ 000'2 C09! COZ! 008 _O0b Ta ° | 4 2°Y OHISVD ys 6 i 1 20 SYONY whnixvn! ZG ONISVD ,B/E £1 a 4va VOINON VLNYS joy: 009"5-6 Sevigny'®, stngh and crissien’®, and Beggs?. This method te and only two flow regines are considered, The effects of pipe roughne fluid viscosity and entratoment vere not accounted for. Det on of Flow Re ‘The flow regine boundaries are defined as functions of four dimen- stonless sunbert, . ; 0.5 Neo ta (GEGaR ) seeeeeneenteenee nee eSi2 4 5 ov, (ae Z 13. “pr as (Fa) sesseretreteetters: t+ (740.06 %)x,. seeeteetenenenereneeeeaSeb *, . os +0.6H,- stu Row Limite: Slug flow extate 16 H, >1.5 and MS Ly or ifm, <1.5 and Ks Ly ‘Two-Phase Density oa vk fa where K 1s a function of pipe inclination and 1s shown in Fig. 5.3.density ts then calculated from 9,7 By + 9g (In) Friction Factor here The friction multiplier $ 1s « function of the quality, X, and the ratio of the flutd densities, 9 /9,. It may be deternined graphically from Fig. 5.6. The friction factor £ 4s obtained from seeeeeSe0 vere AlmoLan FL Linite:dnlat flow edete 46, €1.3 an #1, > 1g or Em, 21.5 ant HL >, fsoatstted ities vhere 213 and the ratio vg/v, {8 deterained from Fig. 5.5 at a function of the ratio ala 5-1Fig.5.3-Griffith Inclination FactorCSS&re ZA, Qu 500 100 50 10 a a/R Fig.5.4-Griffith Friction MultiplierExiction Factor The pressure gradient due to friction is calculated using the equa- tlons given in the slug flow discussion. Acceleration Term ‘The effect of acceleration is ignored in both the slug and annular flow regines, Example Problem by Griffith Method = 4,09 ft/sec “sg on angle = 20° iat nia + 60 trom horizontal 7 18 cp a -0.2008 p= 720 pala 41,7 98.6 Ibm/ou ft 947 2.04 Ibm/eu ft Calculate the flowing pressure gradient. 1, Determine flow regime as = 2.65 (.362) = 0.96 0.382 ore 6 ede 8p (1+ 0.06-E) x) ofr + 208889) ( 96) ty £0.94 068), 00 + 0.6690 «2.476 Since N’ <1.8 and N< L, te ee flow regime ts SLUG.sn 2, Determine two-phase density From Fig. 5.3, K= 0.73 vg 2 R(e 6) 0.19 [a2.2y.240)]'5 «2.067 W/ane w1-__“sg_ st - 4.08 * THB ¥, %— T15(6.78) +2.067 a +e 0-H.) = +2,84(,412) = 94.5 lbm/cu ft 5p My vg (1-H) = 66. 6(.588) + 2,84(,411) = 94.5 Ibm/ 3, Determine friction gradient Calculate quality x= Ne _ Pg og 2,84 (4.09) we Oe they, 76.68) + 2.84 (4.08 Tp Patent hg eg 86-00-68) + 2.88 4.05) X= 0,012 = 7.2% by hy, + 8h, = 56.62.65) + 2,84 (4.09) = 23.98 Ibm/ou ft oo 2,65 + 4,09 °, Rtn S=_28.98122) = 1.529 Pe 34,8 Npgt atm’ = 1488123, 95,6.74)(.249)_ = 9927 Hy 18 1 = 0,194/ND-? = 0,184/(327)? = 036ol 2 cap. fe, VER, 2 CE) = Feat BL = _,096(25.98)(6.78)°(1.529) © 3.72Ibt/eu 1 3e,4 2 (92.2)(.249) > 4, Determine total pressure gradient 2 (BQ ae "(ar * Can, 2 Lp sin 60° + 4 a s,s (GE), 8 806 13.72 «38.60, de 20.253 pat erie eonel flaw coveeazions can be ued fo pipeline wih fe rei hevianeec Hf coratation te een fr guid ce ae een nueunessanaption that flow tepine sod SoLspaz0 ae ene ae apie, lacy eo eceve any rsroableatcoacy, Peart a aeetg he tmnt sections wort be ignored once ernittyteveta pipeline pebien ba receiv mach att ee ea taeaat pipeline problen,srtode do exist fr ‘accounting for hills. The correlations discus: yed are the yf Flantgan!®, Guzhov,*> ‘Beggs and Briti® and a combination of correlations proposed by Gregory, et a? Flanigan Correlation Flantgan's main contribution to solution of the problen was develop- nent of a correlation for liquid holdup in the uphill sections of « pipe line as a fonction of superficial gas velocity (Fig. 5.6). Tats correla tion was developed fron data taken in « 16-tn. pipeline in witch pret drop and flow rates were measured, He concluded that p in the downhill sections could be ignored. The inclination angle of the hi1l vas considered to be untaportant, and only the vertical height of the hill ie used in his method. Flanigan suggested using the Panhandle equation for gas flov to cal” culate the fetetional pressure gradient component. Tt has been suggested that one of the horizontal two-phase flov correlations discussed in Chapter db be used, but this can present problems because of the method used £9 sure recovery develop the Flanigan holdup correlation, Holdup was not measured, but ‘war calculated from pressure drop data after calculation of the frtetton4o0y9e4 dnpjoy ueBiuely -9's"614 0S GY 9b HH ze Ov OF 9F HE Ze OF Bz 92 HZ zz 02 BI 91 BI | 00 10 z0 v0 vo so v0 vo v0 60 Glas O 4oyoeRs dis ysH9-s's°Bly ooo! oo! W/o 1 - roe tliobat soyoey Aduaioyj3 UeBuely-2°5°6155-15 pressure drop using the Panhandle equation. Thus, the holdup correlation ts implicitly tied to the friction loss pressure prediction method, just ‘as in the Hagedorn and Brown correlation for vertical flow, and includes all of the losses not included in the friction factor, Tt also includes any pressure recovery in the downhill sections. Presure Drop Due to Hil 5.14 (a) bays here /. 2 ts the oun of the vertical hetghts of all of the hills. The holdup factor H, {s « function of superfictal gas velocity and may be de- termined from Fig. 5.6 or from sesteeeeee e515 Extetional Pressure Drop Flanigan recomended using the Panhandle equation for calculating the frictional pressure drop, with an efficiency factor to account for the presence of Liquid in the Line, gem hae seas = EE] where q! = gas flow rate, ecf/D (14.7 pata, 60°F), jomstrean pressure, psia, L = length of line seguent, niles, = gas gravity, Aneide dianeter, inches, = temperature, °R, and ¥ 5 amp t E = pipeline efftctency, Figure 5.75-16 ‘The American Gas Association Design Manual” recommends use of the Dukler method, which vas discussed in Chapter 4, for calculating the fric- tional pressure drop. Also, {f the pressure, and therefore the super~ fetal gas velocity vary greatly over the length of the Line, more accu~ Tate results may be obtained if the superfictal gas velocity and liquid holdup are evaluated on a hill by hill basis Use of the Flanigan method involves a trial and error or iter procedure. The total pressure drop, and therefore aver Aepend on Liquid holdup, but Liquid holdup depends on superficial gas velocity, vhich depends on average pressure. That is, rive ge pressure, op = £C), B= £0). Hy The total pressure drop is the sum of the frictional pressure drop and the pressure drop due to hills. Sp = Cp) gt CP) gee EXAMPLE PROBLEM USING FLANIGAN METHOD AA pipeline segment consists of one section which rises 300 ft. in ‘one mile and drops to the initial elevation in 3000 ft, Given the following data, calculate the pressure at the outlet end of the pipeline. " = 7140 stb/D P (inlet) = 425 psia a Ps 4 = 25.7 MBet/D T-00°F d= 12 in, ¥, = 0,83 = 40 °APL y= 060 ‘s 1, Estimate Ap and calculate p. ‘The superficial gas velocity at inlet conditions can be used to obtain a value of Hy, to estimate (Ap) -Sar ve Mo RMT ZT Ga RY * a pa = 3.27 x 10", 93)(550)@25.7 x 10° - 7140000) = 12.6 ft/sec 425 (.785)0)" pg) = Oy, HL) 2 = -489(.29(-89)(00) = 23.6 pst Estimate total Ap = 30 psi B= 425 - 30/2 = 410 psia, proutlet) = 995 psia 2, From fluid property correlations, at 410 psia and 90 °F: R, = 96 sof/STB Z= 925 By = 1.047 Calculate pressure drop due to hills. S50¥5 + -O764R, Y= 9501.89) + 0764 3.615 B, 5.615 (047) 4g * 2.27 10°71, 925)085.7 x 10° - 714096) (550) aio vegan 2. fog" Mg/A = 10.2/. 7850)" = 12.87 ft/see = 1/q + .3264 v5, ava ag) 7-190 ey” my My, 2 ssM IMI «10,9 pet ro 1445-18 4. Calculate pressure drop due to friction, R= 1140 = 277.8 stb/MMot 25. -a a ere ero ent eg® 12, 87 (277.8) rom Fig. 6:7 E2083 cess, 1.0599 pie romet Bhp? (a) vq #8599) Ee! = 1,022 x 1078 586 (8280/528¢ 8539 beans enemy — aay 4890)" = 419 pata (pig = 425 = 419 = 6 pat 5, Calculate outlet pressure Py "Py AP = Py ~ (API, = Ply 9 ~ 6 = 299,1 psia Py = 425 ~ For hand calculations this is close enough to the estimated p, of 395 psia, ‘If more accuracy is desired, p, calculated in step § can be used as the ‘new estimated p, and the procedure repeated until the estimated and calculated values agree,5-19 yy snd 041 elation Gushov et al.!> presented a method for calculating pr to slightly tnclined pipes (7 9° from horizontal) Sn which the flow repine and dowihil Liquid holdup are functions of pipe inclination angle, only two flov regines are considered, stratified and plug. The total pressure drop in a pipeline segnent is the sum of the frictional pressure drop and the pressure drop-due to hills, Pressure recovery in the downhill sections {s considered. That 1s p= Pet Oey ermination of Flow Regine ‘The flow regine boundary is defined as a function of evo dimension- less susbers, 2 Ya eave e518 and petal EXP(-2.5 0) Ls 2gine 25.19 e Le x vhere = angle of pipe from horizontal (use positive value) The friction factor f, 1s determined from a Moody dlagran as a function of the Reynolds number5-20 ‘= total height of uphill sections of the pipeline, stions of the pipeline, hits Z_ = total height of downhill » Pee Hag t Mg (IH) » = 6H + eR) quid holdup in the uphill sections 1 independant of pipe inclination and ts caloulated froa 1 Ayr isos y, 2 - aec2.2 fig} veneeeeS2h Liqutd holdup in the doweht1t sections {a calculated frou 4 ao eect oo fer osseous te By O60 ee fraser g 1 there 2 eet Yn th ii tat aay 1 Pressure Dro Yor stratified flow the frictional pressure drop 1s given by fe bmg? = Nee, - Bt OF BD] where xe— 5 ns FF + 5.26weee527 The factor f, is obtained from a Moody diagram as a function of the pipe felative roughness and the Reynolds number Mage 7 PR Yad., nek 5.28 tere wg tae a Hy + and TM Lt Hy The factor Ty ts a function of Ng and }, and 18 obtained from Fig. 4.5, Chapter 4. The pressure drop due to acceleration fe discussed in Chapter 4. LUG FLOW Plug flow exists 1f Nyy > 1, Pressure Drop Due to Hills Im the plug flow regine liquid holdup fe independent of pi clination angle. Therefore, the only change in holdup from the uphill tons to the dovahill sections will be due to increased gas velocity Pressure drops along the pipeline, This will result in alnost couple: Pressure recovery in the dovehill sections. For the plug flow regine the Atquid holdup at any pipe inclination angle is calculated froa + EP 2.29}. ctional Pressure Drop For plug flow the frictional pressure drop 1s given by 2 2 ot + v2 og He) op), = ee Son” Ye Fa Tee cat seal5-22 Senge and Brill Correlation Tats method can be used to calculate pre Lines im both wphitl and dovohill sections by applying the inclination correction factor to the horizontal holdup. The procedure is described tn Ghapter 3. Since {¢ {a possible to calculate « pressure tnerease in the direction of flow for sone dowehtll flov condttions, in calculating a Pressure traverse the Length increment should be fixed and the pressure tn- crenent estimated. This prevents calculation of infinite or negative length gradients in pipe- tnermente EXAMPLE PROBLEM USNG BEGGS AND BILL. METHOD ie eld lie problem word by the Plage meted a2 be sepa yang the Boge od Beil meted, Pert! dat ar: Qi=T140 wiv ple = 425 pon q, = 25.7 Matet/D F-00°r 7070 dei2ing Yo 7 0-89 = 40 °API Divide the pipeline into two sections, Section 1 rises 300 ft, in one mile, ‘Section 2 drops $00 ft, in 3000 ft, Section 1 1. Estimate Ap and calculate 5 Using the same estimate as was used for Flanigan, Ap = 30 psi, B = 410 peta 2, From fluid property correlations, st 410 psia and 90 °F; R, = 96 act/STB 9, = 19.6 dyne/em = 925 0.0105 ep |. Calculate flow rates and densities 9g = 28 Yo * SER, Ye = 350 63) + 0764 (964.7) 5.615 8, 8.618 (1.047)5-23 p= FTP Yg = 2.74107) = 1.52 Ibm/en ft UF + 925(550) 19 849 x 10%! B, = 6.49 x 107° (T140)0.04 = 0.485 eee ae astat S89 P = 3.21 x 107%, 925)25, 7 x 10°-7140(96))550) 410 a, 720.1 #°/see 4, Calculate the in-situ superficial velocities 2 Vy a, /A = -485/.7850)" = 0.617 ft/sec apo Teh 2 2 Npp 7% Md 19.49)°/02,2)0) = 5.65, mt Knitty EY on5-24 0,902 Lys 16 99%? = 128 gn 0.000052 2? #894 86 1.4516 20a = 8.82 Since 4, >.01 and L, 3:27.10, s25,08,7 x 10° n140,909(560)_ = 10,61 f°/200 392.8 a ‘ent 5 /eoc rau” “484/.785 = 0.616 te Ygg 7 10.61/.785 = 13,52 f/see Vp +616 + 13,52 = 14.14 f/a0e5-28 Ay = + 616/14.24 = 04956 2 Npp 7 14-14°/62.2) = 6.21 Nyy 7 -LeSMSI) = 1.51 ou 1, = 5164, 04950)°°°? « 22.7 27 2lt 1g 79.45 Since 1, >.01 and 1, (de) —Environmens 1 50 fe -90 Air 2 2000 ft -90 Sea 3 100 miles 0 Sea 4 10 miles +1 Sea 5 3000 ft +2 Sea 6 40 miles 0 Sea 7 3 miles +428 Sea 8 3009 ft +2 Air Gas Plant5-48 Additional variables to be monitored as requested earlier include: 1, Flow pattern at the end of segments 7 and 8 using both the Mukherjee-Brill and the Taitel-Dukler methods. 2. Liquid volume and location in the pipeline using the Minami general correlation. 3. Liquid slug length and other slug characteristics at exit conditions using the Prudhoe Bay model. Perform these calculations even if slug flow is not predicted to occur. 4. Liquid loadings (bbl / MMscf) at inlet and outlet conditions. 5. Superficial gas velocities at inlet and outlet conditions. 6. Effect of removal of pipe coating on pressure drop. 7. Monitor the temperature vs length and the liquid volume vs length behavior of the pipeline. Design Report Format Table of Contents Executive Summary Introduction “Brief description of project and objectives. Refer to Appendix for copy of detailed project description (handout). Procedure Tell what you did, Consider dividing into subsections for PVT, Wellbore, Platform, Pipeline, etc. Do not include theoretical development. Results Divide into same subsections as in Procedure. Refer to figures and tables for your discussions.5-49 Conciusions References Figures Tables Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Expanded version of what appears in executive summary. Computer output (optional) Computer listings (optional) Letters from each person in the design group stating what he or she contributed. Design Project Description (handout)6-0 CHAPTER 6 FLOW THROUGH RESTRICTIONS6. FLOW THROUGH RESTRICTIONS SL Ineroduetion The Cov of fluids through restrictions {8 # comon occurrence in the Petroleum ond Natural Gas Industry. Tt occurs vhen Liquids and/or gas jured vith orifice meters, vhen fluids flov through surface or downhole chokes, vhen fluids flow theough subsurface safety valves, and when they flo through aay type of surface velve. Restricted flov ean alao be caused by such things as paraffin or hydrate formations, sveges, and other types of pipe fittings. Most published studies on tvo-phase flow through restrictions involve what {8 commonly called “critical” or “sonic” flov. This te primarily # consequence of the extensive use of chokes which normelly operate in critical flow conditions applications involves single and two However, one of the most iaportant current ¢ flow through ‘subsurface safety valves or storm chokes. ‘This application is governed by suberit- feel flow, end existing theory for predicting pressure and flow rate behe- vior 1s inadequate, The purpose of this ch ter is to review and evaluste the current state of the art for describing single ond evo-phase flow Chrough restrictions. Before covering existing celeulation techniques, ££ ts ne ry to describe both the types of restrictions which will be covered and the meaning of critical vs. subcritical flow.6.2. Description of Ri Most restrictions for flov metering in fluid mechanics sre described ae venturi, nozsle, or orifice meters, Fig. 6.1 shove several diagrams of these metering devices and theix relationships to the pipe. In addition to the sbove, tvo restrictions commonly found in pipes are chokes (oF choke beans or positive flow beons) and subsurface safety valves. These can differ significantly in shape and in Length compared to metering restrictions. Chokes are frequently installed in vells to restrict flow rates to destred quantities. They normslly have slightly rounded entrances and ean be several inches long. For exaaple, the Thorah{ll-Crever! choke beans are approximately 6 inches long with bean diameters ranging from 1/8" to 3/6", Subsurface sefecy valves are normally installed in all offshore welle and frequently are regulated closely by Lev. Safety volves of storm chokes can operate on various principles rangis erfettons from surface controll ALL are normally ia a "full open” Their mechanics can be very velocity or « tenpersture actuated b: stecus ual complex and are beyond the scope of this work. Of special tnportance here 4s chat the internel configuration through which the fluide must flov cen fairly complex. This configuretion differs mong the various manufacturers and even for different valves mede by the sane coupany. A diagram showing the flow profile of two common velocity controlled subsurface safety valves with locking ‘mandrele and equalizing subs is shown in Fig. 6.2. Actual chokes can be short (Otie-1) and beveled as shown, long (Camco A-) with only slightly rounded edges, or even require flow through # tortuous path. Unetl recently, safety velves were normally sized on the baste of singly Phase liquid flov calculations. This technique has been found to be highly questtonsble and extensive re: 8 something causes them to clos arch into flov behaviour of these valves is wadervay. Designing safety valves is further complicated by the problem of ‘send erosion vhich tends to enlarge the flov opening and make any design calculations valid for short periods of tine at best. Another shorteoatng of design calculetions for long chokes and subsurface safety valves could Result from neglecting friction effects. Flow behaviour through restrictions from valves, fittings, ate. ts63 Fig. 6.1 Flow Metering Restrictions (After Ref. 2)— fren 1.985 1.995 Lock ine 8 ANOREL 2 +687 8 EQUALIZING] a +720 Spat 732 +890 y S ffi # [Le A 2 ganico 71 ? SEeante é a 2 BEAN 8 = , 2 1.50 ° +758 & +800 ene re ae ne 2 g 5 2 Fig. 6.2 Typical Internal flow configurations for Gis J and Camco A-3 veloclty- controlled subsurface safety valve assemblies63 very difficult to desertbe. The flov path ts nonsyametricel, and exteting theory does not apply. For single-phase flov, pressure losses are usually weed on adding “equivalent lengths" of pipe.’ A eiatler approach wpplice for two-phase flow but research results are still proprietary,6-5 6.3 Critical vs, subcritical Flow Critical flow is a flow phenomenon defined for the flow of compressible ‘gases at the throat section of a restriction when the velocity there Le sonic or the ‘Mach number 1s 1.0, Critical flow occurs because the velocity of the fluids reaches ‘2 level identical to the velocity of sound or pressure or compressional wave. Flow then becomes independent of downstream disturbance of pressure, temperature or density because the diaturbance cannot travel In the upstream direction. A generalized eet of equations describing leeatropie (adlabatic-frictionless) flow from upstream stagnation conditions (p,, °,, T,) to any other section (p, 9, T) is wietd)e.. Bee fi ofeayve? ... Be fi oer? where k= e,/eys For sonic flow (f= 1), conditions can be designated vith an asterisk. ‘Through definition of the Mech number, the eritical velocity at the throat te Ta kp we | ar ° mate flow extats (= 1) and if a dtatontc ges is assumed (k= 1.4), (6-1) = (6.3) become: m iz - i. eye 889 ween fy) “oP oa. een = (4) = 0.636 (6.5) RO7 These rerulte show that for ofr and several other gases vith k™ 1.4, the abolute tenpereture drops sbout 17%, the pressure drops about 47%, and the density {s reduced by about 37%. Equation (6.5) Ae frequently the calculation made to determine if flow ts critical or subcritical. If the ratio is greater than 0.528, flow ts atsuned to be subcritical. Another clear indication of eritical flov ie @ direct result of Equation (6.4) which shous that the insitu volunetric flow rate through « restriction of throat ares A As a constant. Supersonte flow connot exist at the throat. Thus, a further pressure reduction downstream such that the ratio of downstream to upstream pressures {s less chan 0.528 cannot cause an increase in volumetric flow rate. Although the above theory was developed for che flov of gases, sintlar observations for eritical flow of liquids through restrictions also epply. Since Mach 1 or sonte flow for gases and Liquids are at different velocities, one mist ask the question - Whet {9 eritical flow for 2 two- phase mixture? This question has not yet been adequately criteria normally spplied 1s logically that critical flov exists 1f reduetion of dovnstream pressure will not increase flov rates. Prediction of when this happens has not been possible, Olson® states that for gas-liquid mixtures, the acoustic or conte velocity becones less then that for either phase alone. Prediction of two-phase critical flow conditions is covered later in this chapter. wwered. The6-8 6.4 Single-Phase Subcritical Flow Suberieical flow of gases and Liquide ts based on 2 combination, of Bernoullt's equation vith equation ean be written a27: seeteeees (6.6) ‘The equation of continuity 18 PsA, * PYoho + 6.7) Liquids Combining Eqs. (6.6) and (6.7), sssuming an incompressible Liquid, that = 2.) and that condition o corresponds to the throat, one can show that Pe an Ay + 6.8) The quantity Loo ts called the velocity of approsch factor. Equation n fr to we 1 (6.8) 16 frequently written as Fg Spay anc A, fe . Saat (6.9) where q = £°/s0e ‘A,= cross-sectional ares of the choke, £t? O,= atacharge coefficient ‘Op = pressure drop scrots choke, pst pm density, 1m /t0? © = flow coefficient ‘The flow coeffictent con be determined experimentally and depends on the type of meter (1.e, venturt, nozzle, or orifice), on the ratio of the restriction69 lmeter to the pipe dimeter, the epprosch velocity factor, the Reynolds ‘number, and on the position of the vene contracts for an orifice. Fig. 6.3 shove values of the flow conffictent daterained for Nossles and for equare edged orifices. Fig. 6.6 shove a typical velocity profile across 4. square edged orifice and shovs thet the “ninimun flow area" or vena~ contracta is not located at the throat. This fact ts incorporated into the flov coefficient, C. Ie 1s generally accepted that the vene-contracts also corresponds to the potat of minimum pressure (end meximm velocity). Hovever, 4 recent paper hes questioned the asmumption of this coincidence. Equation 6.9 can be solved for dp to arrive at £6.10) Equation (6.11) 4s {denttesl co Equation 34.3 of Reference 19.Flow Coefficient C for Nozzles Flow Coefficient C for Square Edged Orifices < wy oa as ae] tee tie ‘Reser bel a 6-10Fig. 64 Veloctty Profile and Passure Change for Flow through Thin Plate Square Edged Orifice.6-12 Gases Yor gases, normally the steady state energy equation 1s combined with the continuity equation and the isentropic equation of state. The result em be simplified to an equation very sintler to the Liquid equation by agein Amtroductng « discharge coefficient and, in addition, an expansion factor, Y. ‘The expansion factor is the sane for a venturi and nossle but different for am orifice. “Y" accounts for the effect of gas compressibility ad its values ways less then 1.0. The final equation for q, at throat conditions 1s: mh [Bea Tig. 6.5 shovs values of the expansion factor Y for Noxsles and orifices. ore + 6.12 Pressure ratio p/p, Fig. 6.5 Expansion Factors for kel.é (Atter Ref. 2) Reference 19 provides the folloving equation to obtein ¥ for orifices. 1 = 1.0-f0.41 + 0.35 (4)*] (2) e where 4 D = upetre: orifice diameter tubing dieneter Kw ratto of epecttic bests, o/c,6-13 6.5 Two-Phase Flow Introduction Perhaps the first theoretical development of consequence in the ar of two-phase flov through restrictions was published by Tengren et e1.° in 1949, Assuming an incompressible Liquid, an ideal gas, « homogeneous mix- ture, oo nase transfer between phases, isothermel, adiabatic, one-dimensionsl, Lentaar flow, ete., they developed equations based on basic fluid mechantes principles. All equations dagenerated to fantliar equations for single: flow, Although the study dealt with all aspects of conpresstbtlity effects in two-phase flov, part pertained to flov through # converging-diverging duce, A fev gas-vater experinente were run, epperently as an afterthought, and not as # planned part of the atudy. ALL experinents vere conducted at critical flov conditions. Gtibert” presented an approximate equation for eriticel flow through chokes based on regularly reported well production data, le also gave detatled description of the role of choke bess in wells and the interactive of flowing gradient curves vith choke’ performance curves based on his where the upstream pres- equation. Gilbert made no attempt co study ca sure wos less then 1.7 times the dovnstre: this level, well performmece is sensitive to Line pre flow ts soberitical). He elso cautioned chat euall errors in bem size cen cause Baxendell® published ‘2 revised form of the equation proposed by Gilbert using updated coeffictente based on additional date. The next significant plece of work was published by Ros”. He extended the vork of Tamgren et al. to higher gas-liquid ratios where gas vas the continuous phase. Basically, Ros questioned Tengren's assumption of the homogeneous model, but agreed that the throat velocity could be considered uniform, Ros’ development assumed polytropic gas expansion, snd negligible potentiel energy and irreversible losses, except those due to slippage. He postulated thet mist flow occurs in the restriction, that any Liquid film on the wall vould be negligibly small, chat liquid dleperston occurs at the entry of the restriction, chat Liquid droplets are sccelerated by the higher 51 velocity, that slippage at the end of the throat can be neglected end that wall friction can be ignored Af the restriction ts short. Ros apparently up to # 20% error im the desired upstream pressureou checked his theoreticel developasnt vith ofl-field data on crfetcal g Liquid flov ehrough wellhead chokes. A revised form of the Gilbert equation on the deta mentioned. Achong™? 0 106 tests for flov ehrough chokas ranging from 1/4" to 1-1/2" in dteneters ‘A pore useable fora of the originel Ros” equation was presented by Foettmean end Beck!?, they converted Roa’ equation to oil field units and presented « series of working curves for « gas gravity of 0.6 and for three difference API gravities, They couparad their charts 0 108 field tests and predicted production rates to an average deviation of 46.57 and « standard deviation from the mean of 26.4%. Watson’? summarized previous work on tvo-phase flow through chokes and descetbed typical chokas used in Venezuelan ofl ftelé Both eritical and subcritical flov data through vellhe: obtained in an experimental facility described by One et a1.’ The teste Ancluded 35 Liquid, 24 gas, and 47 two-phase flow tei vide ranges of flow rate, choke size, and pressure. Flow patterns vere photo graphed shove and below the choke, A dimensional analysts was performed that yielded eight dimensionless groups. Liquid holdup w1 since {t wes not massured and the authors had Little confidence in extating holdup correlations. A regression anslysis ves performed on the critical Flow date that yielded an eapiricel correlation involving five dinensioale groups, When superficial gas velocities were less than superfictel Liquid velocities, dev ietions in predicted flow rate greater than 10% vere alveys obtained, even for critical flov. An arbitrary grouping of deta into sub- critical flow was made if the ratio of dovnstresa-to-upatrea pr greater chan 0.546 or 1f the superfictel gas velocity wes less than the auperfictal Liquid velocity. Using his critical flow data, Onane compared his correlation to those of Ros and Gilbert; the Onane correlation clearly outperformed the others. chokes vere 8 and covert not considered In 1972 Fortunatt”> presented « correlation for subcritical flow thet drew heavily from che vork of Gushov end Medviediev'®, No experimental work 4a included, and the author stresses the taportance of “experience.” Fortu- nati states chet, While eritteal flow for gas occurs when %y/P, ~ 0.5, the erteteal pressure ratio fer tvo aystens can be at lov as 0.225 and is highly dependent on 2, the no-sltp holdup or input Liquid content. He6-15 agreed with earlier tavestigators that no slippage occurs at the throat of 4 choke. However, he qualifies this by stating the H, = A,vhen both of the following conditions are net: Vg & vy? 10 neters/sec He also states thst these conditions sre normally met even if the dovnstreas Pressure {s 25 low as 1.5 kg/en” (approximately 1.5 atnospheres). Assuming 4 po-slip mixture density, isentropic flow, # mass ratio based polytropie ‘exponent, and no mass transfer betveen phases, he developed an equation for Predicting the domnstree pressure fron # choke. Fortunati's analysis ts based coupletely on @ dovastrean ly 20 pata. Rovever, Gushov and Medviediev presented # vay to extrapolate the results to higher Pressuri Fortunati's study was applied to 250 fleld « ressure of approxis 8. Calculated discharge coefficients agreed well vith the range of 1.03 + 0.9 predicted by Ros. A Large part of che Fortunatt paper 1s devoted to an explanation of how to conputerize his correlation. Ashford” presented « study which vas strictly for critical flow ehrough choke bees. Assuming polytropie expmeion of the gas phase, that erittcal flow occurs at a pressure ratio of 0.544, and that a dts charge coefficient of 1.04 prevatis, he developed a equation for pre= dieting the of1 flow rate through a choke. Using field date from 16 flowing well tests, he calculated discharge coefficients necessary to reproduce the field Calculated discharge coefficients ranged from 0.765 to 1.218 for choke sizes ranging from 16 to 40/64th of an inch. Ashford cleined that his dlacharge coeffictents vere approxinately 1.0, but his published values indicate « considarsble deviation from 1.0. ‘A chorough aalyais on tvo-phase flow measurement vith orifices was Published by Murdock'® in 1962, He developed an equation based on # highly Adealized model of tvo-phes Ligible velocity of approach factor, # coefficient of contraction of 1.0, frtettonl AbiLiey of both phases. His resulting flow. Included in his asaumptions vere « neg- 8 flow, and totel incomprt16 ‘equation vai *e & Murdock modified his derivation to include discharge coefficients for liquid and yd on & square edged orifice. Using measured data from two different sources for orifice sizes of 1-inch and 1-1/4-inch, pipe dimatars of 2+1/2+tach, Ieinch, end 4-inch and p values (ratio of choke to pipe dimmeter) from 0.25 to 0.50, he determined that ‘and an expansion factor for gas ba o, % Feo tas Ze + 1.0, : s Thus the presence of the get flow reduces the Liquid flow rate sbout 20% over that predicted on an ideal basis. Murdock's finel contribution was to convert his resulting equations into the normal form of ASE "Flow Measurenent™ and to convert the AGA equations for “Orifice Metering of Natural Gas” co account for two-phase flov. Ashford and Pierce?” extended the theory of Ros and developed an equation for suberiticsl flow through restrictions. Advs in their paper vere tha both free ages staced 1) « polytropic gaa expansion vas used; 2) 8 and solution ges vere considered; 3) an improved expression for Liquid flowing per 1b, of fluid vhich accounts for gas in solution; 4) eritical flow conditions ean be determined; and 5) subcritical flow can be handled so that orifice pressure drop 1s related to flow rates flutd propertie Experiments vere run on a floving ell 12,000 fc. deep with an Otis J type 221037 subsurface valve locdted at 3500 ft. to act as the orifice. Three bean sizes vere considered: 14/64 , 16/64 , and 20/64. Pressure boabs vere located a8 close sbove and below the valve as possible. Considerable difficulties vere reported in obtaining relie- ble data, and discharge coefficients nece: and theo= retical rates shoved considerable scatter (see Fig. 6.6). The subcritical flow equation was used to prepare several plots of p/P, ve 4, with P, 48 Parmeter. An exmuple plot appears in Fig. 6.7. Critical flov ean ry to match messure’eaeq Teavouysedxg Gorey 02 FozNbey saceToTsZe0> BBaeyDETG - 6-9 “2 eee races i jot » F += rf Boy a See zoih i Popo eb oce™ L i po el er er | | | ieee [eee619 sustty be dacermtond from these plocs by the g, where dq) de # 0 (Le. vertical line), Several other recent subcritical flow correlations are discussed later, Critical Flow Correlations ‘As mentioned previously, most publications thus far involving multt- flow through chokes have been for critical flov. The problen solved works has been to calculate the pressure upstree fron « choke, ssiven the choke dimeter, the Liquid production rate and che ges/Iiquid ratio. The alternate case {s to calculate the Liquid production rate given che upstream pressure. The equations and/or figures used to predict critical flov behavior through chokes are given below together vith other Anformation vhere pertinent. P tn th6-20 The equations proposed by Gilbert, Ros, Baxendell and Achong are all of the form 3 >,» Aue @ 6.19) where py = uj cream pressure in psi (or psta for Ros) Mula production rate, STBL/D Rp * producing gas-liquid ratio, scf/STBL 4 = choke diameter in 6éth's of an inch, A,B,C = empirical coeffictents given in Table 6.1 Bapirteal Corre A B c Gitbere 10,00 0.545 1.89 Ros 17.40 0.500 2.00 Baxendell 9156 0.866 1.93 Achong. 3:82 0.650188 Analysis of Equation (6.14) clearly shove that the production rate or fluid throughput is independent of the pressure domstrean from the choke. As mentioned previously, this 1s characteristic of erittcal flow, Equation (6.14) ts also very sensitive to the choke size. Gilbert stated that an error of 1/128 inch in bean size can cause errors of 5 to 20% tn ps sure estimates. Algo, he pointed out that gas-liquid ratios re frequently reported only to the nearest 50 or 100 s¢f/STB and are frequently difficult to determine because of fluctuations vhich occur in many wells, These fluctuations can require changing choke ele times in a well’s production Matory to obt Finally, several In destred production rat Gilbert stated that his formula (or coefficients) applies only when the upstream pressure (tubing pri the line pressure (downstream pressure). 70%, the wre) 18 at least 70% greater than When this percentage ts Lese than in size indicated will be coo small for the given conditions.Operators try to avoid operation in thle range because of the effact of Line pressure on production. Posttnann and Beck ‘The Poettmann and Beck equation is merely the final result proposed by Ros, but expressed in oil field units, It, too ts for critical flov only and is independent of Line pr The equation 1s expresued in terms of Liquid production rate size, gas-Liquid ratio and fluid physteal prot ay,» esto ac [8278-6 2) ] tap \yG90-5ep [ 740.5663 where: A, = choke throat area, ft? R= free gas-liquid ratlo, ac{/STBL © = flow cooffictent (used as 1.03) upstream pressure, peta sTBL/D and: total mase/STBO = 5.616 oy, | + 0.0765 Yg By Py.e. = Tom ofl + vater/STBL "Foc f0* Mpc, fw gas spectfic gravity ~ producing GLB, scf/STBL 0.00804 424 (p-Ryt) » fe? galt? Lia. Pi Poi ag, My, a1 rer A aa Mr6-22 Equation (6.15) contains some previously unpublished modifications to include the possibility of three-phase flow. ‘The second equation given for R has never been identified as such but can easily be derived. Analysi of Equation 6,18 and comparison vith Equation (6.14) suggests that 4, Py , or A, can be obtained given the other tvo variables. Using Equation (6.15) and an empirical correlation for determining R,y and BL, » Poettmsnn and Beck generated working nomographs for crude ofl sravities of 20, 30, and GO°API with no vater production. A gas gravity of 0.6 and « tubing temperature of 65°F vere assumed in constructing the charts. Figures (6.8)-(6.10)are copies of the nouographs published, To check the accuracy of the charts, Posttnann and Beck compared field measured of] production rates with chart results for 108 tests covering a wide range of R, , A,» py and of] gravity. It vas found that the charts predicted slightly conservative results giving a mean error of 46.5% and a standard deviation about the mean of 26.42, This ts considered to be acceptable reaults in lieu of the effect minor choke size deviations can have on production rates.3 G_pPO pe wowenseeg 49259) LAY UC) UdesowoH moLE SHO A! PUN WIMIBEEE — Gry vaNdE s3n0H9 MonOwHL Non WO-s¥0 snoaNysIAMS (ayais)h¥o uaa svauuva - savy More625 We ee Sy PASS PER oe Co6-26 Qnstia Correlation ‘Oasa perforned 4 detailed dinensiovless analysis of the problen related to two-phase flov through chokes and determined that 8 dimenston- Leas groups were important, Sout of these groups are defined in Section 3.5+ The others, expressed in oflfield units are given belov. RK, My Mn me /AL My = 120.872 4, (4) fe tL. * wt ()™ 1 Onaiia used carefully controlled experimental data’ covering the folloving ranges of flov variables: 400 ~ 1000 pais Py + 300 ~ 900 patg (downstream) 4, + by 6, 8, 10, 12, and 14/64 tach ag O-7 Mct/D (0.611 gravity gas) a + 0-800 s13/D (water) Using multiple regression analysis with the dimensionless groups and the test data, Onda determined that N, was not inportant and that H, and Ng, could be combined through R into a new group Qy = 1/(L#R). Uetng Nyy a the dependent variable group, the folloving expression vas found to be the beat one to correlate the data. (6.16) $349 y 3-19 9 0.657 ¥, = 0. hay O26 HO? a, 21? gi6-27 Several coments about the Ona%a correlation are in order. Firet, elimination of che Liquid viscosity number, N, , could be a result of the data base including only vater as the Liquid phase. Thus, Equation (6.16) should be used with caution with viscous liqui of the data were in subcritical flow, Onatia carefully seri Second, although sone ned the data on two bases. If B <1,0 and p, /p, <0.546, the data were grouped vith other data for vhich py /p, >0-546 and were called subcritical, None of these ‘eton could be found data vere used to develop the correlation and no corre for the data in this range. Analysis of Equation (6,16) shows that its use is very similar to any of the others covered previously. Given p, » dj, and the gas-liquid ratio, together with flutd physical properties, M, and thus q, can be calcu 1 f the taportane variables appearing in previous correlations, the fourth can be determined. Onatia scated that his correlaticn was valid for hie definition of critical flow and that reliability of results vill probably be less at 1s (> 800 B/D) and for chokes Larger than 16/64 inches. ition to developing a rev correlation, Onaiia compared his of Gilbert and Poettmann and Beck (Ros) using Ouaifa's dat xt section. lated, Also, given any thr larger flow ra! Ashford's Einal equation for determining of! production rate for eritical flow ehrough chokes is es follows. 0.858 pd? beet 90° Rie, FO. A+ 0.76 Py 6.1 z =r + 0. Ro)? (B+ 0. x, (8 + 0.01353 ¥,R,} (8 + 0.01353 ¥, R) where A= 5.06x 1071, 2) @, - here A= 5.04% 10% 1, 2 = RD 6204 [yy + ¥y _-GWORDY Bo fF aOR 4.7 choke dimeter, 64 the of inch. Pit upstream pressure, pate6-28 R= producing COR, sc£/ST20 X,> solution @R, ecf/STRO at py C= flow costtictent Qo" ofl production rate, STI0/D Using Equation (6.17), Ashford checked his correlation egeinst 14 wells and found the discharge coefficient necessary to pradict measured production Fates ranged fron 0.662 to 1.218. Approximately 1/3 of the 26 tests fell within 10% of the measured q, using aC of 1.0, Thus AshfordS statement that values of C were found to be close to unity may be overly optimistic. Using Equation (6.17) he generated several sets of working curves for « 16/64= inch choke and for specific values of R, and WOR, Coordinates used were Py tnd, With R ae « permeter. Yaample 6.1 Given the date below, calculate the required choke size in 64th of mm inch using the correlations of Gilbert, Ros, Baxendell, Achong, Poettmann and Beck, Onaia ond Ashford for eritical flow. 11800 st20/ ag t 1116 ttact/D eine 8, = 9/9, = 620 act/stm 2.996 ta. = 0.269 fe. 0.0487 £2? > c=1.0 5 30 ¢y,20.876) or 128°F TT6-29 Py + 1663 pate Fron Eapisteal Correlations Oy, * 9 Aynes/en Ry, © 335 ect/st=0 By © 1-10 1/sTB0 = 0.78 5 3 Pgy 7 6-856 tb, er gy = 52.59 1b, /te? Using A, B, C from Table 6-1 Sorrelation _d (64th of tn.) citbere 22.59 Ros 21.66, Baxendell 20.69 Achong 19.65 ‘Fosttmann end Beck fg" 5-614 Py gg, + 010765 Yy Ry6-30 = (5.614) (0.876) (62.4) + (0,0765)(0.7) (620) = 340 1b, /ST20 ea 700028 8 TP = 0.0078 w= Mp = Bat? Ba = 0,95 fe/aec ‘sh Santor (6,600) ng 7 2a Ow 2.66 tne, 36,4005, Be vga! Mgna 7 O38 ®, 3 o, = Pessce . (0:72(0.0764) = 6.856 1,/#0 a ee 0.0076 bd 9273.6 P, a 7 Warorey TF 0.5m) RF 05663 25.721 x 10 = x 7G6-31 Ra, Maen % * aH) = 0.735 H, = bgy/Pyy * 0-13 5 2 1 1.7 x10 p, (<4 —) «1.33 1 G@ az) wa ttt, LY = .01 at a = ao.sre ¢, [Ba = 92.2 g, ou 3.69 9g 3-19 9 0.657 yD H = 0. a, 7 nse HP 27? ig 9-657 (292.2 3.9 1.80 3.01 x 10% = (0,263) (0.13)"3 491.33) (0-735) ‘) = (0.263) 4236.9) 2.48) 0.817) (2.743 = 108 a 180) 1.80 1 t18 = 1.665 = 1079 4, = 9.0286 fe. = 0,343 ta. = e Ashford Aw 5.06 x 107 ta, (R, ~ Ry,) = 658.79 Bm 62.6 vy gig, = 34-6622 0.858 CB > + 0.01353 v5 8] [3 + 0.01359 V5 8 ate a = © 19,55 (bith of inch) Suberitical Flow Correlation: prediction of subcritical two-phase flow behavior is far more difficult than for critical flow, Following sections describe correlations or modela for predicting prosmure drop oF flow rate for subcritical flow. Fortinati!® presented 2 model that can be used to calculate eritical and eub- critical two-phase flow through chokes, When two-phase flow occurs, Fortunat! ‘asmmon that there 18 no slippage between the phases, although he recognized that slippage exists even for immiscible liquids, ‘Two conditions were required for thle assumption to be valid: 19 the mixture velocity should be greater than 10 m/sec. (22.78 ft/sec) by the Froude mmber of the mixture must be greater than 600, ‘To describe the relationship between the pressure drop and flow rates for sub-critical two-phase flow, Fortunati used Fig. 6.11, The curves of Fig. 6.11 are ‘based on the expetimental work performed by Gurov and Medviediev"*, snd were propared for a downstream pressure of 0,137 MN/M2 (19.8 pals). The following formula was given to correct the mixture velocity for actual downstream pressure. (6.18)6-33 656 [Possesease|- Ik ‘i rena} Wor. [Sais 2 Pe sey | 300 100 Py! 5, Suberitical Flow (after Fortnat! Figure 6,11 - Misture Velocity for Critical6-34 ae ‘The Liquid flow rate Ls determined from s240 (6-19) ; 4 Aa) “ase [fF] ‘The dlecharge cootloients, Cy suggested by Fortunat! for subcritical flow vary from 1,020 to 1.095 depending onthe choke size, ‘The Fortuna! model asmumes lnotbornal flow and that physical properties are calculated atthe downstream pressure. ‘Ashford and Pierce Model Ashford and Plerce “extended the work of Ror - to develop a new relationship for mberitical two-phase flow through chokes under the following assumptions: 1) The gus flowing through the choke expands polytroplealy; 2) Flow through the choke Is lentropi (ritloniess ad adlabat 3) There is no slippage between gos and liquid phases 4) Liqutd te tncompressibie, Starting with the corresponding form of the energy balance equation, mY § fa + § vaveo 2956.20) my 4 a el eidel tentticia : ee i eyanyt _{eedat-x © ]-ba]} Cp Ay 14R, x 7k seseeeeseeeeee (6.20) where R, Is the in alts gas/Liquid ratio (uni jess) at upstream pressure, p,.6-35 ‘The subcritical pressure ratio formulation 1a obtained from Eq. (6.21) and con- stitutes an Iterative procedure, 2p,c.7 A,” A 1p AB ante | REE Leyes a R where b= (k-1)/k Eq. (6.22) normally has two roots, one less than X,, defined later and one greater than X_. Conditions can occur where elther one or no posalble roots can be found. ‘Ashford and Pierce recommend the use of the orifice discharge coefficient given in Table 6.2, Of these choke sizes, only the 20/64 In, choke size was included tn thelr study. (s00 Fig. 6.6). ‘The C, values for the remaining choke alzea were recommended from purely an intultive basis. Table 6.2 ‘Ashford and Plerce C,, Recommendations Choke ©. Size (In.) D 327/64 0.35 24/64 0.38 20/64 0.9760 12/64 1.20 8/64 1.206-36 APIA4B Modet ‘The API 148°” formulation consiste of computer program developed to size mbsurtace controlled subsurface safoty valves. The orifice flow calculations provided in the computer subprogram: "2 used to solve for: (1) pressure drop 2 choke for a given flow rate and downstream pressure; (2) pressure drop across 2 choke for a given flow rate and upstream pressure; and (3) choke dia- meter than will yield @ desired pressure dw p for a given flow rate and upstream pressure, A logic diagram of the valve sizing program 1s given In Fig. 6.12, Highlighted boxes indicate where two-phase subcritical flow calculations across chokes or beans must be made, Calculation of the pressure drop across the choke (1) Liquid flow through the choke Ia incompressible. The discharge coefficient {In constant with a default value of 0. 85. (2) Suberitical gas flow through the choke 1s adiabatic and compressible. The lecharge coeffictent 1s constant with a default value of 0.90, (3) Suberitical two-phase compressible flow Is described by weighting the quid and gas orifice flow oquations with the no-slip fraction of free gus (1g) is he atream approaching the choke APpp OP, +P, 3 (6.23) (4) The denalty and flow rates of each phase can be replaced by a no-slip mixture denalty p,, aod a total mixture flow rate, a. ‘Bernoulli's equation 1s combined with the continulty equation to obtain an ‘equation for incompressible flow through an orifice or nozzle, va [9] (6.24)637 st ‘Figure 6.12 - Logle Diagram of API Velocity Type SS8V Sizing Computer Program6-38 Eq. 6,24 ean be solved for pressure drop to obtain seer (6:25) apse fs- ayay4] fete] pA Expressing Eq. 6.26 for liquid flow and using assumption No. 4 above yields “PL (6.26) » [+e] | | ? Fay Cp, ‘rhe parameter F is « conversion factor introduced to accommodate diferent systems of units, For a consistent set of unite, It would have a value of unty. For the case of AP ADs 9g Ag/M) Gy, /000), (0) and dt), F has a vale of 8089. ‘The corresponding equation for the gas phase Is 4p, “boa | ; rao, Bn Eq. (6.27), ¥ represents an empirical gas expansion factor necessary to validate Eq. (6.25) for compressible, adiabatic flow of flulds. This expansion term is defined by Eq. (6.19). ‘The value of ¥ 1s constrained to 2/3 | __ 20/64" 3s 13.50 6.20. z 6 32/64 172 0.21 a7 “Gas and Water Teste Overall Statistical Results Ne. 2 et Sav Tosts E 8 Otis Liquid 308 049 16.26 Jotis Two-Phase | 153 = 108 [Camco Liquid Eo 0.11 [Camco Two-Phase | 463 =i eae6-43 N = umber of observations ‘Prediction of Two-Phase Critical Flow Determination of eritfeal flow by the Forbmati model 1s made by uaing Fig. 6.11, The mixture velocity and the no-slip gas holdup are first calculated at down stream conditions, The mixture velocity 1s then changed to the proper units (mn/eec) and converted to Fortunat!'s corrected mixture velocity using Eq. (6.18). Using Fig, 6.11 the corresponding pressure ratio Is read. If for a given v9, and 1g A Pronmure ratio cant be found, Le, the ratio 1s located to the lft ofthe separating line, then critical flow exist 180 m/sec and X_7 0-95, then critical flow Le predicted. Fortunst! stated that “critical flow means a velocity of the fuld equal to the voloeity of the sound in that fluid through the choke". ‘Thus the Mach number should bbe greater than or equal to one In critical flow. A relationship is then needed to determine the sonic velocity of the mixture, Fortunati stated that eonle flow, v* ‘occurs when 33) where G-x)e,, + x k= T=BGy, Oy 1116.34) ‘and x = gas mass fraction or quality and C = specific heats at constant volume or pressure of liquid or gas,Im a discussion to Ref. 17, Gould expanded on the Fortunati predictios that the critical pressure ratio, p,/P, decreases with decreasing R, (1. decreasing Ay oF 8). He pointed out that, while results for A,¢ 0.6 are not available fron Fortunati's work, Wallis?! shoved that the sone velocity of # homogenous mixture panues through « miniun at 2,= 0.5, This re the felloving equation. Gould reploteed Fortunatt shown in, Fig.6.13, This compares the p,/P, ration predicted by Ashford for 3 values of specific heat ratio, k. On this basta, the Fortuaeti curve can een to represent only one value of k. curve on different coordinates — 7 Vw __ i aaa Fig. 6.19 - Comparison of Critical Flow Boundary Correlations for 1. Muletphase Chokes (After Ashford”) ets65 Brill et al.”* found that defining a Mach number as Mave g/t a2 + (6.36) ‘was successful in loolating critical flow data in the University of Tulsa API project, Critical flow was found to exist when M> 1.0, Example 6.2 Calculate the sonfe velocity of an alr-water mixture at atmospheric con- ditions if vet sli? ft/aee A= 0.8 80 ft/e0e = 0.0764 1b /t Py = 62. Tb, Substitution Into Bq, (6.38) ylelde 8.1 ft/s Ifthe example problem had been worked at any other value of }, alarger value of v* would have resulted. This implies that Fortunati's critical flow or separating boundary in Fig. 6.11 should turn back up for 4, <0.5 and approach vat 4, = 0. Ashford and Plerce showed that the critical pressure ratio can be deter- mined from Eq, (6.21) by noting that48 ‘the resulting formulation Is iterative to determine X_. Thus aR, > : R, - - 4 a cag [evn share D8 5 fa i e=k+16-47 10. a ro S.6 REERENCES Cook, H. L. snd Dotterverch, F. H.z "Report on the Calibration of Positive Flow Beans as Manufactured by ThorahillCrever Company, Houston, Texas," Texas College of A. and I. (1946). Crane Co.: "Flow of Fluids Through Valves, Fiteings, ad Pipe,” Technical Paper Yo. 410, (1973). Streeter, V. L.z Fluid Mechanics, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York. as71). Olson, Re Mer B 's of Engineering FIs International Texebeok Cor, sefbneene Fae USE enema Teyssendier, R. C. and Wilson, M. P. Jee: "The Paradox of the Vena Contracts," Trans, ASME (J, Fluids Eng.) (1973). Tangren, R. F., et al.: "“Conpresstbility Effects in Tvo-Ph J. Applied Prys. Guly 1949) 20, No. 7, 637. Gtibert, W. E, PLP. (1354), 126. Bexendell, P. 3,: "Bean Performance - Lake Wells," Internal Report @ctober 1957). Ros, W.C.J.: "An Analysis of Critical Simultaneous Gas/Liquid Flow ehrough s Restriction and its Application to Flovaetering,” Appl. Set. Res. (1960) 9, Section A, 374. Ros, N.C.J.: "Theoretical Approach to the Study of Critical Gas Liquid Flow through Beans," Internal Report (February 1959). ‘Achong, I.: "Revised Bean Performance Formule for Lake Maracaibo Wells," Internal Report (October 1961). Poettmana, F. H, and Beck, R. 1. "New Charts Developed to Predict Gat Liquid Flow through Chokes, World Of1 Qlarch 1963), 95. Watson, R. J.: "Conportantento de Estranguladores de Flujo (Aplicactones en el Ocetdente de Venezvela)," Internal Report (April 1967). Onane, B. ‘Multiphase Flow through Chokes," SPE 2682, pr parry 1 Meeting, Denver, Colo, Sept-, 1969. Fortunatt, F.:_"Ivo-Phase Flow through Wellhead Chokes," SPE 3742, presented at SPE European Spring Meeting, Ansterden, the Netherlands May, 1972.16 uw. 1. ww. 20. a 22, eis Gushov, A. J. ad Madviediev, V. F.: “Crittes] Flow of Tvo-Phat Fluide ‘Through Wellhead Chokes," Nieftimoie Xostatetvo ~ Hoskve Wo. 11, 1962, (in Russian). Flov Perfor- 74), B43. Ashford, F. E.: “Ao Evaluation of Critics] Multipt mance through Wellhead Chokes," J. Pet. Tech. (Au Murdock, J. W.: “Iwo-Fhase Flov Measurenent vith Orifices," J. Basie Eng. (December 1962) 419. API Users Manual for APILG3 ~ Subsurface Controlled Subsurface Safety Valve Sizing Progran, Aserican Petroleum Institute, Washington, D.C. (1974). Ashford, F. £ and Plerce, P. B.: “The Determination of Multiphase Pressure Drops and Flow Capacities in Dowi-Hole Safety Valves (Storm Chokes)," SFE 5161, Presented at SF Annual Fall Meeting, Houston, Texas, Oct. 1974. Wallis, G. Be Co., Inc., New York (1969). 11 Tyo! MeGraveHill Book API User's Manual for "API 14B Subsurface Controlled Subsurface Safety ‘Valve Sizing Computer Program", API Manual 14 BM, Firat Edition, June, 1974, Section B4; and API Recommended Practice for "Design, Installation and Operation of Subsurface Safety Valve Systems", APIRP 14 B, Firat Edition, October, 1973. Boggs, H. D., Brill, J. P., Prosho, E. A. and Roman-Lazo, C. E.. "Presgure Drop and Closure Forces in Velocity Type Subsurface Safety Valves", Presented at 1977 Annual Meeting, Production Dept., API, Houston, April 4-6, 1977. Brill, J, P., Beggs, H. D. and Sylvester, N, D.: "Orifice Coefficteats for Two-Phase Flow Through Velocity Controlled Subsurface Safety ‘Valves, Report to API OSAPR Research Committee, September, 1976.e9 6.7 PROBLEMS 6.1 Derive Eq, (6.22) from Eq. (6.21). 6.2 For the data in Example 6.2, calculate and plot v* va X, for }, ranging from 0 to 1.0, 6.3 Derive Ea. (6.9. 6.4 Given the following data for a subsurface safety valve: ‘Ag, = 0.000582 17 (d= 20/64 tn.) aun 7 97 ft/s00 Yggp 7977 H/s00 3 yy 7 28.39 1b, /® 4,= 1,996 in. 4) Calculate the pressure drop across the valve assuming a Camco A-3 valve, ) Calculate the pressure drop across the valve assuming an Otis J valve.AL AD APPENDIX Page FORTRAN Listings of Pressure Gradient Subroutines: An? FORTRAN Listings of Fluld Physical Property and Related Subroutines = = = - = = = = Ans Properties of Saturated Water: temperature table ~~ = = ~ Apa ‘Properties of Saturated Water: pressure table Anse Properties of Water: superheated vapor table At Properties of Water: compressed liquld table Aas Enthalpy-Log Pressure Diagram for Water and Steam = - - ‘Vertical Flow Gradient Curves Ants, Vertical Flow Gradient Curves Asse Horizontal Flow Gradient Curves: 2.0m, LD. ~ = Art Horizontal Flow Gradient Curves: 4.0 1p, .D, = ---- === = A868 AaAa FORTRAN Listings of Pressure Gradient Subroutines Correlation Subroutine Poettaann and Carpenter CATEGA Baxendell and Thomas CATEGA Fancher and Brown CATEGA Hagedorn and Brown HAGER Duns and Ros DUNROS Orkiszewski oRKIS Beggs and Brill BEGER Dukler et al. DUKLER Mukherjee and erill MUKER Aziz, Govier and Fogarasi AZIZ Subroutine nanes, arguments and variable nomenclature follow. Under- Lined variables in’the argument lists are calculated in the sub- routines and returned to the calling program. SUBROUTINE CATEGA (ANG, DIA,RP,VM,HLNS, DENG, DENL ,GVIS, VISL,£D,FRGR, ELGR, DEOL, IREG,KCOOE) SUBROUTINE QUNROS' (ANG,DIA,ED,P,YM,HLNS, DENG, DENL GVIS, VISL y SURL ,XNLy XNLV, XNGV, XND HL, FRGR,ELGR,ACCGR, DPOL, IREG, ICRIT, IFLAG) SUBROUTINE ORKTS (ANG, DIA,ED,P,VM,HLNS, DENG DENL ,GVIS,VISL,SURL, XNLV, XNGV FW HL, FRGR, £CGR,ACCGR, OPOL , IREG, ICRIT, IFLAG, S16) SUBROUTINE BEGER (ANG, OIA, ED,P,VM,HLNS, DENG ,DENL ,GVIS, VISL,XNLV,HL, FRGR, ELGR,ACCGR, DPOL ,IREG, IHL, ICRIT) SUBROUTINE OUKLER (ANG,DIA,£0,P,VMyHLNS, DENG, DENL ,GVIS,VISLyXNL,XNLY, XNGY,XND HL, FRGR,ECGR,ACCER, OPOL , IREG, IHL, ICRIT) SUBROUTINE MUK@R_(ANG,DIA,ED,P, VM HLNS, DENG,DENL ,GVIS,VISL,XNLV, XNGV, XNL, HL, FRGR, ELGR,ACCGR,OPOL, IREG, 1¢RIT, LFLAG) SUBROUTINE AZIZ (ANG, OIA,ED,P,VM,HLNS, DENG, DENL ,GVIS, VISL, SURL»HL, FRGR,ELGR,ACCGR, OPOL,IREG, CRIT)accoa ANG ora ENG DENL oro. = eLar FROR fw cvs H MLNS reRrt TFLAG TL IREG 1st HL Kcove KHL kRes NOMENCLATURE Acceleration pressure gradient, psi/tt Angle of flow from horizontal, deg Inside pipe diameter, ft Gas density, 1bq/ft3 Liguid density, Lb,/ft3 Total pressure gradient, psi/ft, = (ELGR+FRGR+ACCGR) Relative pipe roughness,~ Elevation pressure gradient, psi/tt Friction pressure gradient, psi/ft In-situ volume fraction water in liquid,- Gas viscosity, ep Liquid holdup fraction,- No-slip liquid holdup fraction,- Critical flow parameters = 0 If EKK < 0.95; = 1 If EKK > 0.95 Convergence parameter: = 0 if converged; 1 If not converged Beggs and Brill inclined flow holdup correction factor para- meter: 0 = no correction; #0= use Palner correction factors Flow regime indicator: 1 = Liquids 2 = Gas; 3 = Bubble, dis- tributed, or two-phasey 4 = Slug or Intermittent; 5 = Hist or Segregated; 6 = Transition Orkiszewski liquid distribution coefficient equation selec- tion parameter for VM >10: O=Orkiszewski; >0=Triggia Dukler liquid holdup correlation selection parameter: 0 = use Dukler holdup; 4 0 = use Eaton holdup Category A correlation selection parameter: 1 = Poettmann and Carpenters 2 = Baxendell and Thomas; 3 = Fancher and Brown Hagedorn and Brown liquid holdup selection parameter: O= use H ang 8 holdup; 1 = use no-slip holdup if greater than Hand 6 holdup Hagedorn and Brown flow pattern modification selection Parameter: O = no modification; 1 = Griffith and Wallis Corre- lation for bubble flow calculationsNOMENCLATURE (continued) Pressure, psia Producing gas/liquid ratio, sef/sTeL. Gas-liquid surface tension, dynes/em Liquid viscosity, ep Superficial mixture velocity, ft/sec Dimensionless diameter number,- Dimensionless gas velocity number,- Dimensionless liquid viscosity number, Dimensionless liquid velocity number,~SUBROUTINE CATEGA (ANG,DIA, RP, VM, HINS, DENG, DENL, GVIS, VISL, 1 ED, FRGR, LGR, OPDL, TREG, KCODE) crete gube 1983 LISTING FOR THO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES SUBROUTINE TO CALCULATE PRESSURE GRADIENT IN PSI/F7 USING ANY OF THE CATEGORY A CORRELATIONS. THE CORRELATION SELECTED IS DETERMINED BY THE VALUE OF KCODE. IF HCODE.EQ.1 POETTHAIN AND CARPENTER CORRELATION TE KCODELEQ.2 DAXENDELL AND THOMAS CORRELATION YF XCODE.EQ.3 FANCHER AND BROW CORRELATION DIMENSION XE (10), FPC(10) , FBT(10) ,FFB(3, 10) ,GL(2) DIMENSION XFL (10) , FECL (20) , FBTL (10), FFBL (2, 10) ,FFBBL (10) DATA FOR ABSCISSA OF FRICTION FACTOR CORRELATIONS DATA X/ 13.p8.p 10.20/30, 40.750. 60.,80.,120./ ¢ RECTION FACTOR DATA FOR POETIMANN’ AND’ CARPENTER: DATA FPC/ 18.2.2) .26, .072, .038, 024, .0276, .0136, .0088, .0048/ FRICTION FACTOR GATA FOR BAXENDELL AND’ THOMAS: DATA FBT/ 18.1.2, .26, 072, 038, .0268, 0236, .0220, .0204, .0188/ © ERECTION’ FACTOR DATA FOR FANCHER AND BROW: DATA FEB/ 22.6, 38, -28) 4, -22, .035, .245, 09, .04, .063, .04, .026, 2.042, .026, .0092, .0292, .018, .0064, .0240, .014, .0047, 3 102,012, .004, .0148, .008, .003, .02, .005, .0022/ GER DATA FOR FANCHER’AKD BROMW’ CORRELATION: DATA GL/ 2 1500.,2250.,3000./ © PREPARE FRICTION FACTOR ARRAYS FOR INTERPOLATION. DO T1,10 XEL (1) =ALOG (x (2)) FRCL (1) =ALOG (FPC(Z)) FOL (1) -ALOG(FBT(Z)) bor gsi,3 2 FPBL(J,1)=AL0G(FFB(J,1)) CONVERT INCLINATION ANGLE TO RADIANS. ROANG#,1416/160. ‘CHECK FOR SINGLE PHASE GAS OR LIQUID FLOW. IF (HENS.17.1.) GO 70 2 Met DENNS=DENL VIseVISL, IREG=1 0 709 2 TF (aiNS.cr.0.) Go 703 areca CATEGA CATEGA cATEGA cATEGA caTEGA areca careca cates ‘cates areca CCATEGA CCATEGA CCATEGA cATEGA careca earEca carecn carecn careca caTEGA ‘cATEGA cATEGA areca eaTEGA ceareca, ceareca areca arecai. DENMS=DENG vrseqvrs, IREG=2 0 10 9 © _ CALCULATE ABSCISSA OF FRICTION FACTOR CORRELATIONS. 3. DENNIS®DENL*HLNS+DENG® (2. HIN) X=DENS*YM*OTA XL*ALOG (2) IREG=3 © © CALCULATE FATC=z0N FACTOR. Go 70 (4,5, 6), KoODE. c 2 CALCULATE 2OETTMANM AND CARPENTER FRICTION FACTOR. 4 SAGR (XFL, FECL, XL, 2,101) © CALCULATE BAXENDELL AND THCHAS FRICTION FACTOR. S FP*EX® (PLAGR (APL, FBTL, XL,2,30)) 0 70 10 c © CALCULATE FANCHER AND BROWN FRICTION FACTOR. 6 IF (RP.LT.3000. .AND.RP.CT.1500.) GO 70 8 17 FrpBL(r)=FFBL(s, 1) RESEND (FLAGR (KEL, PFBBL, XL,2,10)) 0 70 10 8 FFWEX® (FLAGR2 (GL, XPL,FFBL,3,10,1,2,RP, XL) ) 60 to 10, © CALCULATE SINGLE PHASE FLOW FRICTION FACTOR. 9 REYN=L488, *DEN0IS*VMADIA/VIS (CALL FREACT (REMI, 20,77) ¢ © __ CALCULATE FRICTION, ELEVATION AND TOTAL PRESSURE GRADIENTS. 10 FRGRGFF “DENS VM*2/ (2.0*92.24DTA*I44.) ELGR-DEMNS"STN(A) /144. DEDLMFRCAFELGR c exo SUBROUTINE HAGBR (ANG,DIA, £9, P, WM, HLNS,DENG,DENL,GVIS,VISL, 1 XML, ROLY, NAGY, XN, HL, FRGR, ELGR, ACCOR, DPDL, 1REG, KREG, KHL, ZCRIT) cree#* gUEY 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES “¥*** SUBROUTINE TO CALCULATE LIQUID HOLOUP AND PRESSURE GRADIENT USING THE HAGEDORN AND BROWN CORRELATION. TRE ACCELERATION PRESSURE GRADIENT 15 CALCULATED WITH THE DUNS AND ROS EQUATION. IF BUBBLE FLOW EXISTS, THE GRIFFITH AND MALLIS CORRELATION CAN BE cateca ‘caTEGA cATEGR ‘caTEGA cATEGA cateca eATEGA cATEGA cATEGA cATEGA areca, caress caTEGA caTEGA ‘ATEGA cATEGA cATEGA cATEGA cATEGA, cATEGA CATEGAUSED BY SETTING KREG=1. LIQUID HOLDUP CAN BE RESTRICTED TO BE GREATER THAN NO-SLIP LIQUID HOLDUP BY SETTING KAL=1. ‘THE FLOW REGIMES CORRESPONDING TO TREG ARE: IREG*1 LIQUID IREG-2 GAS TREG-3 BUBBLE TREGe¢ stug DIMENSION 20D (12) , YH (12) , XCML (10) , YOM (10) ,XPSE (22) ,¥PST(12) DIMENSION XHLL (12) , xCHLL (10) , Yeats (10) ENTER DATA ARRAYS FOR LIQUID HOLDUP CORRELATION. DATA xaL/ 2,2) 5, 10/2.,5./10.,20.,80.,100.,200.,300.,1000./ BATA ‘eHL/ 1.04, .09) 618, .18, .25, 34, 44, 65, 682/192, .96/1./ DATA’ xCKL/ 4,002, .005, .02, .02, .03, .06/.2, -18, .2, .4/ ‘DATA’ ¥oNL/ 2.0029, .0022, .0024, .0028, .0033, .0047, .0064, DATA xeSz/ 42.02, .02, .025, .03, .035, .04, .045, .05, .06, .07, .08, .08/ DATA wPSi/ hey 2, 1.28,1.4/2,83,2.6,2.65,1.68,2.74,2.78)1.8/2.63/ 008, .009, .0118/ CONVERT INCLINATION ANGLE TO RADIANS. AeANG*3.1426/180. CALCULATE SUPERFICIAL VELocrTIES VsumineenLs vscnvmi-¥sL, CHECK FOR SINGLE PHASE GAS OR LIQUID FLOW. IE (HNS.17.1.) GO 70 2 kui. DENNS*DEM, REGAL 0 70 6 IF GUNS.6T.0.) Go 70 2 kino, DENNS=DENG IREG=2 co 70 6 (CHECK FOR BUBBLE FLOW. xube1 .072-.22368vue=2/D10 TF (GB.LT..13) xiBe,13, NGuS=1 HENS BE (GNS.Cr.x1B) Go TO 3 BUBBLE FLOW ExrsTS.meee) ‘CKESK TO $2E IF GRIFFITH AND WALLIS CORRELATION IS TO BE USED. TF (XRZG.EQ.0) GO 70 3 GRLEPITH AND WALLIS BUBBLE FLOW CORRELATION. vse.8 ph. =.34 (2. 4¥04/YS-SRE ( (2.4/8) *92.—1 IE (AL.UT MUMS) RUMKINS DENS=DENG“HLADENG® (1.-HL) AEYWYS=1488. “DENL* (VSZ/Hz) *DIA/VISE abt PRACT (REWB, ED, FF) CALCULATE ELEVATION AND FRICTION GRADIENTS AND ACCELERATION TERM FOR 8: uot ELGR*DENG*SIN(A) /244. FRGR=T? *DEML® (VSL/HL) *#2/ (2.432 .29DTA*244.) Red. : Go 707 SUEG FLOW EX TF (ED.80.0.) EoGe1.s 5 INITIALIZE ITERATION COUNTER TO 22R0. ITERAO REYG=1498.. *DENG*VSGP*DIA/GVIS XWER=454.-DENG+VSGP**2* (EDG*DIA) /SURL XVTS~,0062048*VISU**2/ (DENE*SURL* (EDG*DIA)) PROKAEB*XVIS EDC=,0749"SURL/ (DENG*sGP**2*DT) TE (PR.GT. 00S) EDC=.3713+SURL*PR**.302/ (DENG*VSGP**2*DIA) \VsGe=VSG/ (i.-B0¢) #52 IF (ABS (EDC-£DG) .17.1.8-7) Go 70 8 UPDATE ITERATION COUNTER AND CHECK TO INSURE THAT MAXTHUM ‘LLOWASLE MUMBER OF ITERATIONS HAS NOT BEEN EXCEEDED. ITER-ITERt1 IF (ITER.GE.25) GO 70 16 EDG-=3C 90 107 (CALCULATE FRICTION GRADIENT FOR MIST FLOW. HF (E0C.27..08) Go 70 9 FF (1./ (4, *AU0G10 (.274E0C) ) #42 .4.0674EDC%#1.73) 44. G0 70°10 CALL FRFACT (REYG, EDC, FF) FRGA“FE°DENG*VSGP"*2/ (2.*32.2*DIA*144.) (CALCULATE ELEVATION GRADIENT AND ACCELERATION TERM FOR MIST FLOW. DENS*DENL¢HUNS+DENG* (1. -HENS) ELGRMDENS*SZH8(A) /144. ERKWDENS“VH+VSG2/(32.2479164.) TcRIT=0 CHECK FOR APPROACHING CRITICAL FLOW. IF (EXK.GP..95) TCRITH1 TF (ICRET.EQ.1) ERK=0.95 CHECK FOR TRANSITION REGION. ownsa a a as IF (ITRAN.GT.1) GO 10 12 0 0 15 ‘TRANSITION FLOW REGIME FRGRS*FRGR ELGRS=ELGR 0 70 6 TFRGRHAFRGR ELGRNSELGRNONGY/XLM DDPDLit= (FRGRM+ELGRM) /(2.—EXK) [ACCGRM*ERK=DPDLM. DETERMINE TRANSITION REGION WEIGHTING FACTORS. 2XS* (XLMNGY) / (XLMAXLS) (CALCULATE TRANSITION REGION FRICTION, ELEVATION, ACCELERATION AND ‘TOTAL PRESSURE GRADIENTS. FAGR*XS*FRGRS+200°FRGAM ELGR=XS*ELGRS+20(°ELGRM ACCOR=aH*ACCERH DPDL=FAGR+ELGR¥ACCCR TREG=6 RETURN SINGLE PHASE LIQUID FLOW IREGe1 REYNL=1498..*DENL*VSL*OzA/VISE CALL FREACT (REWML, ED, FF) [FRGROPF #DENL*VSL*#2/ (2.432.2¢D2002 BLGRODENLSSIN (A) /1 UAHINS, EKR=0. 0 70 15 SINGLE PHASE GAS FLOW IREG=2 REXNG*1488..*DENG*VSG*DIA/GVES (CALL FRFACT (REYNG/ED,FF) FRGR*FE*DENG*VSG**2/ (2.*32.2*DIA*1A4.) ELGR-DE IG*SIN(A) 244. HEAHINS EKR-DENG*VSG"#2/(32.2"P*144.) xonzz~0 (CHECK FOR APPROACHING CRITICAL FLOW. IP (EKK.G?..95) ICRIT=1 IE (ICRIT.EQ.1) EXK=0.95 CALCULATE TOTAL AND ACCELERATION PRESSURE GRADIENTS FOR BUBBLE, SLUG AND SINGLE PHASE FLOM. DEDL* (FRGR¥ELGR) /(2.-EXK) AACCGRSERK*DPDLate ¢ © CouvercENce WoT OBTAINED IN TRIAL AND ERROR MIST FLOW CALCULATION. 18 TrtaGeL RETURN . BD SUBROUTINE ORK:S (ANG,DIA/ED, P, VM, HLNS,DENG,DENL,GVIS, VISL, 1 SURL, ULV, GY, FW, HL, ERGR, ELGR, ACCOR, DPDL, 2REG, ZCRET, TFLAG, ZS1G) Groves guny’ 1983 LISTING’ FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES s¥e¥+ © SUBROUTINE 70 CALCULATE LIQUID HOLDUP, FLON REGIME AND PRESSURE © GRADIENT IN PSI/ET USING THE ORKISZEWSKI CORRELATION é FLOW REGIMES CORRESPONDING TC TREG ARE: 2 GREGel Lzq0:0 3 cas 5 Buseie € 10a c Mrst € [TRANSITZON © TF IS1G.20.0 Use onKzzseNsKr LIQUID DISTRISUTION CoEFFrCrENT. © IF IS:G.6r.0 USE TAIGGIA MODIFICATION 70 LIQUID DISTRIBUTION ce COEFFICIENT EQUATIONS FOR VM.GT.10.0 70 ELIMINATE ¢ DISCONTINUITIES. © DIMENSICN REBS (5) ,RELS(3) ,C28(5, 2) c © ENTER DATA ARRAYS NEEDED FOR INTERPOLATION OF C2 FOR OBTATHING © BuaeLe vELoczTY IN sive FLOW, DATA REBS/ 2 3000., 4000.,8000.,.6000.,8000./ pata RELS/ 2 0.,2900.,6000./ bata c2s/’ BL heye 2. 2.5/1.26, 2,25, 1,125,2.08,2.72,1.5)1-3/1.23/2.165/ c © INITIALIZE CONVERGENCE INDICATOR To ZERO. © ConveRT INCLINATION ANGLE TO RADIANS. AwaNG*3.1426/200., VSuevMraENs, vscewm-vst © CALCULATE LIQUID AND GAS REYNOLDS NUMBERS. REWL=1498, *DENLAVM*DIA/VISE. REYNG=1488 *DENG*VSGHDIA/GVIS TRANG?‘CHECK FOR SINGLE PHASE FLOW. (HLNS .G?..99999) Go 70 22 IF (HINS.UT, 00001) Go 70 23 DETERMINE FLOW REGIME. i5050.496, 00 xem T$ 484" OOLV**.75) nGNS=vSG/ HEBeL 0717 .20280MM0#2/DIA TP OCGB.UT. 13) xEBe.13 (ong U7 20a) GO 70.1 Ee ONGY-LTAES) Go 70 2 (GRiGy.G=_XEM Go To 15 ERAN? core 2 uel. .$# (2 -4VM/¥S~SQRE (1. 40M/VS) #24. V86/¥5)) IE (Ab.07.HLNS) AEAHENS DENSHDENLAHL¢DENGS (2-H) REYNE=1409, *DENL* (VSL/HL) *DIA/VISE CALL FRFACT (RENIB, ED, EF) ‘CALCULATE ELEVATION AND FRICTION GRADIENTS AND ACCELERATION TERA FOR BUBBLE FLOW. ELGRSDENSSIN (A) /144. FRR DENL (VSL/HL) #*2/ (2.432 .2DTA*146.) ° 60 70 24 stug Frow REGH EREG=4 Kere=0 DETERMINE WHECH LIQUID PHASE IS coWTmHUOUS. 0-0 IE (FH.G2.0.30) 10-2 rest IF (W#.67.20.) 18H rreraeds CALCULATE LIQUID DISTRIBUTION COEFFICIENT. wae. 02*ALOGLO (VISL+2.) /DIAS*1.S7L x2=%1+0,397+0.63*ALOGLO (OIA) XO=-ALOG2O (aH) #42 GO 70. (3/4/6732 (OL TS CONTINUOUS PHASE AND VM.LE.10.0 F2/S. Sod .0127*ALCGLO (VESLA1..) /DIAF#1. 415, S2¢n%x2=. 2844, 167+AL0G10 (Wad) +.123*AL0620 (DIA) 60 70 9 orks fonkrs onxrs, onKIS. oRKES (ORKIS ORKIS onxrs, fonxrs (oRKIS onKrs onKrs (oRKIS ‘onKrs ‘oRKrs ORKIS oRKIS ‘onrs ‘onrs ‘ORKIS onxis, onxrs (onKIS ‘onKrs onxrs. oRKIs onKIs fonxrs foners onxzs onxrs: certs ‘onkrs onxrs. onxrs ‘ORKIS ORKIS ORKIS corKrs (onKrs onKzs ‘onKrs ‘ORKIS onxrs ORKIS ‘ORKIS ‘ORKIS onxrs ORK:S fonKIS(fz 1S CONTINUOUS PHASE AND WH.GT.20.0 FT/S. CHECK TO SEE IF TRISGIA EQUATION is SELECTED. 4 IF (25i6.67.0) Go 70 waco. 0274AL0G10 (VESLe3.) /DTAS2372 SUGHax3+. 181+, 569*ALCG20 (DTA) +x so 70 9 Nig300.9227*ALCG20 (VzSue%.0) /DEAtHL 425 3-0 12729. 113AE 0620 (DTA) 44208 ‘ATER 2 CONTINUGUS PHASE AND VM.1E.10.0 F/S. wade. 013°A20010 (7252) /D7A"1 38 682+. 232+A20620 (vm) ~.428*A20G20 (OIA) WATER IS CONTINUOUS PHASE AND VM.GT.10.0 F2/S. CHECK 70 SEE IF TAIGGIA EQUATION IS SELECTED. IF (1S1G.¢7.0) Go 70 8 HXS=. 945 *ALCGLO (VISE) /DIA**.799 ‘StG=K25~. 709+. 162*AL0G19 (V4) ~.888*AL0G10 (DA) co 709 8 suSe0 913¥aLoGL9(vzst) /OrAte1 38 82Gexk5-9.287-9.162+A2C010 (WM) “0. 428*AL0GLO (DEA) .2T.10. .AND.S2G.U7.~.065*1M0) SIG=-.065HVH TAL, AND ERROR CALCULATION OF BUBBLE VELOCITY, vB. vege, sesga7 22.20D2a) reread 0 EE (2.67.25) Go 70 25 sxesgat (32.2078) (RentL.G7.€000.) Go To 12 (CALCULATE "VB BY INTERZOLATION OF CURVES. (C2MPLAGAD (REBS, BELS,C2S, 5, 3,2, 2, REYNB, REYNE) vas. 35ec2"xx 30 12, CALCULATE vB USING EQUATIONS, 2 Tee ( 28248. 762-069RERNL) ‘yas (T3eSQRE (T4243 .S9*VISL) /(DENLYSQRT (OIA) /2. (RENB.LE.3090.) oe (.54648.74E-06*REME) HK EF (REWNB.GE.8000,) Va=(_3548.74E-O6*REYNL) "HX 12 IF (ABS (VB-VBG) .1, .001) GO 70 13 ween 0 70 30 iLAveGrOrA/ ISL (CALCULATE MIXTURE DENSIIY FOR SLUG FLOM. DENS= (DENL® (VSE+VB) +OENGAVEG) / (UMAVB) sDENLASIO TF (WH.tz.10.) 60 70:14 Fs Gr.0) G0 70 14 onxrs onKzS, onxrs onxrs ‘onxrs, ‘onxrs ‘onKrs. corks onxrs, ‘nxt onKrs onxrs, onxrs oRKIS onKrs onxrs, onxrs oRKIS: onKzs onkzs ‘onKrs ‘onxrs ‘onKrs ‘onKrs ‘ornzs oRK:s oRKIS onrzs oRKIS onxrs onxrs. ORKIS. onKzs ORKIS ORKIS ORKIS ORKIS onxrs. onKrs. onKIS ‘onKrs ‘ORKIS ‘ORKIS ‘oRKrS ORKIS onKTS.16 a a9 Xe-VB" (1 -DENS/DENL) / (WM4VB) IF (SIG.GE.%8) GO To 14 IF (KSIG.EQ.1) GO 70 14 srcexx KstGe1 0 70 13 ‘CALCULATE EQUIVALENT LIQUID HOLDUP. Ls (DENS-DENG) / (DENL-DENG) CALCULATE ELEVATION AND FRICTION GRADIENTS AND ACCELERATION TERM FOR SLUG FLOW. ELGRWDENS*SIN(A)/144. CALL FREACT (RENWL, ED, FF) [FRGR= (PE*DENL*VM**2/ (2.32 .2*DTA*LA4.)) * ((VSLAVB) / (UHV) +816) RRO IF (ZTRAN.GT.1) G0 70 20 0 10 24 Mrst FLOW REGIME TREG*S {TRIAL AND ERROR CALCULATION FOR ED AND CORRECTED VSG. vsar-vs¢ IP (ED.20.0.) EDGe1.£-5 INITIALIZE ITERATION COUNTER 70 2ERO. ITERO ABYG=1488. *DENG?VSGE*DIA/GVIS XWE5=454. “DENG*VSG2*#2* (EDG*DIA) /SURL XVIS=,0002048*Vz5L"*2/ (OEND*SURL* (EDG*DZA)) PRAKWED*XVIS £DC=.0749*SURL/ (DENG*VSGP**24DIA) EF (PR.GT..005) EDC*,3723*SURLAPR**.302/ (DENG*VSGP**2*DIA) ‘vsa2=vSG/ (1.-200) +2 HF (ABS (EDC-EDG) .17.1.8-7) Go 70 17 ‘UPDATE ITERATION COUNTER AND CHECK THAT MAXIMUM NUMMER (OF ITERATIONS HAS NOT BEEN EXCEEDED. IDERSITER+I IF (ZTER.GT.25) 60 0 25 Epgezoe 60 0 16 (CALCULATE. FRICTION GRADIENT FOR MIST FLOW. HF (E0C.17..08) GO 70 18 FRH(1./ (4, *AL0G20 (.27*800))*#2.4.0674EDC%81.73) #4, @0 7019, CALL FREACT (REYG,=0C,FF) FRGATEF*DENG*VSGP"*2/(2.*32.24DIA*144.) onxrs onKIS onxrs onKIs conzs (ORKIS (ORKIS ‘oRKIS onxrs. onKIS. onxrs, onKrS. ‘oRKIS (ons ‘onKrs ‘oRKIS ‘ORKIS fonkrs fonts onxrs onKIS: onKrs onxzs, ORKES: ORKES oRKzs onKzs oRKrs oRKzs oRKES oRKzS oRKZS. ORKIS. ORKIS. onKIS onKIS onxrs. onxrs ‘oRers ‘onKrS ‘onxrs ners. oners ‘ORKIS ‘ORKIS onxrs: onKrS: onxrs. ORKIS: ORKIS‘CALCULATE. ELEVATION GRADIENT AND ACCELERATION TERM FOR MIST FLOW. DENS-DENLHLNSDENG* (1.~HUNS) EIGRSDENS*SIM(A)/244. ERKODENS*VMVSG?/(32,24P4244.) 2eRrz=9 CHECK FOR APPRCACKING CRITICAL FLOM. FP (EXK.G7..95) ertt=L EP (ICRIT.£0.1) aK=0.95 (CHECK FOR TRANSITION REGION. IF (S7RAN.GT.1) G0 70 21, 0 70 24 TRANSITION FLOW REGIME 23 FRGRUATAGR ELGRMMELGRSNGW/ xt PDL (FRGRMYELGRH) / (1.~ERE) {CCGRMAERR® DPD, DETERMINE TRANSITION REGION WEIGHTING FACTORS. RS (SEMOHNGL) / (EMRE) seas CALCULATE TRANSITION REGION FRICTION, ELEVATION, ACCELERATION AND ‘TOTAL PRESSURE GRADIENTS. FaGR=xS *FRGRS HU FRGRM DEDLMERGRFELGRSACCGR 4 SINGLE PHASE LIQUID FLOW TREGeL REYo=1408. sDENLeVSLeDZA/VISL CALL FRFACT (REWUL, ED, FF) FRGR“FS*DENLAYSL**2/(2.*32.24DIA144.) ELGRAOFNLASIN(A) /144. EAHLNS ERK=0. Go 10 24 SINGLE PHASE GAS FLOW IREG*2 REYNG=1488. “DENGHVSG*DIA/GVIS CALL FREACE (REYNG, ED, FF) FRGRCEF *DENG*SG"*2/ (2.*32.2*DIA¥14 ELORMDENG*SIN(A) /144 onxrs fonrs fonts foners ‘oRKIS ‘onkrs onkrs fonxrs onxrs onxrs onxrs onxzs onKrs onxzs oRKzS: onKzs: onxrs onxzs onxrs onxrs (ORKrS ORKIS ‘oRRIS ‘onKrS ‘ORKIS ‘onKrS ‘onKrS ‘onxrs ‘onkrs onkrs ORKIS ORKIS onKrS ‘onkrs onxrs2 alge ERKADENG*VSG#*2/ (32.24P4144.) onxrs: IcarT=0 ‘onars ‘CHECK FOR APPROACHING CRITICAL FLOW ‘oRKrs IF (EKK.GT..95) TORIP=1 ‘oRKIS EF (ECRET.EQ.1) ERK=0.95, foners ‘onkrs (CALCULATE TOTAL AND ACCELERATION PRESSURE GRADIENTS FOR BUBBLE, ORKIS. S206 AND SINGLE PAASE FLOW. ‘ORKIS ‘DPDL* (FRGRFELGR) / (1. ERK) ‘onKzs ACCGRMERK"DPDL oRKIS ORKIS RETURN ORKIS. ORKIS ‘COMVERGENCE NOT OBTAINED IN TRIAL AND ERROR MIST FLOW CRICULATIONS. ORKTS IFAG=1 onxrs, RETURN onxrs. conxrs, Bx oRKIS. SUBROUTINE BEGBR (ANG, DIA, ED, P, VM, HIN, DENG, DENL,GVIS,VISL, 2 XVLV, HL, FRGR, ELGR, ACCOR, DPD, £REG, THL XCRIZ) JULY’ 1983 LISTING FOR THO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES seme SUBROUTINE 70 CALCULATE LIQUID HOLDUP, FLOW REGIME AND PRESSURE GRADIENT IN PSI/PT USING THE BEGGS AKD BRILL CORRELATION. A MODIFIED FLOW REGIME YAP TS USED. A ROUGH PIPE NORMALIZING FRICTION FACTOR GAN 35 USED WITH A NONZERO VALUE FOR £D. THE PALMER LIQUID HOLDUP CORRECTIONS CAN BE USED BY SETTING THLmi. THE HORIZONTAL FLOW REGIMES CORRESPONDING 10 IREG ARE: IREG=1 LIQUID IREG-2 Gas ErzG-3 Drsraxeurso EReGea DYTERMETTENT IREG=5 SEGREGATED ‘TRANSITION INCLINATION ANGLE TO RADIANS. AeAUG*3.1416/180., caLcutas SUPERFICIAL VELOCITIES AND MIXTURE FROUDE NUMBER. suave vsowin 781 RNFR*UM*#2/ (32.2*0TA) BEGBR CHECK FOR SINGLE PHASE FLOM. BEGBR IREG=S Bear EE (HLNS.GT..99999) rREGeL BEGBR IP (HLNS.LT, 00002) rREG=2 BEGaR IE _(1A86.67.2) Go To 1 pecan HoeHENS BEGBR 60 70 12 BEGBRAse DETERMINE FLOW REGIME USING REVISED FLOW PATTERN MAP. 1 TTRANo xid=326. *HLNS**.202 xi2~.0009252/miN5*#2. 46042 Ld .1/mNS"#1 45155 XLA= 5 /HINS**6.738 yop-x IF (HINS.UT..02) Go 70 2 IP (HINS.GT..4) xDDexL4 (OO0FR-GE.1G2 AND ONFR.UF. X03) TTRANOL (QOIFR-GE-KL3 AND IONR.LT.DD) TREGH4 (CIFR_GE100) TREG=3 G0 103 2 EF (OQUFR.GE.XE) TREG=3 DETERMINE HORIZONTAL FLOW LIQUID HOLDUP AND C-FACTOR COEFFICIENTS FOR UPHILL FLOW. 3 retReG-2 G0 70 (4,5,6),5 DISTRIBUTED FLOM 4 RLOHL OBS#HLNS#"..5824/207FRE*.0609 pet. Ec. Feo. co. G07 BLO+ 845 +HLNS** 5381 /00ER**.0173, 5e2.36 2.305 Bn4473 on. 0978 60°70 7 SEGREGATED FLOW HLO™, SB*HENS**, 4946/2078: De.0ln 3.768 03.539 Gn-i.ee 0868 RESTRICT MINIMUM VALUE OF BLO. TF (HLO.UT.HINS) HLOMHINS CHECK FOR HORIZONTAL FLOW. IE (A.ME.0.) GO 70 8 HLeALO 60 70 10 FLOW 18 INCLINED. CALCULATE C-FACTOR.3 10 a 2 IF (A.67.0.) 60 70 9 DOWNHILL ‘COFACTOR COEFFICIENTS. Dea.7 en 3692 Fe. i24a onl.s056 ‘CALCULATE THE C-FACTOR. (Ca (1 HENS) *ALOG (D*HINSHSEMOILVESPHONFREAG) IF (C.17.0.) Cm. CALCULATE. THE ANGLE CORRECTION FACTOR AND THE CORRECTED LIQUID HOLDUP FRACTION. 2oceSIN(L.8*A) FAGH1 404 O0%~.33364843) RUaHLOFERC Te (8.67.1) HLe1. NOTE THAT AT HIGH NEGATIVE.ANGLES AND LOW VELOCITIES, FAC MAY BE NEGATIVE, CAUSING HL=D.00001. CHECK 70 BE SURE HOLDUP TS GREATER THAN 0. FE (H.LE.0.) HL=0.00002 APPLY PALMER HOLDUP CORRECTION FACTORS IF DESIRED. IF (ZHL.£Q.0) GO 70 10 IE (ANG-LT-0.) HLeaL*.605 IF (ANG.6T.0.) HuMHLe 924 (CHECK FOR TRANSITION FLOW. IF (ITRAN.LT.1) GO TO 12 IF (ZREG.Lt.5) Go 0 11 HuseaL TREG=4 60 70.3 Burew, AA* (KL3-04FA) / (13x02) Bel.-aa HLSALS*AASHLEeD IREG=6 (CALCULATE MIXTURE FLUID PROPERTIES. DEANS =DENL*HLNS*+DENG* (1.-HZNS) DENS@DELIL*HLDENG* (1 IZ) VESNS=VISueMLNGrGvES® (2.-uLe) ‘CALCULATE MOODY DIAGRAH FRICTION FACTOR. RExit=1489. *DEWIS*¥M*DIA/VISNS ‘CALL PRFACT (REN, 2D, #F) IF (IREG.1E.2) Go'70 13, CALCULATE TWO PHASE FRICTION FACTOR. Youn /(HL#2) XeaLog (2) BeceR’ EGER BEGBR BEGBR ‘BEGBR EGER EGER BEGBR BEGBR BEGaR BEGBR BEGBR BEGBR EGER BEGaR EGER BEGaR BEGBR BEGBR BEGaR EGBA BEGBR BEGaR BEGBR BEGBR BEGBR BEGaR BEGBR EGR BEGBR BEGBR BEGBR BEGBR BEGBR BEcaR EGER BecBR EGER BEGBR ‘EGER EGER BEGaR Aste23 Sox! (~.052349,1824x-,6725¢x"42+ 018538x"NA) EF (Y.G2.2,.AND.Y.U9.2,2) S#ALOG(2.2*¥-1.2) FPAEPHEX@ (3) CALCULATE FRICTION, ELEVATION, ACCELERATICN AND TOTAL PRESSURE: GRADIENTS. FRGRSEF“DEWNS"¥Me#2/(2.432.2*DIAL44.) ELGR=DENS*SIN(A) /144. ERK=DENS*7M*VSG/ (32.24P4144.) reRIT=0 CHECK FOR APPROACHING CRITICAL FLOW. TP (BKK.G7..95) TORITOE EP (ICRET.EQ.1) ERK=0.95 DPDL= (FRGREELGR) / (2, ~EKE) ACCGRMEKR*DPDL SUBROUTINE DUKLER (ANG, DIA, ED,B, WM, HLMS, DENG, DENL, GVIS, VISE, 2 AWE, XNLY, XNGY, XND, HL, FRGR, ELGR, ACCOR, DPDL, IREG, JHL, ICRIT) + ULE 1985 LASTING’ FOR THO“PHASE FLOW IN PIPES *+#** SUBROUTINE TO CALCULATE LIQUID HOLDUP AND PRESSURE GRADIENT IN, PSI/P2 USING THE DUKLER ET AL CORRELATION WITH THE FLANIGAN CORRELATION FOR THE ELEVATION GRADIENT. THE EATON LIQUID HOLOUP CORRELATION CAN BE USED BY SETTING JHLM1. THE ACCELERATION PRESSURE GAADIENT IS CALCULATED WITH THE DUNS AND ROS EQUATION. ‘THE HORIZONTAL FLOW REGIMES CORRESPONDING 70 IREG ARE: IREGeL LIQUID IREG-2 GAS IREG=3 TWO PHASE (commons /OAT/ REY (LL) ,ACLL,9) ,R(2L, 9) , BTN (29) , BTWHL(29) ,ETWY (29) DIMENSION ALAMDA(LS) , FRATIO(15) , ALOGL (25) , PRI (16) , SOVFL (16) ENTER DATA ARRAYS FOR FLANIGAN ELEVATION GRADIENT CORRELATION. DATA PHI/ 11,000, 0.770, 0.630, 0.530, 0.450, 0.383, 0.350, 0.288, 20.280, 0.210, 0.180, 0.1860, 0.130, 0.113, 0.110, 0.060 / DAZA sGvFL / 10.0, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 2 1010, 12.0, 14.0, 16.0, 20.0, 24.0, 28.0, ENTER DATA ARRAYS FOR DUKLER ET AL LIQUID HOLDUP CORRELATION. DATA REY/ 2100.,500.,1000.,2500.,5000.,10000.,25000.,50000.,100000.,200000., 210000000. DATA A/ 41,0002, .0002, .0001, .0002, 0002, .00022, .00015, .0002, .00028, .0006, 1000001, 2/001, .002, .001, .002, .001, .002, .001, .002, .003, .001, .001, eGeR BEGER BEGER BEGBR BEGBR BEGBR BEGBR BEGBR ‘EGER BEGBR BEGBR BEGaR BEGBR BEAR BEGBR DUKLER DURLER DORLER DUKLER DOKLER DOKLER3,002, .002, .002, .002, 002, .002, .003, .004, .0072, .02, .02, 4.004, .005, .003, .006, .005, -004, -008, .01, .025, .02, .03, 502, 01, 008, .033, .0%, .01, .018, .02, .03, .04, -05, 6.02, .03, .02, .025, .02, .02, -03, .05, .06, .07, «4, 108, Ay hy 06, 606,075 24 pods 2, 25 Beas 3p 13y By By By By Se ody oe oy Dhesleghesdeshesdeedesdesdeedesde/ Data’ R/ 1.15, -03, .0125, .005, .0029, .002, .002, .002, .001, .002,0,000001, 2135, .24, .075, .041, .024, .0255, .0095, .0058, .0037, .0017, .001, 3144, .205, .125, .073, .05, .034, -031, .0255, -025, .017, .02, 44150) 129, [162, 1163, -11, 07, -08, 053, .048, .032, .03, 5157) .385, .26, .23, 172, .14, 1123, .098, .08, .056, .05, 6560) 144, +33, 0275, 123, 2, 175) 16, 012, 087, oy 7262, 153, 146, 133, 032) 13, 28, 0225) 017, (22, 02, 8167) 70, 264) 8p 5p 45, c49y 04M «385, oAby oy Bho L A dedededeedeDesderded ENTER DATA ARRAYS FOR EATON LIQUID HOLDUP CORRELATION. DATA ETWX/ 1.00%, .004, .008, .02, .035, .02, .03, .04, .06) .08, -2, .15) 2,3, 04s Sr 8) Bi0y By Ley LS, 20 Boeke Beg Tap Bep 10510067 DATA exwy/ 2.003, .007, .022, .018, .038, .058, .082, .126, .172y .22, .254, .326, .983, -4 271, .535, .$80, .636, .672, .7, .742, .011, .848, .892, .916, .945, .958, .965, 3.9782.) (TER DATA ARRAYS FOR DUKLER ET AL FRICTION FACTOR CORRELATION DATA ALAYDA/ 2.0002, .0003, .002, .003, .005, .02, .02, .03, .08, .07, <2, 2, 4) .6/1./ DATA FRATIO/ 22.95,1.54,1.90,2.275,2.395,2.5,2.573,2.591,2.55,2.5,2.42,2.2,1.83, 22135,1.077 (CONVERT INCLINATION ANGLE TO RADIANS. ARSANG*3,1416/180., [PREPARE ARRAYS FOR INTERPOLATION. ol t1,29 2 emae (Vanes (emx(2)) 302 32,15, 2 ALOGL(S)“ALOG (ALAMDA(S)) (CALCULATE. SUPERFICIAL VELOCITIES. VSLeVMrHINS vscev4-VSt, IREG=3 CHECK FOR SINGLE PHASE FLOW. IF (HLNS.Gr..99999) Go 70 3 IP (wuN3.uT,-00002) Go 70 4 DOKLER DURLER DURLER DURLER DoKLER DOKLER DOKLER DUKLER DUKLER DURLER DOKLER DURLER DURLER DURLER DuxtER Doxcer Doxter DoKLER DoxteR DURLER DUKLER DUKLER DURLER DOKLER DURLER DURLER DORLER DORLER DORLER DURLER DUKLER DORLER DOKLER Ante‘Wo PHASE FLOW EXISTS. DETERMINE EATON OR DUKLER HOLDUP AND DUELER FRICTION FACTOR RATIO. VESSeVISUTHLNSsGvIS* (2.-HUNS) (CALE HOLDUP (HLNS, VzS8,DENL,DENG, DIA, Vi, B, VSL, VSG, VSL, 1 2L OLY, GV, 20, HE, REYS, DENS, JEL) DETERMINE FRICTION FACTOR LNSHAALCG (HENS) "RATH+PLAGA (ALOGL, FRATIO, MINSL, 1,25) Pa. * (0024+. 125/REYS"™.32) CALCULATE ELEVATION, FRICTION AND ACCELERATION GRADIENTS FOR TWO- PHEFLeFEAGR (SOVFL, PHI, VSG, 1,26) ELGR“DENLSSIN(AR) “PHIEL/144. IF (AR.17.0.) ELGR~O. FRGR“EP “DENS UH"*2/ (2.0*32.24DIALAE.) EXRWDENS*VM*VSG/ (32.2*P*144.) rearT=0 CHECK FOR APPROACHING CRITICAL FLOW. F (EKK.GT..95) ICRIT=1 EE (ICAIT.EQ-1) ERK=0.95 PDL» (FRGRFELGR) / (1. -EKR) RETURN SiNsie PHASE LIQUID FLOW REWNEW1498, *DENLAVSLADIA/VISE (CALE FREACT (REWL, ED, FF) ERGRMFE*DENL*VSL##2/(2.*32.2*DIALA ELGREDENL*SIN(AR) /144, HuaHLNS ExK=0 Go 705 SINGLE PHASE GAS FLOW 1A5G2 REYNG=1498.*DENG*VSG*DIA/GVIS CALL FRIACT (REXNG, ED, FF) FAGR*EF*DENG*VSG**2/ (2.*32.2*DIA*LA4.) ELGR-DENGSSIN(AR) /144 eins EKR=DENG*VSG**2/ (32.24P4144.) rearto ‘CHECK FOR APPROACHING CRITICAL FLOW. EP (EKK.GT..95) TCRIT=1 IP (ICRIT.£Q-1) EKK=0.95 CALCULATE TOTAL AND ACCELERATION GRADIENTS FOR SINGLE PHASE FLOW. DoRLeR DOKLER DUKLER DURLER DURLER DORLER DORLER DUKLER DORLER DUKLER DURLER DOKLER DOKLER DOKLER DUKLER DUKLER DUKLER DURLER5 DPDL= (FRGRELGA) /(2.-BKK) [XCCGR*EKK*DPDL RETURN ED SUBROUTINE HOLDUP (HLNG, VISS,DENL,,DENG,DIA, MM, P, VSL, VSG, VISE, 2 XNL, RNLV, GY, 2D, HL, REXS, DENS, IHL) ss= SUEY 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES *¥+¥" SUBROUTINE USED FOR TRIAL AND ERAOR CALCULATION OF DUKLER LIQUID HOLDUP. CALLS SUBROUTINE HOLD TO RETURN THE VALUE OF INTERPOLATED LIQUID HOLDUP. THE SUBROUTINE IS ALSO USED TO CALCULATE THE EATON LIQUID HOLDUP IF gMZel. (COMMON /DAT/ REY (22) ,A(L1,9) / (21,9) /ETK(29) , BTL (29) , BOWE (29) IF (OHL.NE.0) GO 70 13, CALCULATE DUKLER LIQUID HOLDUP. RLGRLNS 3360 IF (HLG.NE.1.0) 60 70 2 DENS@DENLAHIANS"*2 oo 703 2. DENS*DENLSHLNS**2/HUGHDENG® (2.0-HLNS) *#2/(1.0-HL6) 3 REYS =1688,O*DTA*V#DENS/VISS. IF (JHL.NE_O) GO 70 17 TF (REYS.LE.REX(1)) GO 70 5 IF (REYS.GE.REY(11)) GO 70 6 D0 4 Te1/12 wer IP (REYS.EQ.REY(Z)) GO 707 IF (REYS.LT.REY(I)) GO 70 8 conrmNuE 3 CALL HOLD (2,MINS, #2) 709 6 CALL HOLD (11,HLNS, HL) 0 T09 7 CALL HOLD (K, HENS, HL) G0 70.9 8 CALL HOLD (x, MENS, HE2) oeR-2 ob HOD (3, HINS, HEA) HUsHLL+ (ALOG (REYS) -ALOG (REY (3) )) / (ALOG (REY (K) )-ALOG (REY (3)))* 2 gm2-una) 9 EF (ABS (HL-MLG) .6T.0.001) Go 70 12 IF (8L.G7.HLNS) ‘G0 70 10 RLARLNS DENS-DENL*HLNS DENG (2.0-MLNS) REYS=1496 .0*DIA*VM*DENS/VISS io RETURN An gueauea IF (93.GE.40) G0 70 12 Bl DUKLER noLDUP woLDue wowDuP 182 u 1s 1 Fo augea co 701 Hiei.o RETURE CALCULATE EATON LIQUID HOLDUP. yu 00226 XHSMIOTLV* 0 .575/ OONGV*ROD#0,.0277) # (P/14.7) *40.054 (ML/BNL) 40.1 xxEALOG (x) IF (GL.GP.2700,(1)) Go 70 14 His3. #2 GL) 0 70 16 IP (XHL.LP-BTNKL(28)) GO 70 15 UAETWY (29) 60 70 16 NUAFLAGR (E2NKL,, ETN, KHL, 2,29) IE (HL.LT.HLNS) HLMALNS Leek 60.701 RETURN ED SUBROUTINE HOLD (2,X,2) + JULY 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES *++4 SUBROUTINE TO PERFORM 10G-L0G INTERPOLATION BETWEEN NO-SLIP AND DUKLER LIQUID HOLDUP AS A FUNCTION OF REYNOLDS MEMBER, Common /DR2/ REY(21) ,A(11, 9) ,R(L2, 9) -ETK(29) , TNL (29),BIWY (29) HF (K.1B.A(1,1)) Go 702 IP (C.GE.A(E,9)) Go 703 Do ket,9 IF (X.EQ.A(L,%)) G0 70 4 IP OCUT.A(L;R)) GO 70 5 contnive YeR(L, 1) RETURN YoR(L, 9) RETURN YoR(L,N) RETURN Hew-2 YALOG (R (LH + (ALOG (X) -ALOG (A (M1) / (LOG (A (pM) )~ALOG (A (0909) 1 *(ALOG (RCL M8) )=ALOG (RUE, )) ‘oexr (2) ‘SUBROUTINE MUXBR(ANG,DIA, ED,P, VM, HLMNS, DENG, DEML, GVIS, VISL, LV, 1 GY, 20H, HL, FRGR, ELGR, ACCGR, DPDL, IREG, ICRIT, TFIANG) ‘+ JULY 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE’ FLOW IW PIPES s#te+ 5 HySUBROUTINE TO CALCULATE LIQUID HOLDUP, FLOW REGIME, AND PRESSURE GRADIENT IN PSI/FT USING THE MUKHERJEE AND BRILL CORRELATION. ‘THE FLOW REGIMES CORRESPONDING 10 TREG ARE: iREG=1 LIQUID IREG=2 GAS IREG=3 SURGLE IREGe4 SLUG TREG=5 MIST IREG*6 STRATIFIED DIMENSION FRATA(S) , HRATA(9) ENTER DATA FCR FRICTION FACTOR RATIO’ AND LOG(HOLDUP RATIO) FOR HIST Frew DATA FRATA/1.,1., .98/1.2,1,25,1,30,2.25,1.0,1.0/ DATA HRAZA/=3.,72.,~0.699,-0.5229,-0,3979,~0.301,~0.1549,0.,1./ INITIALIZE CONVERGENCE INDICATOR FOR TRIAL AND ERROR CALCULATION. TELAG=0 CONVERT INCLINATION ANGLE TO RADIANS. eANG*3,1416/180.0 (CHECK FOR SINGLE PHASE FLOW. REGS PF (HINS.GT..9999) IREGe1 EP (HLNS U7. 0001) TREGH2 5 (2R2G.67.2) GO 70 1 HeenLxs ce r02 DETERMINE FLOW REGIME AND LIQUID HOLDUP. (CALL FLOPAT COVLV, XNGV, XNL, ANG, TREG) (CALL HHOLD (OILY, JONGV, 201, ANG, TREG, HL ‘CHECK FOR LIMITS OW HOLDUP. TF (ANG.GE.0.0.AND.HLL,UT.LNS) HL*HLNS CHECK FOR STRATIFIED FLOW. IF (IRE3.ME.6) GO 70 2 CALL STRAT (A, Vit, HLNS, HL, DIA, ED, DENG, GVIS, FRGR, ELGR, DPDL, XFLAG) Teart=0 RETURN CALCULATE SUPERFICIAL VELOCITIES. VSLevMeHENS: sG=iM-VSL. (CALCULATE FRICTION GRADIENT FOR MIST, SLUG OR BUBBLE FLOW. DENN=DENL*#LNS*DENG® (1.-RLMS) MORBR MORBR a1Als i DENS*DENLSHLADENG® (2.2) \VESW=VISL*HLNS GUIS" (2.-KINS) NNRELW 1488. “DIA*DENNOVH/VISN ‘CALL FAFACT (XUREL,£D, PL) CHECK FOR BUBBLE FLOW. IF (HL.GE..60) Go 70 4 CHECK FOR MIST FLOW. IF (IREG.£0.5) co 703 204 CALCULATE FRICTION GRADIENT FOR MIST FLOW. HRSELNS /a ReATOG20 (HR) FROFLAGR (HRATA, FRATA/ 41,9) FRGRAPRIFFL*VNIM*DEIMH/ (64, 4*DIA) cots CALCULATE FRICTION GRADIENT FOR SLUG OR BUBBLE FLOW. FRGRAFFL* (VMVMSDENS) / (64.4*D2A) FRGRCPRGR/14 DETERMINE ELEVATION GRADIENT. ELGRADENSSSEN (a) /144 -EKRMDENS *UH*VSG/(32.24P*144.) TeR?T=0 CHECK FOR APPROACHING CRITICAL FLOW. IE (EKK.GT..95) TORITHL BE (ZCR27.60.1) ERKeO.95 DEDL~ (EUGAERGR) / (2. -EKK) ACCGRMERK*DPDL SUBROUTINE FLOPAT (OILY, GV, 2OML, ANG, ZREG) "JULY 1989 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES ***4* SUBROUTINE 70 CALCULATE FLOW REGIME USING THE MUKHERIEE AND BRILL conaetatzow. ‘AvANG#3.1426/280,0 siuresra(ay ABSANG*ABS (ANG) GALCULATE 2NGVSH, LVRS, 2ONLVST AND >RIGVBS. yatGvsHW10.** (1 ,400875~2. 694m0IL+ 521084820IL** 329066) YONLVBS~10.+* (.344.07428iNT-. B55 4SINTHSINTES . 6954200L+AL0G10 (XNGV)} ROLVSTH10.** (.321~ 017 NGV=4..267*SINT-2.972ENL 1 ~.033* (ALOGi0 (niGv))+#2.~3.925¢5nNT*SIT) varevese10.* (43141 .132¥SIN2-3 003 "200L~1 .138* (ALOGIO (ONLY) )*SINT 429 (AL0G10 (ONLY) )##2 |*SINT) 1 MURBR MuRBR MORBR MORBR MURBR MORBR HORE HORBR Fiopat FuoPat Fioat FLorat FuorAT FLOPA? FLOPAT FLOPAT FLOPAT FLoeat FLOPAT FuoratCHECK FOR MIST FLOW. IE ONGY.LT.XNGVSM) GO TO 1 REGS CHECK FOR UPHILL OR DOMMHILL FLOW. IF (ANG.G7.0.0) GO 707 DOWNHILL OR HORIZONTAL FLOW EXISTS. IF (ABSANG.GT.30.0) GO 70 6 (CHECK FOR STRATIFIED VS SLUG FLOW. IE OOILV.GT-WNLVST) GO 70 3 (CHECK FOR BUBBLE VS SLUG FLOW. 3.1F ONGV.GT.mGVBS) GO TO 5 BUBBLE FLOW ames = 3 RETURN Sus FLOW sms = 4 RETURN CHECK FOR BUBBLE FLOW. 6 IF GNGV.LE.2GvaS) GO To 5 (CHECK FOR SLUG VS STRATIFIED FLOW. SF QGILV.G?.ONLVST) GOTO 4 6 702 UPHILL FLOW SO CHECK FOR BUBBLE VS S1UG FLOW. 7-1 OOILV.GT.2NLVBS) Go TO 5 G0 10 4 SUBROUTINE HHOLD (OILY, XNGV, 201, ANG, ZREG, HL) seve" guLY 1989 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES sess SUBROUTINE TO CALCULATE LIQUID HOLOUP USING THE MURKERIEE AND BRILL CORRELATION. ‘AeANG#3.1416/180.0 SENT*SIN(A) ‘CHECK FOR UPHILL OR HORIZONTAL VS DONHILL FLOW, FLorat Loar FLOPAT FLOPAT FLOPAT FLOPAT FLOPAT FLOPAT FLOPAT Fuoeat ruoPAT Fiorat FioPat FLOPAT FLoPAt Fiopat FLopat FLoPAT FLoPAT Fuoeat FLoPAT FLoPAT FLoPAT Fiopat Flopat Fiopat FLOPAT FLOPAT FLOPAT FLoPAT FLOPAT FLoPAT FLOPAT FLOPAT FLOPAT FLOPAT Hot sant ‘aHoLD HOLD HOLD HOD wot AntakEF (ANG.GE.0.0) Go 702 CSECK FOR STRATIFIED FLOW. (ERES.£0-6) GO 701 ‘CALCULATE HOLDUP FOR BUBBLE, SLUG OR MIST FLOW. Hau=~.516644r.789805*SINT+,551627*SINE*SINT+IS,S1921 4°00 Auieaize (aIGY"*.371771/20NL** 393952) RLeEx@ (HA) RETURN {CULATE HOLDUP FOR STRATIFIED FLOM. 1 HNL+=1,330282+¢, 808335+s14T+4.1715842SINT*SINT+SE,262260¢01L KL HuLouni* GOXGY** _079951/sarLve* |504867) uezue (HA) (CALCULATE HOLDUP FOR UPHILL FLOW - ALL FLOW PATTERNS. 2 uHEe=.380213+, 129875 esrWT~.1197694SINT*SINT+2.343227 KLAN -HLTSHHL” GOIGW"Y 475686 /s0ILV**,288657) AESEKD (HLA) 9ROUTINE STRAT (A, VM, HENS, HL, DIA, ED, DENG, GVIS, PAGR, ELGR, DPDL, 2 IFLaG) s+" gULE 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES s#tee SUBROUTINE TO CALCULATE PRESSURE GRADIENT IN PST/PT WITH MOKHERIEE AND BRILL CORRELATION FOR STRATIFIED FLOW. TRIAL AND ERROR SOLUTION FOR ANGLE SUBTENDED BY LIGUID CHORD. Nc=0 xxe.002 ITeho Gauaeé.282286+HL+SIN (XK) (CALL CORY (2%, GAMA,NC, .02) ROTTER F (GTER.U7.21) 60 70 2 SEZ CONVERGENCE INDICATOR TO 1 FOR NO CONVERGENCE. FELAG=1 0 70.3 2 TF (Nc.1E.1) Go 701 (CALCULATE HYDRAULIC DIAMETER OF GAS PHASE. 3 DA*6.283186~ (GAMA-SIm(GAMA)) DASDA/ (6.28318 6-GAMAY2.*SIN(GAMA/2.)) ZD-DANDIA, (CALCULATE SUPERFICIAL GAS, LIQUID AND ACTUAL GAS VELOCITIES. Hot Hot wot Moto HOLD HOLD HOLD HOLD HOLD HOLD Hot HOLD Ho0D Hot wot WOLD HOLD HOLD HOLD HOLD HOLD s7Raz s7Raz STRAT StRAz STRAT STRAT STRAT ‘STRAT ‘STRAT ‘STRAT ‘STRAT STRAT STRAT STRAT stat star STRAT STRAT STRAT STRAT STRAT STRAT STR? seer STRATvereveenaas stRAT vso=vM-VSL STRAT voevs6/ (1-10) ‘STRAT STRAT CALCULATE FRICTION GRADIENT BASED ON GAS PHASE. STRAT ARELW1488 AD WVG*DENG/GVIS, ‘STRAT ALL FRFACT (KWREL, £D,77) SURAT FRGRSET*VGMVG*DENG/ 6404/20 ‘STRAT FRGRSPRGR/144. STRAT STRAT CALCULATE ELEVATION GRADIENT BASED ON GAS PHASE. STRAT ELGRADENG*SIN(A)/244. SURAT ‘SURAT ‘CALCULATE TOTAL PRESSURE GRADIENT FOR STRATIFIED FLOW. SrRAT DPDL-FRGRFELGR STRAT RETURN a SUBROUTINE CONV (XC, ¥C,NC,EPS) sev gvLy 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES *#*4# SUBROUTINE TO ACCELERATE CONVERGENCE USING THE WEGSTEIN METHOD. XC=IMPROVED VALUE CALCULATED IN SUBROUTINE. YC“PREVIOUS VALUE TRANSFERRED TO SUBROUTINE. NCSCONVEAGENCE STATUS INDICATOR (MUST BE SET TO 0 OUTSIDE SUBROUTINE) .cONY qggqqggdle ‘SL EF NOP YET CONVERGED. ‘conv 2 FF conveRced. com EPS-CONVERGENCE TOLERANCE. conv conv IF (0.89.0) G0 70 3 cow IE (ABS (XC-YC) .LT.EPS) GOTO 4 cone PARSXA-XCHYC-¥A, com IE (PAR) 2,1,2 com 2 xce(vcexay /2" conv RETURN conv com 2 xreoasye-¥ANC) /PAR cow xaexe conv wave conv xcext conv RETURN com conv 3 xaexc conv Yano conv xenve cov Neat com RETURN com com 4 xcere coxv woo conv RETURN com Aciate ex SUBROUTINE AZIZ. (ANG,DIA, ED, P, VM, HINS, DENG, DENL, GVIS, 12 VISL, SURL ML, FRGR, BLGR, ACCGR, DPDL, TREG, ZCRZ™) seers guLY 1983' LISTING FOR THO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES se¥ee € © SUBROUT=NE To CALCULATE LIGUID HOLDUP, FLOW REGIME AND PRESSURE © GRADIENT IW PSI/F2 USING THE AZIZ, GOVIER AND FOGARASI CORRELATION. e CHANGE ANGLE 70 RADIANS. APANG"3,1416/180 CONVERT SUREACE TENSION to taM/sect+2 SMARSURL*2.20862-02, CALCULATE SUPERFICIAL LIQUID AND GAS VELOCITIES. DETERMINE FLOW REGIME. (CALL REGHE (VSL, VSG,DENL, DENG, SIGMA, MNS, XLBS, XLSF, XLPM,X, IREG) (CALCULATE IW SITU DENSITY AND ELEVATION GRADIENT. CALL DENS: (VSG, MM, SIGMA, DENL, DENG, DIA, VISL, XLEM, X,XLSF, 2 TREG, HL, BL, 52,D4S,DNSS) ELGR*DNS*SZN (A) /248. ‘CALCULATE FRICTION GRADIENT. CALL FRICE (DIA, MM, VSG, DENL, DENG, VISL,GVIS, SIGMA, D,BNS,ONSS, BL, SU, XLEM, X,XLSF, IASG, FRGR) ‘CALCULATE KINETIC ENERGY TERY FOR MIST FLOW. IP (IREG-5) 1,22 EKR=O. co 70'3 2 EKKeDNSMMevSG/ (52.2474144.) zeRTT=0 © CHECK FOR APPROACHING CRITICAL FLOW, IE (EXK.GP..95) ICRIT=1 HE (ICRI7.E9.1) ERK=0.95 © CALCULATE 2Wo PHASE PRESSURE GRADIENT. PDL» (FRGRFELGR) /(2.-EKR) © CALCULATE ACCELERATION GRADrENT. ACCGRRERX*DPOL Exo SUBROUTINE REGH (VSL, VSG,DENL, DENG, SIGHA, MINS, XLBS,XLSF,XLEM, 2x, TREO) + sULY 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOM IN PIPES s#t¥+ aziz aar2 aarz aarz aarz naz nae naz naz naz naz naz aarz aarz pare pare naz paz ait aziz aziz azz aziz aut aziz aziz aziz aarz naz azz ReGHr RECHT[SUBROUTINE TO CALCULATE FLOW REGIME USING GOVIER, RADFORD AND DUNN FLOW REGIME MAP. ‘THE FLOW REGIMES CORRESPONDING TO IREG ARE: HEce1 LIQUID EG=2 GAS HREGe} BUBBLE TREG=4 siuG IReGes mist IREG=6 TRANSIZz0N (CHECK FOR SINGLE PHASE FLOM, IE (HLNS.G7..99999) GO 70 9 IF (HNS.27..00001) Go 70 10 DETERMINE COORDINATES FOR FLOW REGIME MAP. soMawe 262 + Yo (DENL*SGMAN/ (62.44S7G¥A) ) #4.25, Xe¥s (DENG/ .0806) ##,333333333, yerevsn, xeKeUSG (CHECK FOR BUBBLE FLOW. XEBS=. 514 (100.94) ##.172 IF GextBs) 1/1,2 a TREGe3 CHECK FOR SLUG, TRANSITION OR MIST FLOW. 24) 44d 3TF (26.5) 5,5,8 4 xusrey/.26348.6 IP (KLSE) 5,5, 6 sive FLOW 5 IREGeS RETURN (CHECK FOR TRANSITION VS MIST FLOW. XLEN®70.* (100.74) *#(~.152) HE OGXEEM) 7,7,6 ‘TRANSITION FLOW 17 RECs RETURN Mast FLOW 8 rREGeS RETURN Attea8 22 cae. EE coer=.34secusce \YesCOEF "SORT (32 .2*DTA* (DENL-DENG) /DENL) vorel.20vmeva CALCULATE VOID FRACTION IN SLUG UNIT AND IN S1UG. HG-vs6/VBE HGSLeNG**1.8 CALCULATE BUBBLE AND SLUG LENGTHS. [Bie (DIA*(7.5* (HGSE-HG) ~.526)) /(HG-.913) St=10.*DIA CALCULATE SLIP DENSITY OF LIQUID SLUG AND SLUG UNIT. DNSS=HGSLDENG* (1.-HGSL) *DENL DNSSL= (DENG*BLADNES*SL) /(BL¥SE) (CHECK FOR SLUG V5 TRANSITION FLOW REGIHES. IP (IREG-S) 12, 12,13 SLUG FLOW REGIME 12 DNS=DNSSL HL (DNS-DENG) / (DENL-DENG) RETURN Mzst FLOW 13 HGAL./ (L.+(umevsa) /vsG) Huet “HG DNSME=RLADENLAHG*DENG CHECK FOR MIST VS TRANSITION FLOW REGIMES IE GREG-5) 14,14,15 Mist FLOW 14 DNS=ONSHE RETURN TRANSITION FLO CALCULATE SLIP DENSITY AS WEIGHTED AVERAGE VALUE OF SLUG AND MIST FLOW VALUES (ONSSL AND ONSMT) . 25 DNS= (XLEFM-2) *DNSSL/ (XLEN-XLSP) + (X-KLSF) “DNSME/ (XLPM-XLSF) be (DNS-DENG) / (DENL-DENG) RETURN SINGLE PHASE LIQUID 26 DNSHDENE Bia1.0 RETURN SINGLE PHASE GAS 17 DNS=DENG, 0.0¢ © sincue PHASE LrqUuID 9 IREG=L ce © __ siNcue PHASE cas ao trEGe2 12 RETURN Exo SUBROUTINE DENS (VSG, WM, SIGMA, DENL, DENG, DIA, VISL, XLPM, X,XLSF, 2 TRES, RL, BL, Sb, DNS, DNSS) gress guLy 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOM IN PIPES ¥#¥e® © SUBROUTINE 70 CALCULATE LIQUID HOLDUP AND SLIP DENSITY USING THE © —AZEZ, GOVIER AND FOGARAST CORRELATION, € Go TO (16,27,1,2/23,2), 186 © © Busse FLow © CALCULATE BUBBLE RISE VELOCITY IN STAGNANT (VB) AND FLOWING (VBF) © urgurp. A VBeL.4L*((S1GMA"32.2* (DENL-DENG)) /DENL**#2) #825 var=i.2o-veeva © CALCULATE LiqUTD HOLDUP AND siIP DENSzTY. HG=vs6/VBF bet HG DNS-HL*DENLINGYDENG © sts FLOW 2 saFe2 498, *SqR7(DIA*+3+52.2* (DENL-DENG) *DENE) /VISt yo1E0"32 .2* (DENL-DENG) *DIA¥*2/STGMA © -DETERMINE m PARAMETER IF (XNP-18.) 3,3,4 3 PwRH=25, Go 707 4 HF GoF-250.) 5,56 5 Pie69./ (OHE**.35) 60 707 6 pwmmio. — GALGVIATE pusBLE RISE VELOCITY IN STAGNANT (VB) AND FLOWING (VBE) urqurD. 7 Ale=.0Leme/ 345 EF (1,UT.(-10.)) Go 70 6 ciet.-ExP (a2) 60 709 acini. 9 n2—(3.37-101R0) /PHmt IF (A2.17.(-10.)} GO 70 10 (C201. -ExP (x2) 60 70 12, ecu, REGHE REG REGHE REGHE RECHT RECHT REMI RECHT DENSI DENST Daxst DeNSZ Dexst exer DeNsz exsz Dexst Dens best bexst Dexsz Dexsz, Dexsz DENSE DENSE DENsr DENST DENSI DENS DENS DENSI DENS DENS DENSE. DENS DENSI DENSI Denst DENSI DENS DENSr DENST DENSz. Dexsx Dexsz DENSE Dexst Dexs DexsT Alpmer SUSROUTINE FRICZ (DIA, WM, VSG,DENL, DENG, VISL, GVIS, SIGMA, 2 ED, DNS, DNSS, BL, SL, XLPM, X, XLSF, TREG, FRGR) crres* SULY 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES *¥*** © SUBROUTINE TO CALCULATE FRICTION GRADIENT IN PSI/FT USING THE AZIZ, GOVIER AND FOGARAST CORRELATION. € 69 70 (2,14/1,2, 4,2), 18S BUBBLE FLOW AND SINGLE PHASE LIQUID 2 RELH1408, *DENL*DZANM/VISL CALL ERFACT (REL, ED,F) FAGR» (F*VM**2°DNS) /(2.*32-24DTAMLEE.) RETURN © sive FLow 2 REL*1499..*DENL*DIA*UH/VISE (GALL FREACT (REL, ED,F) TESLe (PAM =2-DNSS*SL) /(2.432.240TA* (BLESL) #144.) IP UIREG-S) 3,3,4 3 FRGRETFSL RETURN © wasn exow 4 REGH1486. *DENGYOTA*VSG/oVIS © CALCULATE RELATIVE ROUGHNESS FOR MIST FLOW, XD. sotied 528-07» {(USG*VTSL/SGMA) ##2) *DENG/DENL IE (ON-.005) 5,5,6 5 xO034. sSiGua/ (DENG*DTANVSG#*2) 707 § XD=174, B*STGMA* GOTH. 302) / (DENGHOTAAVSG"#2) 7 AF OD-.001) 8,5,9 8 x 9 IF O-.5) 12,11,10 10 x0=.5 21 CALL FRFACT (REG, XD,7) TTENT=E*DENG*VSG**2/(2.*32.2*DTAML44.) TF (IREG-S) 12/12/13) 12 FRGRETE™ RETURN [TRANSITION FLOW CALCULATE FRICTION GRADIENT AS A NEIGHTED AVERAGE OF VALUES FOR SLUG AND MIST FLOW (TFSL AND TEMT) . 23, PRGR® (XLEM=X) *TESL/ (XEEMOHLSE) + (X-KLSE) #TPME/ (XLEM-XLSF) SINGLE PHASE GAS FLOW 14 REGHL4RB. *DENG*VSG*DIA/GVIS (CALL FREACT (REG,ED,F) FRGRAF SDENG*VSG*"2/(2.*32.24DIAMLA RETURN rarer RIT FRIct FRICT FRICT FRICT FRICT FRICT RICE FRICI FRICT FRICI RICE FRICT FRICT FRICT FRICT FRICT FRICT FRICT FRIcr Rrcr FRICT FRICT FRICE FRICI FRICT FRIcr FRICT RICE FRICT arcr RICE FRICT FRICT FRICT FRICT FRICr FRIcr RICE FRICI FRICT FRICT FRIcT rRIcrA.2 FORTRAN Listings of Fluid Physical Property and Related Subroutines Correlation ‘Subroutine Beggs and Robinson (dead o11 viscosity below Pa) travis Glaso (dead oil viscosity below Pa) travis Beggs and Robinson (live of} viscosity below Pa) Lravis Vazquez and Beggs (ol viscosity above Pa) Lravis Van Wingen (water viscosity) Lrovis Baker and Swerdloff (gas-oll surface tension) SURFT Hough and Rzasa (gas-water surface tension) SURFT Lasater (solution gas/oil ratio and PB) cALRS Standing (solution gas/oil ratio and Pa) caLRs Vazquez and Beggs (solution gas/oil ratio and PB) cALRS Glaso (solution gas/oil ratio and Pa) cALRS Culberson and Mcketta (solution gas/water ratio) CALRS katz (dissolved gas gravity) CALS Material balance (free gas gravity) ALAS Vazquez and Beggs (oil formation volume factor below PB) CALF VE Standing (of1 formation volume factor below P8) CALFVF Glaso (oil formation volume factor below PB) ALEVE Vazquez and Beggs (oil compressibility and of1 formation volume factor above PB) cALFVE Gould (water formation volume factor) CALFVF Lee et al (gas viscosity) Gasvis Colebrook and Laminar (Oarcy-weisbach friction factor) FRFACT Hall and Yarborough (gas compressibility factor) 2FACHY20 A.2 FORTRAN Listings of Fluid Physical Property and Related Subroutines (continued) ——and Related Subroutines (continued) Correlation Subroutine Standing (gas compressibility factor) ; zacst Oranchuk, Purvis and Robinson (gas compressibility factor) ZFACOPR Gopal (gas compressibility factor) zFaccor Combination of above to obtain in-situ volumetric flow rates, superficial velocities, and two~ phase flow dimensionless groups vELoctty One Dimensional Lagrangian Interpolation (function) FLAGR Two Dimensional Lagrangian Interpolation (function) FLAGR2 Subroutine names, arguments and variable nomenclature follow. Underlined variables in’ the argument lists are calculated in the Subprogram and transferred to the calling program. SUBROUTINE LIQVIS (T,API,RS,P,PB,VISO,VISO,VISW,LCODE) SUBROUTINE SURFT (API,T,P,FO,FW, SURO, SURM, SURL) SUBROUTINE CALRS (P,T, SGPG,PSEP, TSEP,API,Q0,QW,GOR,RS, RSW, SCOG SGFG,SG160,P8,1CODE) SUBROUTINE CALFVF (T,P,API,SGPG, SG100,P8,COR,RS,CO,80,8N, CODE) SUBROUTINE GASVIS (T,SGFG,P,GVIS) SUBROUTINE FRFACT (REY,ED,£F) SUBROUTINE ZFACHY (T,P,SGFG,Z) SUBROUTINE ZFACST (T,P,SGFG,Z) SUBROUTINE ZFACDPR (T,P,SGFG,Z) SUBROUTINE ZFACGOP (T,P,SCFC,2) SUBROUTINE VELOCITY (P,T,PSEP, TSEP,QO,QN,COR,API, SCPG,OI,SCW,RS,RSW, SGOG, SGFG, SG100,PB,CO,80,B",VSL,VSG, YM. HLNS, FO, GOPT,QWPT, QGPT,Z, SURO, SURM, SURL, ¥1S0,VISW, VISL, GVIS,OENO,DENW,OENL ,8G,DENG,XNLV, NG, XC ND, TCODE, SCODE,LCODE]—~ beens FUNCTION FLAGR (X,Y,XARG,IDEG,NPTS) FUNCTION FLAGR2 (V,H,F,NV,NH,IV,IH,VARG,HARG)apr 8c 80 on co Den eno DeNW or e0 FF FO fw vrs HARG HLNS ICODE aad A.2 FORTRAN Listings of Fluid Physical Property ‘and Related Subroutines (continued) NOMENCLATURE, = API gravity, deg = Gas formation volume factor, ft3/scf = 041 formation volume factor, bb1/STBO = Water formation volume factor, bb1/sTaW = 011 compressibility, psi-! = Density of gas, lba/ft? = Density of ofl, Lba/re3 = Density of water, 1bq/ft? = Inside pipe dianeter, ft = Relative pipe roughness, ~ = Dependent variable array = Darcy-Weisbach friction factor, = In-situ ofl/liquid volume fraction,- = In-situ water/liquid volume fraction,- = Producing gas/oil ratio, scf/ST80 = Gas viscosity, op Horizontal array = Value of horizontal variable = No-slip liquid holdup,- = Solution gas/oil ratio and bubble point pressure correlation selection para = 0 Lasater = 2 Vazquez and Beggs = 3 Glasoa2? TOEG,1V,1H e090 Leone NH NPTS wv Pa PSeP gop @ corr on over Rey RS RSW sco sore sere sw A.2 FORTRAN Listings of Fluid Physical Property ang Related Subroutines (continued) = Degree of interpolation (use 1 or 2) = Oil formation volume factor below P8 correlation selection parameter = 0 Yazquez and Beggs = 1 Standing = 2 Glaso Dead oi1 viscosity below PB correlation selection parameter © Beggs and Robinson 1 Glaso Number of H entries Number of X and ¥ entries = Number of V entries = Pressure, psia Bubble point pressure, psia Separator pressure at which specific gravity of produced gas is reported, psia = In-situ gas volumetric flow rate, ft3/sec = Oil flow rate, ST80/D = In-situ of1 volumetric flow rate, ft3/sec Water flow rate, STEW/O In-situ water volumetric flow rate, ft3/sec Reynolds number,- = Solution gas/oil ratio, set/steo = Solution gas/water ratio, scf/sTaw = Specific gravity of dissolved gas,- Specific gravity of free gas,- = Specific gravity of produced gas = Specific gravity of waterVIsL viso visw = vu = vsc = vst xARG = XND = XNGV = XNL = xNLV 23 A.2 FORTRAN Listings of Fluid Physical Property and Related Subroutines (continued) Specific gravity of gas at 100 psig and T,- Gas-liquid surface tension, dynes/em Gas-o11 surface tension, dynes/om Gas-water surface tension, dynes/em temperature, OF Separator temperature at which specific gravity of produced gas is reported, OF vertical array Value of vertical variable Viscosity of oil at 14.7 psia and T, ep Viscosity of liquid at P and T assuming volumetric average of VISO and VISw, cP Viscosity of ofl at P and T, cp Viscosity of water at P and T, ep Superficial or total mixture velocity, ft/sec Superficial gas velocity, ft/sec Superficial liquid velocity, ft/see X array X value Dimensionless diameter nunber,— Dimensionless gas velocity nunber,- Dimensionless liquid viscosity number,- Dimensionless liquid velocity number,- Y array Gas compressibility factor,-SUBROUTINE LIQVIS (t,APz,RS,,PB,VISD,VISO,VISH,LCODE) Creeee suLy 1983 LISTING FOR TWOMPHASE FLOW IN PIPES "*H+* CALCULATE DEAD or viscoszTY (cP). DEAD OTL VISCOSITY CORRELATION USED DEPENDS ON LCODE: LCODE.EG.0: BEGGS AND ROBINSON CORRELATION 1S USED (JOURNAL OF PETROLEUM TECHNOLCGY, SEPTEMBER 1975, PG. 1140) YCODE.£G.1: GLASO CORRELATION 18 USED (JOURNAL OF PETROLEUM ‘TecwWoLCGY, MAY 1980, PG. 785) CALCULATE LIVE OX VISCoSTzY (CP) BELOW THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE USING THz BEGGS AND ROBINSON CORRELATION. CALCULATE LIVE OL VISCOSITY (CP) ABOVE THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE USING THE VAZQUEZ AND BEGGS CORRELATION. (JOURNAL OF PETROLEUM ‘CHNOLOGY, JUNE 1960, PG. 968) CALCULATE MATER VISCOSITY AS A FUNCTION OF TEMPERATURE ONLY USING THE VAN WINGEN CORRELATION. (SECONDARY RECOVERY OF OTL IN THE UNITED STATES, APT, 1950, PG. 127) SELECT DEAD OIL VISCOSITY CORRELATION. IF (ZCODE.E0.0) GO 70 1 CALCULATS DEAD OTL, VISCOSITY WITH GLASO CORRELATION VESD=3.141B+10+7+% (-3. 444) * (ALOGIO (ABE) ) == (10.313*AL0G20 (2) 2 336.447) 60 702 "LATE DEAD OL VISCOSITY WITH BEGGS AND ROBINSON CORRELATION. 303.0324-.020237aFr werd VESDe1O. Ax CALCULATE Live O11 VISCOSITY BELOW THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. 2 AW10.715/ (R5+100.)**,515 Bes..44/ (R5+150.) 2,298, Visoeasvispees IE (@.2E.PB) Go 70 3 GALCULATE LIVE OTL VISCOSITY ABOVE THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. Wed. 620441,187010.44(~.039eR1 2-3-5.) \VESOMvESO* (2/28) #=1m ‘GALcULATE ViscosrTy OF waTER. [VISW™EXP (1.003-1.479E-0267+2 ,9828-0507+42) RETURY xD SUBROUTINE SURET (API, 7,,F0,FH, SURO, SURM, SURL) * JULY 1983 LISTING FOR THO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES © uigvis uiqvrs urqvrs ExQVIS uravis uravis, novrs uavrs Lovis uravrs crovis uigvis uigvis urovis Lzqvrs uaavrs nigvis niovis, uigvis, uigvis ugvrs uigvis ugvrs uqvrs rrQvrs urovrs uravrs urgvrs urgvis urgvis urgvis uigvis uigvrs uigvis urgvrs rays uravis uigvis uigvis uravis uravrs urgvis uxavis wavs uravis Lravis, nigvis uigvis urgvis uigvis ‘SURE? SURE?CALCULATE GAS-OTL SURFACE TENSION (D1NMES/CH) USING THE BAKER AND SWERDLOFF CORRELATION. (OTL AND GAS JOURNAL, JANUARY 2, 1956) CALCULATE METHANE-NATER SURFACE TENSTON (DYNES/CM) USING THE HOUGH AND RZASA CORRELATION. (TRANSACTIONS AIME, 1951, PG. 57. ALSO SEE MANDBOOK OF NATURAL GAS ENGINEERING BY KATZ ET AL, MCGRAN HILL, PG. 130) DIMENSION PI (8) ,2ERC(8) DIMENSION $TVA(10) ,87V74 (20) ,$7¥260 (20) ENTER DATA ARRAYS FOR INTERPOLATION. PERCENT CHANGE IN GAS-O11, SURFACE TENSION VS PRESSURE CURVE. DATA PERC/ 2100.,86.,73.,63.,48.,37.,20.,12./ DATA PI/, 10.,200., 400., 600.,1000.,1400.,2200.,2800./ ENTER DATA ARRAYS FOR INTERPOLATION. METHANE-WATER SURFACE ‘TENSION AT 74 AND 280 DEG-F VS PRESSURE CURVES. DATA STVA/ 40.1000. ,2000.,3000.,4000.,$000., 6000.,7000.,8000,,.9000./ DATA S2v74/ 375. 69.p 59.437 p54.) $2.p52.481./506,49./ ara’ szv280/ 2 59.446,,40.433.,26.521./21.422.,23.524./ AF (F0.E0.0.) Go 70.2 ‘CALCULATE DEAD OTL SURFACE TENSION. SURG#=39.~.2571°APr SURL00~37.5~.2571*APT SURL=SUR6E~(1™=68.)* (SURE8-SURL00) /22. IF (7.18.68.) SURI=SURS® IF (7.GE.100.) SURI=SURI00 CALCULATE PERCENTAGE OF LIVE OTL TO DEAD OTL SURFACE TENSION. NOTE THAT FUNCTION FLAGR IS AN INTERPOLATION ROUTINE WHICH APPEARS ON A FOLLOWING PAGE. SUR2*PLAG (PI, PERC,P, 2,8) CALCULATE GAS-OTL SURFACE TENSION AT P GT. ‘SURO=SURI*SUR2/100. AF (W.E0.0.) co 702 CALCULATE CAS-NATER SURFACE TENSIONS AT 74 AD 280 DEG-F. STW74“FLAGR (STVA, STV74,,2, 10) ‘STW2BOMFLAGR (STVA, 570280, , 2,10) PERFORM LINEAR INTERPOLATION TO DETERMINE GAS-HATER SURFACE TENSIONFOR TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 74 AND 280 DEG-F. DO NOT EXTRAPOLATE BEYOND RANGE OF DATA. ‘SURW= (S7W74-S7H280) / (280.-74.) #(=74.) #(-1.) 482874 TF (T.2T.74.) SURKeSTHT4 IP (7.G7.280.) SURK=ST#260 (CALCULATE VOLUNE AVERAGED GAS-LIQUID SURFACE TENSION. RETURN SUBROUTINE CALRS (P,,SGPG,PSEP, TSEP, APT, Q0,QN,GOR, RS, RSW, SGDG, A8GFG, $6100, PB, 1C008) ress JULY 1963, LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES *¢4*% CALCULATE SOLUTION GAS-OTL, RATIO (SCF/37BO), SOLUTION GAS-WATER s210 (SCE/STBW), SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF DISSOLVED AND FREE GAS, AND BUBBLE POINT’ PRESSURE {PSIA) SOLUTION GAS-OTL RATIO AND BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE CORRELATION USED DEPENDS oN ICODE: CODE.EQ.0: LASATER CORRELATION IS USED (TRANSACTIONS AIME, 1566, 26. 379) TCODE.£9.1: STANDING CORRELATION IS USED (API DRILLING AND ‘PRODUCTION PRACTICES, 1947, 2G. 275) TCODE.EO.2: VAZQUEZ AND BEGGS CORRELATION I USED (JOURNAL OF PETROLEUM TECHNOLOGY, JUNE 1980, PG. 968) (GLASO CORRELATION 1S’ USED (JOURNAL OF PETROLEUM ‘TECHNOLOGY, MAY 1980, PG. 785) re0De.0.3 CORRELATION FOR ESTIMATING THE SOLUBILITY OF METHANE (NATURAL GAS) IN WATER 15 TAKEN FROM HANDBOOK OF NATURAL GAS ENGINEERING BY KATZ ET AL, MCGRAW HILL, FIG. 5-25. EFFECTS OF BRINE ARE NEGLECTED. KATZ CORRELATION IS USED FOR SPECIFIC GRAVETY OF DISSOLVED GAS. (API DRILLING AND PRODUCTION PRACTICES, 1942, PG. 137) ‘DIMENSION BEPE (27) ,GHE (17) , EOH(10) , APEMM (10) DIMENSION PRSW(S) , TRSW(4) ,REMS (4,5) ,X(4) (5) ENTER DATA ARRAYS FOR LASATER CORRELATION. ENTER EFFECTIVE OTL MOLECULAR WEIGHT VS OIL, API GRAVITY DATA. DATA ENM/ 1600.,500.,450.,400.,350.,300.,280.,200.,350.,100./ DATA’ APEEtEW/ 35135192526. 28,433.13 1442p 7001 ENTER BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE FACTOR VS GAS HOLE FRACTION DATA. DATA BPPF/ BLT, 3, £43, 58) 75, 94/19 .47/1.74, 2.142.753.2938, 4.3/ 4.9/5.7 46.37 sone SURE SURF? ‘SURF? SURE SURF? SURF? ‘SURFE ‘SURFE ‘SUREE CCALRS ‘cALRS ‘CALRS ‘CALRS ‘caLRS ‘cALRS ‘cans ccanRs cana, canes caLRS ‘cans CARRS ‘cALRS CCALRS ‘CALRS ‘caLRS ‘CALRS cana, cALRS caLRS canRS caus ‘CALRS ‘CALRS ‘EALRS ALES canes ‘eauRS CARS canas ‘CARRSDATA GHE/ 1.08, 10, 15, .20) .25, .30y -38y «40,45, .S0, -55, «6, +65, 75.75, 8, .85/ ENTER DATA ARRAYS FOR INTERPOLATION. SOLUTION GAS-WATER RATIO VS PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE. DATA PRSW/ 114,7,200.0,1000.0,3000,0,10000.0/ DATA’ TRsW/ 180,0,160.0,220.0,340.0/ DATA’ RSWS/ 1 -0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0, 2 2.2/2.5,1.5/1.0, 3 10.3,7.4, 6.6/8.9, 4 20.7,15.5,16.3,25.1, 5 36.9,31.0,34.0,56.9 / CHECK FOR SINGLE PHASE LIQUID FLOW. IF (GOR.LE.0.) Go 70 18 IF (862G.17..56) sG26*.7 sc100=sc26 TeEmReT+460. SGon141.5/(132.5¢A2T) SELECT SOLUTION GAS/OIL, RATIO CORRELATION. IF (IC09E.89.0) G0 70 1 IF (1C00E.69.1) GO 70 7 IP (1C09E.20.2) 60 70 8 He (1C00E.80.3) GO To 12 ste88 LASATER CORRELATION *h4twessen (CALCULATE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE FACTOR. 2 BPPFI=2*5626/TEMR DETERMINE GAS MOLE FRACTION AND RESTRICT VALUES 70 BETWEEN 0.0 AND 0.85. NOTE THAT THIS MAY CAUSE ERRORS AT HIGH PRESSURES. IP (BPPFL.GE.0.17) Go 702 curi-0.+.254i+BPrP2 0 70 4 2 IF (BPPFL.1E.6.7) Go 703 cur=.85 0 70.4 3 GMPLMFLAGR (BPPE,GMF, 8PPF2,2,17) NOTE THAT FLAGR'I5 AN INTERPOLATION SUBROUTINE LISTED ON A FOLLOWING PAGE. DETERMINE EFFECTIVE MOLECULAR WEIGHT OF OZL. 41 (@Pr.UT.51.1) 60 70 5 EROGT=6084_/(API-5.9) 0 70 € 'S EMWGTAFLAGR (APIEM, E50, API, 2,10) 6 CONTINUE ccauas ‘caLREc © cateutare souurrow cas-orL RATIO. RS= (379.3°250, *SG0/z¥NG7) * (GHEI/ (2.0-GHFL) ) A ERUINE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE ASSUMING NEGLIGIBLE GAS IN © sotyerow rw waren. AKPGoR*EMWG7/ (500*1.228805) (GaP L=AXP/ (AXP+1) BPPFLAFLAGR (Gr, SPPF,GHE2,2,17) PRMBPPFI*TEMR/ SGPS 60 70 12 c © seeesseras STANDING CORRELATION sasuenunne 7 xis.012searr~.000ste7 x2si0,+6x2 © © caveuzare sowwrzon Gas-ort RAZIO. RSWSG2G* (P*x2/18,) #1208, c © DETERMINE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE ASSUMING NEGLIGIBLE GAS IN souwrto IN warER. P5=(18.0/%2) *(GOR/SGPG) *#0.83 60 To 32 Cretertesey VAZQUEZ AND BEGGS CORRELATION *tetenene © CALCULATE GAS GRAVITY AT 114.7 PSZA. 8 FaCe1.+. s912sapz*zSEP*1 .£-4"ALOG1O (PSEP/114.7) sc1od=racesceG © © cALcuLaTE soturzoN Gas-ort, RATIO. IF (QBI.G7.30) 60 70 9 a=1.0937 3627.64 ean1.172 60 70 10 9 ne1.167 8656.06 cm10.393 10 Roe (SG100*P**A/B) *10.* (C*AP/TEMR) © DETERMINE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE ASSUMING NEGLIGIBLE GAS © SOLUTION IN WATER. PB=(B*GOR/ (SG100*10.* (C*API/TEMR))) #*(2./0) 0 70 12 c Creserseene GLASO CORRELATION teteeteees € NOTE THAT FOLLOWING EQUATIONS WERE DERIVED PROM THE GLASO EQUATIONS. © THE GLASO CORRELATION TS VALID ONLY FOR PRESSURES BETWEEN SB. AND © 13,286. rsta. © CALCULATE soLurioN GAS-ort, RATIO. 21 AnSQRT(S.17967-1.20872*AL0G10(2)) Be(d.7447-a)/.60436 cans cans cars, cans. cana ‘canRs ‘cALRS canRs cans caus, caurs, EEEEEEREEEEGEEEEECEEEECEEEEEEEEEEEE2 3 “4 Fa RSeSGPG*(APINY.989410.44B/24*.172) #122549 DETERMINE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE ASSUMING NEGLIGTSLE GAS IH SOLUTION IN WATER. [A= (GOR/SGPG) **.81607#.172/aPI*.989 BeALOGIO.(AY BLO. ##( (5.27967 (..60436%B-1.7447) "#2 /1.20872) CHECK 70 BE SURE SOLUTION GAS-OIL RATIO IS POSITIVE BUT NOT GREATER THAN THE PRODUCING GAS-OIL RATIO. IE (RS.17.0.) RS=0.0 IF (RS.L7.GOR) GO 70 13 RS=GoR EF ALL GAS IS IN SOLUTION, SET THE FREE AND DISSOLVED GAS GRAVITIES EQUAL TO THE PRODUCING GAS GRAVITY. sorc=scee scoc=scre SHO. 0 70.17 (CALCULATE SOLUTION GAS-NATER RATIO. Do 15 Te1,5 D0 14 Jaya X(3) = RSKS(,2) YC) = FLAGRCTRSH,X,1,2,4) RSW = FLAGR(PRSW, ¥,P,2, 5) (CHECK TO BE SURE SOLUTION GAS IN OIL AND WATER DOES NOT EXCEED AVAILABLE GAS. IF IT DOES, RSW IS DECREASED AND GAS IS PREFERENSIALLY DISSOLVED IN OTL. (e6=00*G0R OGs=co*RstoweRsW IP (QG.G7.068) Go 70 16 RSW= (Q6-20"RS) /QH SorG=scre ‘ScoG-scre RETURN DETERMINE DISSOLVED GAS GRAVITY AND RESTRICT TO VALUES GREATER THAN 0.56 (METHANE) AND THE PRODUCING GAS GRAVITY. SGDG=(API+12.5) /50.~.000003S715*API*RS IP (SGDG-LT..36) S60G=0.56 IP ($606-17.8626) scDc=sceG PERFORM MASS BALANCE ON GAS 70 CALCULATE FREE GAS GRAVITY. WIGAST-QO"GOR*.0764°5676 WTGASD=.0764*SGDG* (RS¥QO+RSW*GH) WIGASF=WTGAST-HWTGASD 'SGEG“WIGAST / (.0764* (Q0* (GOR-RS) ~GH*RSH) RESTRICT FREE GAS GRAVITY 70 VALUES BETWEEN 0.56 (KETHANE) AND THE PRODUCING GAS GRAVITY. cams PEEEEE ‘cALRS PEREEERREEEEEEEEEE ‘CARS PEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEERRGGEEEE A209aio cress guLY 1983 LISTING FOR TWOCPHASE FLOW IN PIBES "+=" IP (SGEG.LT..56) soFGn.56 FP (SGFG.6r.5GPG) SGFG=SG?6 17 RETURN SINGLE PHASE LIQUID. 18 RS=0. RSW=O. scosescee SGFG*sc2G ‘sc100=scrc PB=14.7 RETURN Bo SUBROUTINE CALFUP (t,P, API, $GPG, $G100,28,GOR, RS,CO, BO, BM, JCODE) (CALCULATE OL, FORMATION VOLUME FACTOR, BBL/ST80. CORRELATION USED DEPENDS ow JCODE: SCODE.EQ.0: VAZQUEZ AD BEGGS CORRELATION 18 USED BELOW THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. (JOURNAL OF PETROLEUM TECHNOLOGY, JUNE 1980, 2c. 963) \SCODE.EQ.1: STANDING CORRELATION is USED BELOW THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. (APT DRILLING aND PRODUCTION PRACTICES, 1947, FG. 275). + GUASO CORRELATION I5 USED BELOW THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. (JOURNAL OF PETROLEUM TECHNOLOGY, MAY 1980, PG. 785) ‘sco08.£9. [ABOVE THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE, BO IS CAICULATED FROM THE DEFINITION FOR ISOTHERMAL COMPRESSIBILITY OF A FLUID, USING (OTL COMPRESSIBILITY FROM THE VAZQUEZ AND BEGGS CORRELATION. CALCULATE WATER FORMATION VOLUME FACTOR, BBL/S7BH. CORRELATION USED IS AN EQUATION PRESENTED BY GOULD. (JOURNAL OF PETROLEUM TECHNOLOGY, AUGUST 1974, 2G. 836) So0e142.5/(131.5+aeD) IF (JCODE.EQ.0) GO 70 2 IF (3CC3E.E0.2) GO 70 6 fetes STANDING CORRELATION * Ie (P.17.28) GO TO 1 (CALCULATE OIL, FORMATION VOLUME FACTOR AT THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. BoB=.972¢ (1. 478=04) = (GOR* (SGPG/SG0) #*. 541.2542) *41.175, 0 70 8 (CALCULATE OTL, FORMATION VOLUME FACTOR BELOW THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. 2 Bom,972+(1, 478-04) *(RS* (SGRG/SGO) *#*.541.25+7) #92.175, ALEVE ALEVE cALEVE ALEVE caLEVE caLEVE ALEVE cALEVE ALEVE ALEVE ALEVE carve CaLEVE caLeve: caLEVE carve caLEVE caLrve ALEVE@ 709 seeeeeeese VAIQUED AND BEGGS CORRELATION #teteeeeee De(n-60.) *aP1/sG100 IF (aPZ.2E.30.) GO 70 3 deat e.1337 Go'70 4 an.2782 Be-1.8106 IF (@.17.P8) GO 10 5 CALCULATE OL, FORMATION VOLUME FACTOR AT THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. BOBeL. +4, 67E-4*GORSASD#2 .B-44B*GOR*D*1.E-8 0 708 CALCULATE O11, FORMATION VOLUME FACTOR BELOW THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. On! +4. 67E-49RS+AMDAL BGSB*RSDHL.EAO 60 709 seseeniaes GLASO CORRELATION te#seesees IF (P.17.PB) GO 70 7 ‘CALCULATE OTL FORMATION VOLIME FACTOR AT THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. AsGOR® (SGPG/SG0) **.526+.960°2 5051142 .91329#AL0G10 (A) -.27683* (ALOGLO(A)) #92 BoBei0.**541, co 708 CALCULATE OIL FORMATION VOLUME FACTOR BELOW THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. [AwRSY (SGPG/SGO) **.526+.968%7 ‘Be-6.5851142.91329*AL0G10 (A) ~.27683+ (ALOGLO(A) ) #42 Bord. "#842. 0 709 (crtte4 END OF GLASO CORRELATION ¥+eee ce e an aa ‘CALCULATE O11 COMPRESSIBILITY, PSr¥*-1. (Com(~1433.45.*R5+17.2*7-1180.*86100412 .61*API) /(941.E5) CALCULATE OTL FORMATION VOLUME FACTOR ABOVE THE BUBBLE POINT PRESSURE. BO=BOBYEXP (CO* (PB-P)) RESTRICT OTL FORMATION VOLUME FACTOR TO VALUES ABOVE 1.0. HF (B0.07.1.) BO=1.0 CALCULATE WATER FORMATION VOLIME FACTOR, BBL/STBW. Biel O+1. 26-4 (2-60.)41.2-68(2-60.) #29. 938-60 RETURN = caurvr caLrvE carve ALTE ener cane cALEVE caLeve caurve cane caLTVE cALEVE cALEVE ALEVE ‘ALEVE ‘cALEVE A200g SUBROUTINE GASVIS (2, $686,P,6V25) + ULE 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES *#*0 CALCULATE VISCOSITY OF HYDROCARBON GASES USING THE LEE ET AL CORRELATION (TRANSACTIONS AIME, 1966, PG. 997). mansen+460. wescrar29. AK=(9.4,02409 * (ABS™#1,5)/ (209.419. #NOTABS) X=3.54 (986. /2A85) 4.018" 02.4 .28x © CALCULATE GAS DENsrry, cH/cc. CALL ZFACHY (2,2,SGFG,2) HOGS =W/ (10.72*2"7455%62.4) CALCULATE GAS vzscosrTY,cP. GVES*AK*EXE (X*RHOG**Y) /10000. END FONCTION FLAGR2 (V, 1, NV, NH, IV, TH, VARG, HARG) "+ JULY 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW I PIPES *4+# FLAGR2 IS A FUNCTION SUBPROGRAM FOR PERFORMING DOUBLE INTER- POLATION. 17 CALLS FLAGR (LISTED ON A FOLLOWING PAGE) FOR EACH INTERPOLATION. VIS THE ROW (VERTICAL) ARRAY. XS THE COLUMN (HORIZONTAL) ARRAY. F 1S THE FUNCTION VALUE MATRIX. NV AND NH ARE DINENSIONS OF THE VERTICAL AKD HORIZONTAL ARRAYS. IV AND IH ARE DEGREES OF INTERPOLATION IN THE V AND H ARRAYS. YANG AND HARG ARE ARGUMENTS FOR WHICH INTERPOLATED FUNCTION VALUES. ARE DESIRED. DIMENSION (2) ,H(2) ,F (2) , (50) (50) Bo 2 get 3H Do 2 Ze1,xv kere (g-1) 900 xc=F 00) ‘¥ (J) #FLAGA(V, X,VARG, 1V 390) [FLAGR2*FLAGR (WH, ¥, HARG, TH, 0) RETURN FUNCTION FLAGR. (X,¥,XARG, IDEG,MPzS) (chess gULY 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES #+eee c © INTERPOLATION ROUTINE SIMILAR TO FLAGR IN APPLIED MUMERICAL, casvis ‘asvis casvis casvis casvis casvrs casvis casvis aasvis casvrs casvrs casvrs casvrs casvrs casvis casvrs casvrs casvrs ‘aasvis ‘aasvis casvis FLAGR2 FLAGR FLAGR2 FLAGR2 FLAGRE FLAGRE ruxcR2 FLAGR2 FunGR2 FLAGR FLAGR2 FLAGR2 FLaGR2 PLAGE FLAGR2 FLAGRE FLAGRE PLAGE FIAGR? FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR? FLAGR2 FLAGR2 FLAGR2 FLAGR2 FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR10 METHODS BY CARNAHAN, LUTHER AND WILKES, JOHN WILEY AND SONS, PG. 31 FLAGR USES THE LAGRANGE FORMULA 70 EVALUATE THE INTERFOLATING POLMWONIAL OF DEGREE IDEG FOR ARGUMENT XAAG USING THE DATA VALUES (MIN) «<3 (AX) AND (MEN)... (MAX) WHERE MI = MAX-IDEG. THE X(Z) VALUES ARE NOT NECESSARILY EVENLY SPACED AND CAN BE IN EXTHER INCREASING OR DECREASING ORDER, X 15 THE ARRAY OF INDEPENDENT VARIABLE DATA POINTS. ¥ 18 THE ARRAY OF DEPENDENT VARIABLE DATA POINTS. XARG IS THE ARGUMENT FOR WHICH AN INTERPOLATED VALUE 15 DESIRED. IDEG IS THE DEGREE OF INTERPOLATING POLYNOMIAL (1 IS LINEAR, 2 18 QUADRATIC, ETC). NPIS IS THE NUNBER OF DATA POINTS IW X AND ¥. DIMENSION x(2),¥(2) Nezass (xers) NistDEG+, Int TE (€(2).G7.x(1)) 60 70.2 2 CHECK To BE SURE THAT XARG IS MITHIN RANGE OF X(I) VALUES FOR INTERPOLATION PURPOSES. IF IT IS NOT, SET FLAGR EQUAL 70 THE APPROPRIATE TERAINAL VALUE (¥(1) OR Y(N)) AND RETURN. NOTE THAT THIS PRECLDES EXTRAPOLATION OF DATA. 0 10 (2,3),1 IE (XARG.LE.X(2)) GO 70 4 IF (XARG.GE.X(H) GO 70 5 co 06 IF GIRG.GE-X(1)) Go 70 IF QIARG.LEX(N)) GO 70 5 co 70 6 FLAGREY (1) RETURN FLAGREY () RETURN DETERMINE VALUE OF MAX. 0 0 (7,9),1, DATA ARE IN ORDER OF INCREASING VALUES OF x. DO 8 MAX=NI x EE (XARG.UT.2(HAK)) GO TO 11 comme DATA ARE IN ORDER OF DECREASING VALUES OF x. Do 20 HAXRI2, a IF GARG.GT-K(X)) Go TO 12 cowsniue FLAGRatod 2 COMPUTE VALUE OF FACTOR. MENAHAX-IDEG FACTORS1. Do 32. TaMaN mae IF GARG.NE.K(2)) GO 0 12 FLAGREY(z) RETURN FACTORSEAGTOR® (XARG-X (2) } EVALUATE TNTERPOLATING POLYNOMIAL. vEsT=0. DO 14 TeMIN, 4X ‘TERMeY (1) *FACTOR/ (XARG-(2) ) DO 13 Jem, MAK IP (£.8E.J) “TERMATERM/ (X(2)-X(J)) conte ‘YESTHYESTSTERM FLAGRAYEST RETURN ED SUBROUTINE FREACT (REY, £0, FF) crtse+ gULY 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES ¥#¥*1 CALCULATE THE MOODY FRICTION FACTOR USING EITHER THE LAMINAR FLOW OR THE COLEBROOK EQUATIONS. IF FLOW TS NOT LAMINAR (REY <2000) USE A JAIN FRICTION FACTOR FOR THE FIRST GUESS {IN THE COLEBRCOK EQUATION. IF (REY.G7.2000.) Go 70 1 LAMINAR FLOW FRICTION FACTOR. Frs64./REY co 70.3 ‘CALCULATE MooDY FRICTION FACTOR WETH JAIN EQUATION FOR FIRST GUESS IN COLESROOK EQUATION. FGIeL.0/ (1.14-2.0+ALOGLO (ED+23.25/REY**0.9)) "#2 SET COUNTER. COLEBROOK EQUATION 15 ITERATIVE. IF CONVERGENCE 3S NOT ATTAINED IN 10 ITERATIONS AN INFINITE LOOP WILL PROBABLY CCCUR, SET FRICTION FACTOR EQUAL TO THE VALUE DETERMINED IN THE 10 TH ITERATION AND USE WITH CAUTION, ret DEN=1.14-2,*AL0G10 (ED+9.34/ (REY*SORT (FGI) )) FE=(1./DEN) "#2 DIFFHABS (FGI-FF) IF (BIFF.1E.0.0001) GO 70 3 Gre (FGISFF /2, IF (1.17.10) Go 702 FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR FLAGR FLASR FLAGR REACT FREACT FREACT REACT FREACT REACT FREACT FREAGT FREACT FREACT FREACT FREACT REACT REACT REACT REACT FREACT REACT REACT REACT REACT FREACT REACT REACT REACTFreect 3 RETURN xD SUBROUTINE VELOCITY (P,-, PSEP, TSEP, QO, QW, GOR, API, SGPG,DI, SGM, RS, RSW, SGDG, SGFG, $G100, PB, CO, BO, BW, VSL, VSG, VM, HLNS, FO, QODT, QWP?, 29607, 2, SURO, SURM, SURL, VISO, VISW, VISL, GVIS, DENO, DENW, DENT, BG, 3DENG, XLV, XNGV, 0H, ND, CODE, JCODE, LCODE) = JULY 1963 LISTING’ FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES * CALCULATES ALL NECESSARY FLUID PHYSICAL PROPERTIES, THSTTU VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATES FOR GAS, OTL AND WATER, SUPERFICIAL GAS, LIQUID AND MIXTURE VELOCITIES, AND DIMENSIONLESS GROUPS IN A SINGLE CONVENIENT SUBROUTINE FOR USE 18 CALCULATING PRESSURE GRADIENTS AND FLOW PATTERNS. CALCULATE BLACK OTL MODEL PARAMETERS (CALL CALRS (P,7, 8GPG,PSEP,TSEP, API, CO, OM, GOR,RS, RSW, SGDG, SGPC, 386100, PB, 1c008) ‘CALL CALFVF (2,P, APT, SGPG,$G100, PB, GOR, RS, CO, BO, BH, JCODE) ALL zEAcHY (1,2,867G,2) BGs (14.7/520.0) #( (4460.0) 2/2) CALCULATE IN SITU VOLUME FLOW RATES OF OTL, WATER, GAS 6 LIQUID. ‘gorrgo*s0*s, 614786400. ‘aneTqueswes. 614/86400. |QG27= (G0* (GOR-RS) -QW*RSW) *B6/86400.0 ‘aLer-gort+gner (CALCULATE SUPERFICIAL LIQUID, GAS AND MIXTURE VELOCITIES AND WO- SUIP LIQUID HOLDUP. P=3.1416¢D28"2/4.0 VStaQlPT/AP ‘vsGeacP2/AP wmevsL+sG HLNS=VSL/UH (CALCULATE IN SITU FRACTIONS OF OTL AND WATER IN LIQUID PHASE. Foegor7/QLPT FWer.0-FO (CALCULATE FLUID PHYSICAL PROPERTIES. CALL SURF? (APE, 7,P,F0,FW, SURO, SURM, SURLY CALL LIQVIS (2, API, RS,P, PB, VISD, VISO, VISK,LCODE) (CALE GASVIS (7, S6FG,P,GVIS} VIsLevIso*FosvzSMeEW ‘Sc0~141.,5/ (131.54A02) DENO= ($G0*62. 4+ (SGOG*0.0764*RS/S.624)) /20 DEe=sow*62.4 DENL-DENO*FO*DENWHM DENG=SGPG*0.0764/86 FarAct REACT vevocrry veLocrty vverocray ‘veLocry veLocray verocray vevocray vveLocrry vveLocray veLocrry vetocrty vezocrty veLocrry veLocray veLocrsy vewocity vewocrry vewocrry vELocrTy ‘veLocray vewocrry ‘vevocrry veLocrty vewocrty vewocrty veLocray veLocray vewocrty vevocrty veLocray veLocray vewocrty vewocrty veocrty veLocrry veLocrry veLocrry veocrty vevocrry vetocrty vevocrry vewocrry vevocrry vevocrry veLocrsy vewocray A300A-3oe Grvees guLY 1983 LISTING FOR 2¥O-PHASE FLOW TH PIPES CALCULATE DIMENSIONLESS GROUPS. 2OvLW=1 .938*VSL* (DENL/SURL) **0.25 vareveraitvvsG/ VST. dorund.15726eVISz* (1.0/ (DENL*SURL##3) )*#0.25 dero=i20..872*DI* (DENL/SURL) *#0.5 RETURN EXD SUBROUTINE 2FACHY (2,P, SGFG, 2) CALCULATE GAS COMPRESSIBILITY FACTOR USING THE HALL AND AREOROUGH CORRELATION FOR CURVE FITTING THE STANDING- HATE REDUCED PRESSURE-REDUCED TEMPERATURE Z-FACTOR HARE. (OTL AND GAS JOURNAL, JUNE 18, 1973, PG. 82, AND FEBRUARY 18, 1974, PG. 86) GALCULATE CRITICAL AND REDUCED TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE. ‘10=169.08314,0es0r6 Pox708.75-57.S¥sceG ‘TRe(7+460.0)/20 PREP/PC IF REDUCED TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 1.01, CALCULATE A Z-FACTOR FOR A REDUCED TEMPERATURE VALUE OF 1-0 IF (R.GT.1.01) Go 701 Ro-1.0 60 702 2 RIL.0/tR (CALCULATE TEMPERATURE DEPENDENT TERMS. 2 AeO.6125¢R7+Ex7(-1.2"(1.-RB)**2) BeRT#(14.76-9.76*R704..58°RT*RT) (CORT (90.7-242,24R742.4¢RTR) 62.1942.02¢R7 CALCULATE REDUCED DENSITY, x, USING THE NEWTON-RAPHSON METHOD. 002 oa get, 25 IE (Y.GT.1.) 0.6 PeonvbRe (YoYeYeves3a4e04) / (1-1) se3-BevevicnyeeD IF (ABS(F) .1E.1.8-4) GO 70 5 EE CONVERGENCE IS NOT OBTAINED IW 25 ITERATIONS, SET Z-1.0 AND RETURY, IF (3.11.25) Go 703 za1.0 RETR 3 DRDYs (2.44. 4e4.t4eY—4 eveesereed) /(L.0) ed And. ameipeceyee (DHL) ae-F/DEDY vewocrry veLocrty veLocray vetocray veLocrty vetoczry vetocrry veLocrzY EACHY 2EACHY 2EACHY aeACHY ZEACHY ZEACHY zexcay zEAcRY zencHY zeacHY zeacee zeacHY ZEACHY ZPACHY ZeACHY ZeACHY ZEACHY Zeacie aracie aeacay aeacay zeacay 2EAcHY ZencHY zencHY 2EAcHY zencHY ZEACHY ZeACHY ZEACHY ZEACHY Z2EACHY zracae zeacHY 2eacHY 2encnY ZPACHY ZRACHY BPACHY ZEACHY zeacHycrttes GULY 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES #1 eananaann 4 covrnee CALCULATE 2-FACTOR. 5 BenePR/Y, 2x0 SUBROUTINE 2FACST (7/P/SGFG,2) CALCULATE GAS COMPRESSIBILITY FACTOR USING THE STANDING MODIFICATION 70 THE BRILL AND BEGGS CORRELATION FOR CURVE [FITTING THE STANDING-KATZ REDUCED PRESSURE-REDUCED TEMPERATURE Z-FACTOR CHART. (VOLUMETRIC AND PHASE BEMAVIOR OF OTL FIELD HXDROCARON SYSTEMS BY M. B. STANDING, OTH PRINTING, SOCIETY (OF PETROLEUM ENGINEERS, 1977, PG. 121). (CALCULATE CRITICAL AND REDUCED TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE. FO=169..04314.0%5GE6 PC=708.75-57.5*SGEG ‘tRe(7+460.0) /20 PRAP/C, aL. 39*(TR-.92) 4", (62=.2307R) *PR (0m (0667 (2R-.86) ~.037) #PRt=2 De(.32/ (10.04 (9.4(2R-1.))}) #PRANE Espic+D (-132>,32*AL0G10 (ZR) ) Ge10.*8( 3106-.45+rRe, 182467R4#2) BOA (LWA) SEXP (-E) +EHPREG 36*7R-.102 RETURY 2x SUBROUTINE ZFACDPR (Z,P,SGFG,2) cerees guLY 1983 LISTING FOR TWO-PHASE FLOW IN PIPES *#*# CALCULATE GAS COMPRESSIBILITY FACTOR USING THE DRANCHUK, PURVIS AND ROBINSON CORRELATION FOR CURVE FIETING THE STANDING-KAT2 REDUCED PRESSURE-REDUCED TEMPERATURE Z-FACTOR CHART. (INSTITUTE (OF PETROLEUM TECHNICAL SERIES, NO. P74-008, 1974) CALCULATE CRITICAL AND REDUCED TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE. TO-169.0+314.0*5Gr6 20+708.75-57_S*SGrG mRo(T+460.0) /30 PROP/2C, CALCULATE BENEDICT-WEBB-RUBIN EQUATION OF STATE COEFFICIENTS. a=0.06423, B60.5353*7R-0.6123 (0-0. 315107R-1,0467-0.5783/2Re#2 aeacuy 2aFACHY 2ACHY 2EACHY 2EaCHY 2eacey 2eaciY aeacst 2eacst aeacst aeacer 2racst BACST aEncst zeacst aEacsT 2racst ZeacsT zeacst zracs? race? 2racsT zeacst zracst zeacst 2eacst racst 2EACS? 2Encst 2EAcsT zeacst zeacst zeacst zeacst aEACOPR BEACOPR ‘2EACOPR 2ACOPR BEACOPR ZACDPR BEACOPR BEACOPR ZEACOPR ZEACDPR ZEACDPR ZEACDPR ZEACDPR ZEACOPR ZEACDPR 2EACOPR 2FACOPR ZEACDPR A308A30n pete B+0..6026/2Re*2 F-06845. 6-0.277R RAPHSON ITERATION METHOD TO DETERMINE REDUCED DEWSITY. DRe0.27*PR/7R Do 2 Tet,25 FNeAYDR**648*DR*43 o © 2 1334 30 SONUSH YL NI Hid301333 30 SONUSH YL NI Hid30 4 16 20DEPTH IN Th USANDS OF FEET === —- SSS SS]30 as. 20 15 10 E = —— =a = 2 © ° 2 z 41334 40 SONUSN 4L NI Hid30~° . > © ° . = 2 2 1334 40 SONUSM 41 NI H1d30 18 20SES = | 1 | Tr 1334 JO SONUSN 41 NI H1d30 12 16 +Sty = eS 2 a 2 2 2 2 1334 40 SONUSN YL NI H1d301334 40 SONUS YL NI H1d30 18 fe 20ash 30 4334 JO SONUSN 41 N T H1d30AT A.10 Horizontal Flow Gradient Curves 2.0m, 1.D, (All Watery 200 B/D 400 B/D 600 B/D 800 B/D 1,000 B/D 1,500 B/D 2,000 B/D 2,500 B/D GLR; 200~ 10,000 scf/B GLR: 200+ 5,000 act/B GLR: 200+ 4,000 act/B GER: 200- 3,000 scf/B GLR: 50- 5,000 act/B GLR: 200- 10,000 act/B GLR: 200- 10,000 sct/B GLR: 200- 10,000 sct/BTENGTH in 1000 Frey] 2 6 PRESSURE In 100 Psio. REE ee gy HORIZONTAL FLOWING PRESSURE GRADIENTS #8 3 as° 2 4 6 ® 10 2 ry halt HORIZONTAL FLOWING PRESSURE GRADIENTS ‘AL WATER) Flowtne Size 2 in WD. Producing Rate 200 Bb. /Day | 7 Water Specitic Gravity 107 Gas Specific Gravity 065 ‘erage Flowing Temp. 10°F Hrs] i of 25 8 ESSURE In 3 Th 3 4ONG3 [i=] 16 4 aPec eee TRA ata mill i in I rim]HORIZONTAL FLOWING PRESSURE GRADIENTS (ALL WATER) | eal Si 2 in, 1D. Producing Rate 1000 Bbis./Day Water Specific Gravity 107 (ss Spncitic Gravity oss Forage Flowing Temp, 120710 aesGRe | 12 “ 9 PsIGTHORIZONTAL FLOWING PRESSURE GRADIENTS (ALL WATER) Size 2 in, 1. 2000 Bs. /Day 1979 2 4 e : to 2 “ reesaunt ty eo, nlf ooo [in tao0 Fre 8: 1“ HORIZONTAL FLOWING rs PRESSURE GRADIENTS LL WAT ote sax 9 i. wv Producing Rate 2500 Bos /Day rae] Nate Specie Gravy 107 Gas Specitie Gravity oss Average Flowing Tera. OFAn86 A.1L Horizontal Flow Gradient Curves 4.0im. LD. (All Water) GLR: 200-28, 000 sct/B GLR: 200-10,000 sct/B 200-10, 000 sct/B 200~10,000 sct/B 200~ 5,000 sct/B 200~ 5,000 sct/B 200+ 4,000 sct/B GLR: 200-10,000 scf/B. 38222222 585855556 a 12 recterteee ter Pacgsuae in od Paid. HORIZONTAL FLOWING PRESSURE GRADIENTS WATER) Flowing Size 4 in, t. Producing Rate 1000 Bbis./Day Water Specifi Gravity 197 Gas Specific Gravity 065 ‘Average Flowing Temp. 10°F shone it 3 Fs10 FREtsURE In 100 Pio HORIZONTAL FLOWING PRESSURE GRADIENTS 0: 8: =: 8: 2:e: 9: iz: 3: rz:o: °: 8: 3: brat hist daa4 000 wt HLONaT * . e - £ z 2 $ a3: Seg eat7D PPHASE: ae